Low-Rise (Residential) Buildings Energy Conservation Code

SBC 602
Key List of the Saudi Codes: Designations and brief titles

Title Code Req.1 Code &Com.2 Arabic Prov. 3

The General Building Code SBC 201-CR SBC 201-CC SBC 201-AR
Structural – Loading and Forces SBC 301-CR SBC 301-CC SBC 301-AR
Structural – Construction SBC 302- CR SBC 302-AR
Structural – Soil and Foundations SBC 303- CR SBC 303-CC SBC 303-AR
Structural – Concrete Structures SBC 304- CR SBC 304-CC SBC 304-AR
Structural – Masonry Structures SBC 305- CR SBC 305-CC SBC 305-AR
Structural – Steel Structures
Electrical Code SBC 401- CR SBC 401-AR
Mechanical Code SBC 501-CR SBC 501-CC SBC 501-AR
Energy Conservation- Nonresidential SBC 601-CC SBC 601- AR
Energy Conservation-
SBC 602-CC SBC 602- AR
Residential
Plumbing Code SBC 701- CR SBC 701-CC SBC 701-AR
Private sewage Code SBC 702- CR SBC 702-AR
Fire Code SBC 801- CR SBC 801-CC SBC 801-AR
Existing Buildings Code SBC 901- CR SBC 901-CC SBC 901-AR
Green Construction Code SBC 1001- CR SBC 1001-CC SBC 1001-AR
Residential Building Code* SBC 1101- CR SBC 1101-CC SBC 1101-AR
Fuel Gas Code* SBC 1201- CR SBC 1201-CC SBC 1201-AR
1. CR: Code Requirements without Commentary
2. CC: Code Requirements with Commentary
3. AR: Arabic Code Provisions
* Under Development

COPYRIGHT © 2018
by
The Saudi Building Code National Committee (SBCNC).

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. All intellectual property rights of this Saudi Code is owned by the National

Committee of Saudi Building Code as per the regulations of the intellectual property system in the Kingdom of

Saudi Arabia. No part of this code may be reproduced, distributed or leased in any form or by any means,

including but not limited to publishing on cloud sites, computer networks or any electronic means of

communication, without prior written permission from the National Committee for the Saudi Building Code.

The purchase of an electronic or paper copy does not exempt the individual or entity from complying with the

above limitations.

SBC 602-CC-18 i
 TECHNICAL COMMITTEE (SBC 602):
1 Eng. Hakam A. Al Aqily Chairman
2 Eng. Wael A. Al Ghamdi Member
3 Eng. Turki M. Al Saif Member
4 Eng. Saeed K. Kadasah Member
5 Eng. Ali S. Al Sahli Member
6 Eng. Abdulrahman A. Al Abdulkarim Member
7 Mr. Adel S. Al Bogame Member
8 Dr. Abdulhameed A. Al Ohaly Member
9 Eng. Bashir S. Al Luqmanei Member
10 Eng. Mohammed F. Al Arwan Member
11 Eng. Turki M. Al Obaid Member
12 Eng. Bassel F. Al Sultan Member
13 Eng. Ayman Youssef Member
14 Eng. Sami M. Al Zahrani Member
15 Eng. Akram A. Al Fawaz Member

REVIEW COMMITTEE:
SAUDI BUILDING CODE NATIONAL COMMITTEE (SBCNC):
1 Dr. Naif M. Alabbadi Chairman
1 H. E. Dr. Saad O. AlKasabi Chairman 2 Dr. Khaled M. Aljammaz Member
2 Dr. Naif M. Alabbadi Vice Chairman
3 Dr. Abdulrahman G. Al-enizi Member
3 Dr. Abdulrahman G. Al-enizi Member
4 Engr. Saeed K. Kadasah Member 4 Eng. Saeed K. Kadasah Member
5 Dr. Hassan S. Alhazmi Member 5 Eng. Tawifik I. Aljrayed Member
6 Engr. Badr S. AL-maayoof Member
7 Engr. Fayez A. Alghamdi Member
8 Engr. Mohammed A. Alwaily Member TECHNICAL EDITING COMMITTEE:
9 Dr. Bandar S. Alkahlan Member 1 Prof. Ahmed B. Shuraim Chairman
10 Engr. Ahmad N. Hassan Member
11 Engr. Abdulnasser S. Alabdullatif Member 2 Dr. Abdallah M. Al-Shehri Member
12 Dr. Hani M. Zahran Member 3 Eng. Tawifik I. Aljrayed Member
13 Engr. Khalifa S. Alyahyai Member
14 Dr. Khaled M. Aljammaz Member
15 Dr. Ibrahim O. Habiballah Member EDITORIAL SUPPORT:
16 Dr. Saeed A. Asiri Member Dr. Fahid Aslam Dr. Mubashir Aziz
17 Dr. Abdallah M. Al-Shehri Member
Dr. Aun Bashir Engr. Abdullah S. Alghamdi
18 Engr. Saad S. Shuail Member
Engr. Majed K. Alqahtani Engr. Abdulrahman M. Alshaikhi

ADVISORY COMMITTEE :

1 Dr. Khaled M. Aljammaz Chairman

2 Eng. Khalifa S. Alyahyai Vice Chairman
3 Dr. Hani M. Zahran Member
4 Prof. Ali A. Shash Member
5 Prof. Ahmed B. Shuraim Member
6 Dr. Khalid M. Wazira Member
7 Dr. Abdulhameed A. Al Ohaly Member
8 Dr. Hamza A. Ghulman Member
9 Engr. Hakam A. Al-Aqily Member
10 Prof. Saleh F. Magram Member
11 Engr. Nasser M. Al-Dossari Member
12 Dr. Waleed H. Khushefati Member
13 Dr. Waleed M. Abanomi Member
14 Dr. Fahad S. Al-Lahaim Member

SBC 602-CC-18 ii
PREFACE

PREFACE
The Saudi Energy Conservation Code (SBC 602) provides minimum energy efficiency requirements for low-
rise residential buildings in Saudi Arabia. SBC 602 addresses energy conservation requirements for all aspects
of energy used in residential construction, including heating and ventilating, lighting, water heating, and power
usage for appliances and building systems. SBC 602 sets forth minimum requirements for exterior envelope
insulation, window and door U-factors and SHGC ratings, duct insulation, lighting and power efficiency, and
water distribution insulation.

The Saudi Energy Conservation Code (SBC 602) was produced by Saudi Energy Efficiency Center (SEEC)
under the supervision of Saudi Building Code National Committee (SBCNC). The SEEC has referred several
international codes, local reports, and many research articles during the preparation of this Code.

The committees responsible for SBC 602 Code and its user manual have taken all precautions to avoid
ambiguities, omissions, and errors in the document. Despite these efforts, the users of SBC 602 may find
information or requirements that may be subject to more than one interpretation or may be incomplete. The
SBCNC alone possesses the authority and responsibility for updating, modifying and interpreting the Code.

It is a common assumption that engineering knowledge is a prerequisite in understanding code provisions and
requirements; thus, the code is oriented towards individuals who possess the background knowledge to evaluate
the significance and limitations of its content and recommendations. They shall be able to determine the
applicability of all regulatory limitations before applying the Code and must comply with all applicable laws
and regulations.

The user manual provides the technical background and intent behind various requirements of the Code. The
user manual, however, is advisory only and shall not be considered as mandatory part of the code.

The requirements related to administration and enforcement of this Code are advisory only. SBCNC and
governmental organizations, in charge of enforcing this Code, possess the authority to modify these
administrative requirements.

SBC 602-CC-18 iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I -CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR SBC602 ............................................................................................... 1
CHAPTER 1— PURPOSE .................................................................................................................................. 2
CHAPTER 2— SCOPE ....................................................................................................................................... 3
CHAPTER 3— DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, ACRONYMS, AND SYMBOLS ......................................... 4
CHAPTER 4— ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT............................................................................... 7
CHAPTER 5— BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................... 9
CHAPTER 6— HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING .......................................................... 20
CHAPTER 7— SERVICE WATER HEATING .................................................................................................. 25
CHAPTER 8— INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS ....................................................... 27
CHAPTER 9— LIGHTING ................................................................................................................................ 33
CHAPTER 10— OTHER EQUIPMENT............................................................................................................. 35
CHAPTER 11— CLIMATIC DATA ................................................................................................................... 36
CHAPTER 12— POWER .................................................................................................................................. 39
CHAPTER 13— NORMATIVE REFERENCES ................................................................................................ 40
CHAPTER 14— INFORMATIVE REFERENCES ............................................................................................. 42
PART II USERS’ MANUAL FOR SBC602........................................................................................................ 43
UM-SECTION 1— PURPOSE ........................................................................................................................... 44
UM-SECTION 2— SCOPE ................................................................................................................................ 45
UM-SECTION 3— DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, ACRONYMS AND SYMBOLS .................................. 46
UM-SECTION 4— ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT ....................................................................... 47
UM-SECTION 5— BUILDING ENVELOPE ...................................................................................................... 56
UM-SECTION 6— HVAC SYSTEMS ................................................................................................................ 93
UM-SECTION 7— SERVICE WATER HEATING ........................................................................................... 100
UM-SECTION 8— INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS ............................................... 105
UM-SECTION 9— LIGHTING ......................................................................................................................... 125
UM-SECTION 10— CLIMATIC DATA ............................................................................................................ 128
APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A .................................................................................................. 130
APPENDIX B NORMATIVE APPENDIX B .................................................................................................. 166
APPENDIX C INFORMATIVE APPENDIX C ............................................................................................... 168
APPENDIX D NORMATIVE REFERENCES ............................................................................................... 174
APPENDIX E LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDING COMPLIANCE FORMS.......................................... 177

SBC 602-CC-18 1
PART I-Code Requirements for SBC602

SBC 602-CC-18 1
CHAPTER 1—

CHAPTER 1—PURPOSE

The purpose of this Code is to establish the

minimum design and construction requirements for
energy-efficient low-rise residential buildings in
Saudi Arabia.

SBC 602-CC-18 2
CHAPTER 2—SCOPE

CHAPTER 2—SCOPE

2.1 This Code provides minimum

energy-efficiency requirements for the
design and construction of

a. new residential dwelling units and their

systems
b. where explicitly specified
1. new portions of residential dwelling
units and their systems
2. new systems and equipment in existing
dwelling units.

For the purposes of this Code, “residential dwelling

units” include single-family houses, multi-family
structures (of three stories or fewer above grade),
and modular houses. This Code does not include
“transient” housing, such as hotels, motels, nursing
homes, jails, and barracks, or manufactured
housing.

2.2 This Code applies to the building

envelope, air-conditioning equipment
and systems, and provisions for
overall building design alternatives.

2.3 This Code does not apply to the

following:

a. specific procedures for the operation,

maintenance, and use of residential
buildings;
b. appliances and portable products such as
electric heaters;
c. residential electric service.
.
2.4 This Code shall not be used to
abridge any safety, health, or
environmental requirements.

SBC 602-CC-18 3
CHAPTER 3—DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, ACRONYMS, AND SYMBOLS
CHAPTER 3—DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS,
ACRONYMS, AND SYMBOLS
3.1 Purpose. The purpose of this
section is to define all terms,
abbreviations, acronyms, and symbols
unique to this Code.
3.2 Scope. These terms, abbreviations,
acronyms, and symbols are applicable to
all sections of this Code. Definitions as
contained in ASHRAE Terminology1 shall
apply to all terms in this Code unless
specifically listed here.
3.2 Definitions
above-grade wall: see walls.
air films: interior and exterior air surface film
coefficients for summer design conditions.
assembly: portion of an envelope component
represented by an arrangement and connection of
building construction materials with a specific
thermal transmittance or thermal conductance.
below-grade wall: see walls.
building envelope: the exterior plus the semi-
exterior portions of a building. For the purposes of
determining building envelope requirements, the
classifications are defined as follows:
building envelope, exterior: the elements
of a building that separate conditioned
spaces from the exterior.
building envelope, semi-exterior: the
elements of a building that separate
conditioned space from unconditioned
space or partially conditioned spaces.
C-factor (thermal conductance): time rate of
steady-state heat flow through unit area of a
material or construction, induced by a unit
temperature difference between the body surfaces.
SBC 602-CC-18
Units of C is W/m2•°C. Note that the C-factor does
not include soil or air films.
conditioned space: an enclosed space within a
building that is provided with mechanical cooling
energy.
continuous insulation (c.i.): insulation that is
continuous across all structural members without
thermal bridges other than fasteners and service
openings. It is installed on the interior or exterior or
is integral to any opaque surface of the building
envelope.
duplex (townhouse): a building not more than three
stories in height consisting of multiple single-
family dwelling units, constructed in a group of
three or more attached units in which each unit
extends from foundation to roof and with open
space on at least two sides.
envelope component: major section of the entire
envelope, such as the opaque walls above grade,
ceilings, slabs, floors, glazings, doors, or walls
below grade.
F-factor: the perimeter heat loss factor for slab-on-
grade floors, expressed in W/m•°C.
fenestration: all skylights, roof windows, vertical
windows (whether fixed or moveable), opaque
doors, glazed doors, glass block, and combination
opaque/glazed doors.
floor, envelope: that lower portion of the building
envelope, including opaque area and fenestration,
that has conditioned or partially conditioned space
above and is horizontal or tilted at an angle of less
than 60 degrees from horizontal but excluding slab-
on-grade floors. For the purposes of determining
building envelope requirements, the classifications
are defined as follows:
mass floor: a floor with a heat capacity that
exceeds (1) 143 kJ/m2· or (2) 102 kJ/m2•°C
provided that the floor has a material unit
mass not greater than 1920 kg/m3.
4
CHAPTER 3—DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, ACRONYMS, AND SYMBOLS
steel-joist floor: a floor that (1) is not a (2)
mass floor and that has steel joist members
supported by structural members.
other floors: all other floor types.
(See building envelope, fenestration,
opaque area, and slab-on-grade floor).
living unit: one or more rooms designed or used as
living quarters providing complete, independent
living facilities for one or more persons, including
permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating,
cooking, and sanitation.
mashrabiya: latticework used to cover the outside
of windows.
multi-family structure: building of three stories or
fewer above grade containing three or more living
units other than duplexes (townhouses), including a
manufactured building (modular).
opaque: all exposed areas of a building envelope
which enclose conditioned space, except openings
for windows, skylights, doors and building service
systems.
roof: the upper portion of the building envelope,
including opaque areas and fenestration, that is
horizontal or tilted at an angle of less than 60° from
horizontal.
shall: term used to indicate provisions that are
mandatory if compliance with the Code is claimed.
semi-exterior building envelope: see building
envelope
single-family house: building containing one or
two living units or a duplex (townhouse), including
a modular house.
slab-on-grade floor: that portion of a slab floor of
the building envelope that is in contact with the
ground and that is either above grade or is less than
or equal to 305 mm below the final elevation of the
nearest exterior grade.
solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC): the ratio of the
solar heat gain entering the space through the
fenestration area to the incident solar radiation, and
has a value between 0 and 1. Solar heat gain
includes directly transmitted solar heat and
absorbed solar radiation, which is then reradiated,
SBC 602-CC-18
conducted, or convicted into the space. (See
fenestration area.)
solar reflectance index (SRI): an index which
accounts for both solar reflectance and thermal
emittance of an opaque surface, and has a value
between 0 and 100.
space-conditioning category: residential
conditioned space, and residential semi conditioned
space.
thermal conductance: see C-factor.
thermal resistance (R-value): the reciprocal of
thermal conductance. Unit of R is m2·°C/W
thermal transmittance: see U-factor.
townhouse: see duplex.
U-factor (thermal transmittance): heat
transmission in unit time through unit area of a
material or construction and the boundary air films,
induced by unit temperature difference between the
environments on each side. Unit of U is W/m2•°C.
unconditioned space: space within a building that
is not conditioned space (see conditioned space).
vapor retarder: see water vapor retarder.
walls: those portions of the building envelope that
are vertical or tilted at an angle of 30 degrees or less
from the vertical plane.
above-grade: all the exterior walls of any
given story if 50% or more of the gross
exterior wall area of the story is exposed to
outside air.
below-grade: all the exterior walls of any
given story if more than 50% of the gross
exterior wall area of the story is below
grade.
mass wall: a wall constructed of concrete,
concrete masonry, insulating concrete form
(ICF), masonry cavity, brick (other than
brick veneer), or earth (adobe, compressed
earth block, rammed earth).
water vapor retarder: material or construction that
adequately impedes the transmission of water vapor
under specified conditions. Water vapor retarders
have a water vapor permeance of less than 0.006
5
CHAPTER 3—

μg/Pa⋅s⋅m2 when tested in accordance with ASTM MoMRA = Saudi Arabia Ministry of
E962. Municipal and Rural Affairs
NFRC = National Fenestration
Rating Council
NR = not required
3.3 Abbreviations, Acronyms, and R = thermal resistance
Symbols SASO = Saudi Standards,
Metrology and Quality Organization
A = area of a specific SHGC = solar heat gain
building component coefficient
ach = air changes per hour U = thermal transmittance
ASHRAE = American Society of
Heating, Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning
ASTM = American Society for Testing
and Materials or equivalent associations
C = thermal conductance
COP = coefficient of
performance
HVAC = heating, ventilating, and air
conditioning

SBC 602-CC-18 6
CHAPTER 4—ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
CHAPTER 4—ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
4.1 General
Scope
4.1.1.1 New Buildings. New buildings shall
comply with the standard as described in Section
4.2.
4.1.1.2 Additions to Existing Buildings. An
extension or increase in the floor area or height
of a building outside of the existing building
envelope shall be considered additions to
existing buildings and shall comply with the
Code as described in Section 4.2.
4.1.1.3 Alterations of Existing Buildings:
Alterations of existing buildings shall
comply with the Code as described in
Section 4.2.
4.1.1.4 Replacement of Portions of
Existing Buildings: Portions of a building
envelope, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning,
power, lighting, and other systems and
equipment that are being replaced shall be
considered as Alterations of Existing Buildings
and shall comply with the Code as described in
Section 4.2.
4.1.1.5 Changes in Space Conditioning.
Whenever unconditioned space in a building is
converted to conditioned spaces, such
conditioned space shall be brought into
compliance with all the applicable
requirements of this Code that would apply to
the building envelope, heating, ventilating, air-
conditioning, lighting, and other systems and
equipment of the space as if the building were
new.
4.1.2 Administrative Requirements.
Administrative requirements relating to permit
requirements, enforcement by the local authority
having jurisdiction, locally adopted energy
SBC 602-CC-18
standards, interpretations, claims of exemption, and
rights of appeal are specified by the MoMRA.
4.1.3 Alternative Materials, Methods of
Construction, or Design. The provisions of
this Code are not intended to prevent the use
of any material, method of construction,
design, equipment, or building system not
specifically prescribed herein.
4.1.4 Validity. If any term, part, provision,
section, paragraph, subdivision, table, chart, or
referenced standard of this Code shall be held
invalid, or ineffective, in whole or in part, such
determination shall not be deemed to
invalidate any remaining term, part, provision,
section, paragraph, subdivision, table, chart, or
referenced standard of this Code.
4.1.5 Other Laws. If there is a conflict
between a requirement of this Code and such
other law affecting construction of the building,
precedence shall be determined by the local
authority having jurisdiction.
4.1.6 Referenced Standards. The
standards referenced in this Code shall be
considered part of the requirements of this
Code to the prescribed extent of such
reference. Where differences occur between
the provision of this Code and referenced
standards, the provisions of this Code shall
apply.
4.1.7 Normative Appendices. Normative
appendices A and B to this Code is considered
to be an integral part of the mandatory
requirements of this Code, but for reasons of
convenience, is included in the user’s manual.
4.1.8 Informative Appendices. The
informative appendix C to this Code and
informative notes located within this Code
7
CHAPTER 4—ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
contain additional information and are not
mandatory or part of this Code.
4.2 Compliance
4.2.1 Compliance Path
4.2.1.1 New Buildings: New buildings shall
comply with the provisions of Sections 5, 6, 7, 8,
and 9.
4.2.1.2 Additions to Existing Buildings:
Additions to existing buildings shall comply
with the provisions of Sections 5, 6, 7, 8, and
9.
4.2.1.3 Alterations of Existing Buildings:
Alterations of existing buildings shall comply
with the provisions of Sections 5, 6, 7, 8, and
9, provided, however that nothing in this Code
shall require compliance with any provision of
this Code if such compliance will result in the
increase of energy consumption of the
building.
Compliance Documentation
4.2.2.1 Construction Details. Compliance
documents shall show all the pertinent data
and features of the building, equipment, and
systems in sufficient detail to permit a
determination of compliance by the building
official or his designee and to indicate
compliance with the requirements of this Code.
4.2.2.2 Supplemental Information.
Supplemental information necessary to verify
compliance with this Code, such as
calculations, worksheets, compliance forms,
vendor literature, or other data, shall be made
available when required by the building official
or his designee.
4.2.2.3 Manuals. Operating and maintenance
information shall be provided to the building
SBC 602-CC-18
owner in Arabic language (or Arabic and
English). This information shall include, but not
be limited to, the information specified in
Sections 6.5.2.2, 7.5, and 8.5.2.2.
4.2.3 Labeling of Material and
Equipment. Materials and equipment shall
be labeled in a manner that will allow for a
determination of their compliance with the
applicable SASO requirements.
4.2.4 Inspections. All building construction,
additions, or alterations subject to the
provisions of this Code shall be subject to
inspection by the building official or his
designee, and all such work shall remain
accessible and exposed for inspection
purposes until approved in accordance with the
procedures specified by the building official or
his designee. Items for inspection include at
least the following holding points:
(a) wall insulation after the insulation and
vapor retarder are in place but before
concealment,
(b) roof/ceiling insulation after
roof/insulation is in place but before
concealment,
(c) slab/foundation wall after
slab/foundation insulation is in place
but before concealment,
(d) fenestration after all glazing materials
are in place,
(e) mechanical systems and equipment and
insulation after installation but before
concealment,
(f) electrical equipment and systems after
installation but before concealment.
4.2.5 Testing. Where testing is required to
determine the air leakage of buildings, the
building official or his designee shall be
permitted to require random sample testing.
8
CHAPTER 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
CHAPTER 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
5.1 Prescriptive Path
5.1.1 General. This section provides
thermal performance requirements for the
residential building envelope that
separates conditioned spaces from either
exterior conditions or unconditioned
spaces. Additional passive design options
are listed in the user’s manual, however,
they are not part of this Code.
5.1.1.1 Single-Family and Multi-Family
Compliance. The single-family house and
multi-family structure envelope in Saudi
Arabia shall comply with the Prescriptive
Path in accordance with this section.
5.1.2 Envelope Alterations. Alterations to
the building envelope shall comply with the
requirements of Section 5 for insulation, air
leakage, and fenestration applicable to those
specific portions of the building that are being
altered.
5.1.3 Saudi Arabia Climate Condition.
The climate for the requirements in Section
5 shall be determined based on Section 10.
5.2 Compliance.
The building envelope shall comply with
Section 5.3, Mandatory Provisions; Section
5.5, Submittals; and Section 5.6, Product
Information and Installation Requirements; and
with the Section 5.4, Prescriptive Building
Envelope including that:
1. the vertical fenestration area does not
exceed 25% of the gross wall area for
each space-conditioning category and,
2. the skylight fenestration area does not
exceed 3% of the gross roof area for
each space-conditioning category.
SBC 602-CC-18
5.3 Mandatory Provisions
5.3.1 Insulation. Where insulation is required
in Section 5.4, it shall comply with the
requirements found in Sections 5.6.1.1 through
5.6.1.11.
5.3.2 Fenestration and Doors. Procedures
for determining fenestration and door
performance are described in Section 5.6.2.
Product samples used for determining
fenestration performance shall be production
line units or representative of units purchased
by the consumer or contractor.
5.3.3 Air Leakage.
5.3.3.1 General.
The following areas of the building envelope
shall be sealed, caulked, gasketed, or weather-
stripped to minimize air leakage:
a. joints around fenestration and
door frames,
b. junctions between walls and
foundations, between walls at
building comers, between walls
and structural floors or roofs,
and between walls and roof or
wall panels,
c. openings at penetrations of
utility services through roofs, walls,
and floors,
d. site-built fenestration and doors,
e. building assemblies used as
ducts or plenums,
f. joints, seams, and penetrations
of vapor retarders,
g. all other openings in the
building envelope.
5.3.3.2 Fenestration.
9
CHAPTER 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
Air leakage for fenestration and skylights shall
not exceed 1.5 L/s/m2 when tested at a
pressure of 75 Pa in accordance with NFRC
4003, or SASO E2834.
5.3.3.3 Doors
a) Air leakage for sliding doors shall not exceed
1.5 L/s/m2 when tested at a pressure of 75 Pa
in accordance with NFRC 4003, or SASO
E2834.
b) Air leakage for swinging doors shall not
exceed 2.5 L/s/m2 when tested at a pressure of
75 Pa in accordance with NFRC 4003, or SASO
E2834.
5.3.4 Envelope Color.
Exposed roofs and walls must be light in color
with an SRI (solar reflectance index) greater
than 50. If either exposed roof and/or exposed
walls have an SRI of less than 50, their
respective R values (R of roof and R of walls
above grade) in Table 5.2 must be multiplied
by 1.15, and the U values (U of roof and U of
walls above grade) in Table 5.2 must be
multiplied by 0.875. The SRI shall be
calculated in accordance with SASO/ASTM
E19805 for medium-speed wind conditions.
The SRI shall be based upon solar reflectance
as measured in accordance with ASTM
E19186 or ASTM C15497, and the thermal
emittance as measured in accordance with
ASTM E4088 or ASTM C13719.
5.4 Prescriptive Building Envelope
For a conditioned space, the exterior
building envelope shall comply with the
conditioned space requirements in
Table 5.2.
If a building contains any
unconditioned space, then the semi-
exterior building envelope shall comply
with the requirements for
unconditioned space in Table 5.2.
5.4.3 Opaque Areas. For all opaque
surfaces except doors, compliance shall be
SBC 602-CC-18
demonstrated by one of the following two
methods:
1. Minimum R-values of the added
insulation in framing cavities and
continuous insulation only.
Specifications listed in Normative
Appendix A for each class of
construction shall be used to
determine compliance.
2. Maximum U-factor, C-factor or F-
factor for the entire assembly. The
values for typical construction
assemblies listed in Normative
Appendix A shall be used to
determine compliance.
5.4.3.1 Thermal Transmittance. The design
thermal transmittance (U) shall be the variable
used to specify the requirements and
demonstrate compliance for all doors and
fenestration. All design U-factors are air-to-air,
including interior and exterior air films.
Calculation of design U-factors shall be done
in accordance with the procedures in the
ASHRAE Handbook—Fundamentals10 and
account for thermal bridges and anomalies.
When more than one assembly is used in an
envelope component, the design U-factor for
that envelope component shall be calculated
using Equation 5.1.
𝑈 = (𝑈1 × 𝐴1 + 𝑈2 ×
𝐴 2 + … + 𝑈𝑛 × 𝐴 𝑛 ) ⁄ 𝐴
(5.1)
where
U = thermal transmittance of the
envelope component, kJ/m2•°C
A = area of the envelope
component, m2
U1–n = thermal transmittance of the
individual component assemblies,
kJ/m2•°C
A1–n = area of the individual
component assemblies, m2
10
CHAPTER 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
5.4.3.2 Roof Insulation. All roofs shall comply
with the insulation values specified in Table
5.2. Skylight curbs shall be insulated to a
minimum value of R-0.9 m2•°C/W
5.4.3.3 Above-grade Wall Insulation. All
above-grade walls shall comply with the
insulation values specified in Table 5.2. When
a wall consists of both above-grade and below-
grade portions, the entire wall for that story
shall be insulated on either the exterior or the
interior or shall be integral.
a. If insulated on the interior, the wall
shall be insulated to the above-
grade wall requirements.
b. If insulated on the exterior or
integral, the below-grade wall
portion shall be insulated to the
below-grade wall requirements, and
the above-grade wall portion shall
be insulated to the above-grade wall
requirements.
5.4.3.4 Below-Grade Wall Insulation.
Below-grade walls shall have a rated R-value
of insulation not less that the insulation values
specified in Table 5.2.
Exception: Where framing, including metal
studs, is used, compliance shall be based on
the maximum assembly C-factor. The thermal
conductance (C) of all below-grade envelope
components shall be the variable used to set
the requirements and demonstrate compli-
ance. All C-factors are surface-to-surface,
excluding air films and the adjacent ground.
Calculation of C-factors shall be done in
accordance with the procedures in the
ASHRAE Handbook—Fundamentals10 and
account for thermal bridges and anomalies.
When more than one assembly is used in an
envelope component, the C-factor for that
envelope component shall be calculated using
Equation 5.2.
𝐶 = (𝐶1 × 𝐴1 + 𝐶2 ×
𝐴2 + … + 𝐶𝑛 × 𝐴𝑛) ⁄ 𝐴
(5.2)
SBC 602-CC-18
where
C= thermal conductance of
the envelope component, kJ/m2•°C
A = area of the envelope
component, m2
C1–n = thermal conductance of
the individual component assemblies,
kJ/m2·°C
A1–n = area of the individual
component assemblies, m2
5.4.3.5 Floor Insulation. All floors shall
comply with the insulation values specified in
Table 5.2.
5.4.3.6 Slab-on-Grade Floor Insulation. All
slab-on-grade floors shall comply with the
insulation values specified in Table 5.2.
5.4.3.7 Opaque Doors. All opaque doors shall
have a U-factor not greater than that specified
in Table 5.2. The glazed portion of any door
assembly shall not exceed a maximum U-
factor as shown in the column entitled
“fenestration” in Table 5.2.
5.4.3.8 Foundations. Foundation walls,
crawlspace walls, and other building envelope
walls below grade shall have all cracks sealed.
The intersection of above-grade construction
assemblies with below-grade construction
materials shall be sealed.
5.4.3.9 Water Vapor Retarders and
Moisture Barriers. A durable continuous
moisture barrier at least 0.15 mm thick shall be
placed over exposed soils in crawlspaces and
extend 305 mm up the crawlspace walls. Joints
in the moisture barrier shall overlap a minimum
of 305 mm.
(a) 5.4.4 Fenestration
11
CHAPTER 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
5.4.4.1 General. Compliance with U-factors
and SHG coefficients shall be demonstrated
for the overall fenestration product. Gross wall
Permanent shading device
H
V
Figure 5.1 Horizontal Projection
Factor Calculation
areas and gross roof areas shall be calculated
separately for each space-conditioning
category for the purposes of determining
compliance.
5.4.4.2 Fenestration Area
5.4.4.2.1 Vertical Fenestration Area. The total
vertical fenestration area shall be less than
25% of the gross wall area.
5.4.4.2.2 Skylight Fenestration Area. The total sky-
light area shall be less than 3% of the gross
roof area.
5.4.4.3 Fenestration U-Factor. Fenestration
shall have a U-factor not greater than that
specified in Table 5.2 for the appropriate
fenestration area.
5.4.4.4 Fenestration Solar Heat Gain
Coefficient (SHGC)
5.4.4.4.1 SHGC of Vertical Fenestration. Vertical
fenestration shall have an SHGC not greater
than that specified for "all" orientations in Table
5.2 for the appropriate total vertical
fenestration area.
5.4.4.4.2 SHGC of Skylights. Skylights shall
have an SHGC not greater than that specified
for “all” orientations in Table 5.2 for the
appropriate total skylight area.
5.4.4.5 Shading
SBC 602-CC-18
5.4.4.5.1 Projection Factor. Vertical fenestration
does not need to comply with the SHGC in
Table 5.2 provided that the overhang, eave, or
Projection Factor = H/V
Vertical Glazing
permanently attached shading device has a
minimum horizontal projection factor of 0.5, as
shown in Figure 5.1, that shall extend beyond
each side of the glazing a minimum of 30 cm.
5.4.4.5.2 Mashrabiya. Vertical fenestration
completely covered by mashrabiya multiply the
fenestration SHGC by the mashrabiya
fractional open area to comply with the SHGC
in Table 5.2.
5.5 Submittals
General
The local authority having jurisdiction will
require submittal of compliance documentation
and supplemental information, in accordance
with Section 4.2.2 of this Code.
Submittal Document Labeling of Space
Conditioning Categories.
For buildings that contain spaces that will be
only unconditioned, and compliance is sought
using the "unconditioned" envelope criteria,
such spaces shall be clearly indicated on the
floor plans that are submitted for review
5.6 Product Information and
Installation Requirements
Insulation
5.6.1.1 Rating and Labeling of Building
Envelope Insulation. The rated R-value shall
12
CHAPTER 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
be clearly identified by an identification mark
applied by the manufacturer to each piece of
building envelope insulation. R-value ratings
shall be verified by a nationally recognized 3rd
party laboratory.
Exception: When insulation does not have
such an identification mark, the installer of
such insulation shall provide a signed and
dated certification for the installed insulation
listing the type of insulation, the manufacturer,
the rated R-value, and, where appropriate, the
initial installed thickness, the settled thickness,
and the coverage area.
5.6.1.2 Compliance with Manufacturers'
Requirements. Insulation materials shall be
installed in accordance with manufacturers'
recommendations and in such a manner as to
achieve rated R-value of insulation.
5.6.1.3 Loose-fill Insulation Limitation.
Open-blown or poured loose-fill insulation shall
not be used in attic roof spaces when the slope
of the ceiling is more than three in twelve
5.6.1.4 Baffles. When eave vents are
installed, baffling of the vent openings shall be
provided to deflect the incoming air above the
surface of the insulation.
5.6.1.5 Substantial Contact. Insulation shall
be installed in a permanent manner in
substantial contact with the inside surface in
accordance with manufacturers'
recommendations for the framing system used.
Flexible batt insulation installed in floor cavities
shall be supported in a permanent manner by
supports no greater than 0.6 m on center.
Exception: Insulation materials that rely on air
spaces adjacent to reflective surfaces for their
rated performance.
5.6.1.6 Recessed Equipment. Lighting
fixtures; heating, ventilating, and air-
conditioning equipment, including wall heaters,
ducts, and plenums; and other equipment shall
not be recessed in such a manner as to affect
the insulation thickness unless
a. the total combined area affected
(including necessary clearances) is less
than 1% of the opaque area of the
assembly,
b. the entire roof; wall, or floor is covered
with insulation to the full depth required,
or
SBC 602-CC-18
c. the effects of reduced insulation are
included in calculations using an area-
weighted average method and
compressed insulation values obtained
from Appendix A, Table A9.4C.
In all cases, openings through or around the
recessed equipment to the conditioned space
shall be sealed, caulked, gasketed, or weather-
stripped to minimize air leakage.
5.6.1.7 Insulation Protection. Exterior
insulation shall be covered with a protective
material to prevent damage from sunlight,
moisture, landscaping operations, equipment
maintenance, and wind.
5.6.1.7.1 In attics and mechanical rooms, a way
to access equipment that prevents damaging
or compressing the insulation shall be
provided.
5.6.1.7.2 Foundation vents shall not interfere
with the insulation.
5.6.1.7.3 Insulation materials in ground contact
shall have a water absorption rate no greater
than 0.3% when tested in accordance with
SASO C27211.
5.6.1.8 Location of Roof Insulation. The roof
insulation shall not be installed on a suspended
ceiling with removable ceiling panels.
5.6.1.9 Extent of Insulation. Insulation shall
extend over the full component area to the
required rated R-value of insulation unless
otherwise allowed in Section 5.6.1.
5.6.1.10 Joints in Rigid Insulation. Where
two or more layers of rigid insulation board are
used in a construction assembly, the edge
joints between each layer shall be staggered.
5.6.1.11 Continuous Insulation. Insulation
shall be continuous across all structural
members without thermal bridges other than
fasteners and service openings.
5.6.1.12 High Albedo Roofs. For roofs in
climate zones 1, 2, or 3, where the exterior
surface has either of the following:
a. a minimum total solar reflectance of
0.65 when tested in accordance with
ASTM C1549, E903, or E1918 and a
minimum thermal emittance of 0.75
when tested in accordance with ASTM
E408 or C1371, or
13
CHAPTER 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS

b. a minimum solar reflectance index

(SRI) of 75 calculated in accordance
with SASO/ASTM E1980 for medium
wind speed conditions,

The R-value of the proposed ceiling shall

comply with the values in Table 5.1A or the U-
factor of the proposed ceiling shall comply with
the values in Table 5.1B. The values for solar
reflectance and thermal emittance shall be
determined by a laboratory accredited by a
nationally recognized accreditation
organization, such as the Cool Roof Rating
Council CRRC-1 Product Rating Program, and
shall be labeled and certified by the
manufacturer.

SBC 602-CC-18 14
CHAPTER 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS

TABLE 5.1A High Albedo Roofs - Ceiling Insulation (R-Values)

Ceilings with Attics Ceilings w/o Attics
Zone Wood R-Value Steel R-Value Wood R-Value Steel R-Value

1 3.5 3.5 1.75 2.625

2 4.2 4.2 2.975 2.8

3 4.725 4.725 3.15 3.15

TABLE 5.1B High Albedo Roofs - Ceiling Insulation (U-Factors)

Ceilings with Attics Ceilings w/o Attics

Zone Wood U-Value Steel U-Value Wood U-Value Steel U-Value

1 0.31 0.33 0.47 0.62

2 0.26 0.27 0.30 0.62

3 0.23 0.24 0.28 0.55

manufacturer, listing the U-factor, SHGC, and

Fenestration and Doors
5.6.2.1 Rating of Fenestration Products.
The U-factor, SHGC, and air leakage rate for
all manufactured fenestration products shall be
verified by a 3rd party laboratory accredited by
a nationally recognized accreditation
organization, or an internationally recognized
accreditation such as the National Fenestration
Rating Council.
5.6.2.2 Labeling of Fenestration Products.
All manufactured fenestration products shall
have a permanent name plate, installed by the
air leakage rate.
Exception: When the fenestration product
does not have such nameplate, the installer or
supplier of such fenestration shall provide a
signed and dated certification for the installed
fenestration listing the U-factor, SHGC, and air
leakage rate, or the default values of Table
A8.2 and A8.3 in Appendix A shall apply.
5.6.2.3 Labeling of Doors. The U-factor and
air leakage rate for all manufactured doors
installed between conditioned space,
unconditioned space, and exterior space shall
be identified on a permanent nameplate
installed on the product by the manufacturer.

SBC 602-CC-18 15
CHAPTER 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS

U-factors shall be determined in accordance

with NFRC 10012, or equivalent, and be verified
by a 3rd party laboratory accredited by a
nationally recognized accreditation
organization, such as the National
Fenestration Rating Council.
Exception: When doors do not have such a
nameplate, the installer or supplier of any such
doors shall provide a signed and dated
certification for the installed doors listing the U-
factor and air leakage rate.

5.7 AIR LEAKAGE

5.7.1 General. The building envelope shall be

designed and constructed with a continuous air
barrier to control air leakage into, or out of,
conditioned space. The air leakage rate shall
be determined by Section 5.7.2 or 5.7.3. Air
leakage for the building envelope is defined
and specified in terms of air changes per hour
based on the internal volume of the building.
5.7.2 Building Test.
Testing shall be done in accordance with
Appendix B.
5.7.2.1 Single-Family Detached Dwellings.
Each dwelling shall be tested to verify the
airtightness level in accordance with Table 5.2.
The completed building shall be tested at a
pressure of 50 Pa in accordance with Appendix
B.
5.7.2.2 Duplexes and Single-Family
Attached Buildings. A minimum of 1 in 7 units
in a building shall be tested per the test in
Section 5.7.2.1.
5.7.2.3 Multi-Family Buildings. Testing
shall be done in accordance with Appendix C.
5.7.3 Verified Installation Alternative.
Buildings that have a continuous air barrier
installed in accordance with manufacturer’s
instructions and have been inspected to meet
the requirements of Appendix B shall be
deemed to comply with the 4 ACH50
requirement in Table 5.2 without testing.

SBC 602-CC-18 16
 CHAPTER 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS

TABLE 5.2 Building Envelope Requirements for Zone 1

Residential Conditioned Residential Unconditioned
Opaque Elements Assembly Insulation Assembly Insulation
Max U-value Min R-value Max U-value Min R-value
W/m2·°C m2·°C/W W/m2·°C m2·°C/W
Roofs

Insulation Entirely Above Deck U-0.202 R-5.0 C.I. U-0.4 R-2.5 C.I.
(Continuous Insulation)

Wall, Above-Grade

Mass (Continuous Insulation) U-0.342 R-2.92 C.I. U-0.453 R-2.2 C.I.

Wall, Below-Grade C-0.678 R-1.3 C.I. C-6.473 NR

Floors

Mass U-0.496 R-1.5 C.I. U-0.78 R-0.7 C.I.

Steel-Joist U-0.296 R-3.3 U-0.296 R-3.3

Other U-0.188 R-5.3 U-0.288 R-3.3

Slab-on-Grade-Floors F-0.90 R-2.6 F-1.263 NR

for 60 cm
Opaque Doors

All Assemblies U-2.839 U-2.839

Assembly Assembly Assembly Assembly

Fenestration Max U-value Maximum Max U-value Maximum
W/m2·°C SHGC W/m2·°C SHGC
Vertical Glazing, 25% of wall

All Assemblies U-2.668 SHGC-0.25 U-3.695 NR

Skylight with Curb,
Glass, % of Roof
0%-3% All Types U-4.259 SHGC-0.35 U-10.22 SHGC-0.35

Building Air Tightness (ACH50) 4.0 NR

TABLE 5.2 Building Envelope Requirements for Zone 2

SBC 602-CC-18 17
 CHAPTER 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS

Residential Conditioned Residential Unconditioned

Opaque Elements Assembly Insulation Assembly Insulation
Max U-value Min R-value Max U-value Min R-value
W/m2·°C m2·°C/W W/m2·°C m2·°C/W
Roofs

Insulation Entirely Above Deck U-0.238 R-4.2 C.I. U-0.453 R-2.2 C.I.
(Continuous Insulation)

Wall, Above-Grade

Mass (Continuous Insulation) U-0.397 R-2.5 C.I. U-0.513 R-1.95 C.I.

Wall, Below-Grade C-0.678 R-1.3 C.I. C-6.473 NR

Floors

Mass U-0.496 R-1.5 C.I. U-0.78 R-0.7 C.I.

Steel-Joist U-0.296 R-3.3 U-0.296 R-3.3

Other U-0.188 R-5.3 U-0.288 R-3.3

Slab-on-Grade-Floors F-0.90 R-2.6 F-1.263 NR

for 60 cm
Opaque Doors

All Assemblies U-2.839 U-2.839

Assembly Assembly Assembly Assembly

Fenestration Max U-value Maximum Max U-value Maximum
W/m2·°C SHGC W/m2·°C SHGC
Vertical Glazing, 25% of wall

All Assemblies U-2.668 SHGC-0.25 U-3.695 NR

Skylight with Curb,
Glass, % of Roof
0%-3% All Types U-4.259 SHGC-0.35 U-10.22 SHGC-0.35

Building Air Tightness (ACH50) 4.0 NR

SBC 602-CC-18 18
 CHAPTER 5—

TABLE 5.2 Building Envelope Requirements for Zone 3 SI

Residential Conditioned Residential Unconditioned
Opaque Elements Assembly Insulation Assembly Insulation
Max U-value Min R-value Max U-value Min R-value
W/m2·°C m2·°C/W W/m2·°C m2·°C/W
Roofs

Insulation Entirely Above Deck U-0.273 R-3.5 C.I. U-0.527 R-1.8 C.I.
(Continuous Insulation)

Wall, Above-Grade

Mass (Continuous Insulation) U-0.453 R-2.3 C.I. U-0.592 R-1.7 C.I.

Wall, Below-Grade C-0.678 R-1.3 C.I. C-6.473 NR

Floors

Mass U-0.496 R-1.5 C.I. U-0.78 R-0.7 C.I.

Steel-Joist U-0.296 R-3.3 U-0.296 R-3.3

Other U-0.188 R-5.3 U-0.288 R-3.3

Slab-on-Grade-Floors F-0.90 R-2.6 F-1.263 NR

for 60 cm
Opaque Doors

All Assemblies U-2.839 U-2.839

Assembly Assembly Assembly Assembly

Fenestration Max U-value Maximum Max U-value Maximum
W/m2·°C SHGC W/m2·°C SHGC
Vertical Glazing, 25% of wall

All Assemblies U-2.668 SHGC-0.25 U-3.695 NR

Skylight with Curb,
Glass, % of Roof
0%-3% All Types U-4.259 SHGC-0.35 U-10.22 SHGC-0.35

Building Air Tightness (ACH50) 4.0 NR

Note:
Unit of C is W/m2 °C.
Unit of F is W/m•°C.
Unit of R is m2• °C /W.
Unit of U is W/m2•°C.

SBC 602-CC-18 19
CHAPTER 6—HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
CHAPTER 6—HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR
CONDITIONING
6.1 General
Scope
6.1.1.1 New Buildings: Mechanical
equipment and systems serving the heating,
cooling, or ventilating needs of new buildings
shall comply with the requirements of Section
6.2.
6.1.1.2 Additions to Existing Buildings:
Mechanical equipment and systems serving
the heating, cooling, or ventilating needs of
additions to existing buildings shall comply with
the requirements of Section 6.2.
Exception to 6.1.1.2: When ventilation and air
conditioning to an addition is provided by
existing systems and equipment, such existing
systems and equipment shall not be required
to comply with this Code. However, any new
systems or equipment installed must comply
with specific requirements applicable to those
systems and equipment.
6.1.1.3 Alterations to Heating, Ventilating, and
Air-Conditioning in Existing Building.
6.1.1.3.1 New HVAC equipment. as a direct
replacement of existing equipment shall
comply with the specific minimum efficiency
requirements applicable to that equipment.
6.1.1.3.2 New HVAC systems installed. to serve
previously unconditioned spaces shall comply
with Section 6.2.
6.1.1.3.3 New and replacement ductwork. shall
comply with 6.4.4.1 and 6.4.4.2.
6.1.1.3.4 New and replacement piping. shall
comply with 6.4.4.1.
Exceptions to 6.1.1.3: Compliance shall not be
required:
a) for equipment that is being modified or
repaired but not replaced, provided that
such modifications and/or repairs will not
result in an increase in the annual energy
SBC 602-CC-18
consumption of the equipment using the
same energy type, or
b) where a replacement or alteration of
equipment requires extensive revisions to
other systems, equipment, or elements of a
building, and such replaced or altered
equipment is a like-for-like replacement, or
c) for a refrigerant change of existing
equipment, or
d) for the relocation of existing equipment, or
e) for ducts and pipes where there is
insufficient space or access to meet these
requirements.
6.2 Compliance
Compliance with Section 6 shall be achieved
by meeting all requirements for 6.4, Mandatory
Provisions, 6.5, Submittals, and 6.6, Minimum
Equipment Efficiency.
6.3 Reserved
6.4 Mandatory Provisions
Equipment Efficiencies, Verification,
and Labeling Requirements
6.4.1.1 Minimum Equipment Efficiencies –
Listed Equipment – Standard Rating and
Operating Conditions. Equipment shown in
the most recent edition of SASO 2663 and
SASO 2874 shall have a minimum
performance at the specified rating conditions
when tested in accordance with the specified
test procedure.
6.4.1.2 Reserved
6.4.1.3 Reserved
6.4.1.4 Verification of Equipment
Efficiencies. Equipment efficiency information
supplied by manufacturers shall be verified as
follows:
a) If a certification program exists for a
covered product, and it includes
provisions for verification and challenge
20
CHAPTER 6—HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
of equipment efficiency ratings, then the
product shall be listed in the certification
program, or,
b) if a certification program exists for a
covered product, and it includes
provisions for verification and challenge
of equipment efficiency ratings, but the
product is not listed in the existing
certification program, the ratings shall be
verified by an independent laboratory test
report, or
c) if no certification program exists for a
covered product, the equipment efficiency
ratings shall be supported by data certified
by the manufacturer, or
d) where components such as indoor or
outdoor coils from different manufacturers
are used, the system designer shall specify
component efficiencies whose combined
efficiency meets the minimum equipment
efficiency requirements in 6.4.1.
6.4.1.5 Packaged Terminal Air
Conditioners. Nonstandard size packaged
terminal air conditioners and heat pumps with
existing sleeves having an external wall
opening of less than 40.6 cm high or less than
106.7 cm wide and having a cross-sectional
area less than 0.433 m2 shall be factory labeled
as follows: Manufactured for nonstandard size
applications only: not to be installed in new
construction projects.
Load Calculations. Heating and cooling
system design loads for the purpose of sizing
systems and equipment shall be determined in
accordance with generally accepted
engineering standards and handbooks
acceptable to the local authority having
jurisdiction (for example, ASHRAE
Handbook—Fundamentals10).
Controls
6.4.3.1 Temperature Control. Each system
or each zone within a system shall be provided
with at least one thermostat capable of being
set from 13°C to 29°C and capable of operating
the system’s cooling and/or heating. The
thermostat or control system, or both, shall
have an adjustable deadband, the range of
which includes a setting of 3°C between
heating and cooling when automatic
changeover is provided. Wall-mounted
SBC 602-CC-18
temperature controls shall be mounted on an
inside wall.
6.4.3.2 Ventilation Control. Additional
mechanical ventilation control and damper
requirements are set forth in section 8.5.9.
Ventilation and Air Conditioning
System Construction and Insulation
6.4.4.1 Insulation
6.4.4.1.1 General. Insulation required by this
section shall be installed in accordance with
industry-accepted standards. These
requirements do not apply to HVAC
equipment. Insulation shall be protected from
damage, including that due to sunlight,
moisture, equipment maintenance and wind,
but not limited to the following:
(a) Insulation exposed to weather shall be
suitable for outdoor service, e.g., protected
by aluminum, sheet metal, painted canvas,
or plastic cover. Cellular foam insulation
shall be protected as above or painted with
a coating that is water retardant and
provides shielding from solar radiation
that can cause degradation of the material.
(b) Insulation covering refrigerant suction
piping or cooling ducts located outside the
conditioned space shall include a vapor
retardant located outside the insulation
(unless the insulation is inherently vapor
retardant), all penetrations and joints of
which shall be sealed.
6.4.4.1.2 Insulation for Ducts. All portions of the
air distribution system installed in or on
buildings for heating and cooling shall be R-1.4
m2•°C/W. Insulation is not required when the
ducts are within the conditioned space.
6.4.4.1.3 Insulation for Piping. HVAC system
piping installed to serve buildings and within
buildings shall be thermally insulated in
accordance with Table 6.1.
Exception: Factory-installed piping within
HVAC equipment tested and rated in
accordance with Section 6.4.1.
21
CHAPTER 6—HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING

Table 6.1 Minimum Pipe Insulation Thickness SI

Nominal Tube or Pipe Size, mm
Less than 25 mm 25 mm and Greater
Insulation Thickness
Refrigerant Vapor Lines
13 mm 25 mm
Chilled Water/Brine Lines
13 mm 25 mm
Refrigerant Liquid Lines are not insulated

6.4.4.2 Ducts and Plenum Leakage

6.4.4.2.1 Duct Sealing. Ductwork and plenums
shall be sealed in accordance with Table 6.2
(Table 6.3 provides definitions of seal levels),
as required to meet the requirements of 6.4.4.2
and with standard industry practice. Outdoor
ductwork shall be sealed before being
insulated.

TABLE 6.2 Minimum Duct Seal Levela

Duct Type
Duct Location Supply Exhaust Return
Outdoor A C A
Unconditioned Space B C B
Conditioned Space b C B C
a See Table 6.3 description of seal level
b Includes indirectly conditioned spaces such as return air plenums

TABLE 6.3 Duct Seal Levels

Seal Level Sealing Requirements a,b
All traverse joints, longitudinal seams, and duct wall penetrations. Pressure-
sensitive tape shall not be used as the primary sealant, unless it has been certified
A
to comply with UL-181A13 or UL-181B14, or equivalent, by an independent testing
laboratory and the tape is used in accordance with that certification.
B All transverse joints, longitudinal seams.
C Transverse joints only.
Longitudinal seams are joints oriented in the direction of airflow. Transverse joints are
connections of two duct sections oriented perpendicular to airflow. Duct wall penetrations
are openings made by any screw fastener, pipe, rod, or wire. Spiral lock seams in a round
a and flat oval duct need not be sealed. All other connections are considered transverse
joints, including but not limited to spin-ins, taps, and other branch connections, access door
frames and jambs, duct connections to equipment, etc.
b Sealants may be liquid, adhesive, mastic, or tape systems.

SBC 602-CC-18 22
CHAPTER 6—HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
6.4.5 Completion Requirements.
Completion Requirements are as described in
Section 6.5.2.
6.5 Submittals
6.5.1 General. The local authority having
jurisdiction may require submittal of
compliance documentation and supplemental
information, in accord with Section 4.2.2 of this
Code.
6.5.2 Completion Requirements: The
following requirements are mandatory
provisions and are necessary for compliance
with the Code.
6.5.2.1 Drawings. Construction documents
shall require that within 90 days after the date
of system acceptance record drawings of the
actual installation be provided to the building
owner or the designated representative of the
building owner. Record drawings shall include
as a minimum the location and performance
data on each piece of equipment, general
configuration of duct and pipe distribution
system including sizes, and the terminal air or
water design flow rates.
6.5.2.2 Manuals. Construction documents
shall require that an operating manual and a
maintenance manual be provided to the
building owner in Arabic language (or Arabic
and English) or the designated representative
of the building owner within 90 days after the
date of system acceptance. These manuals
shall be in accordance with industry- accepted
standards and shall include, at a minimum, the
following:
(a) Submittal data stating equipment size and
selected options for each piece of equipment
requiring maintenance.
(b) Operation manuals and maintenance manuals
for each piece of equipment requiring
maintenance, except equipment not furnished
as part of the project. Required routine
maintenance actions shall be clearly identified.
(c) Names and addresses of at least one service
agency.
(d) HVAC controls system maintenance and
calibration information, including wiring
diagrams, schematics, and control sequence
descriptions. Desired or field-determined
setpoints shall be permanently recorded on
control drawings at control devices or, for
SBC 602-CC-18
digital control systems, in programming
comments.
(e) A complete narrative of how each system is
intended to operate, including suggested
setpoints.
6.5.2.3 System Balancing
6.5.2.3.1 General. Construction documents shall
require that all ducted HVAC systems be
balanced.
6.5.2.3.2 Air System Balancing. Ducted air
systems shall be balanced to minimize
throttling losses according to the following
procedure:
1) Insure that all flow controls and dampers are
full open.
2) Verify that fans are installed, rotating correctly
with proper rpm, check that filters are clean
and properly mounted and sealed, and verify
that access doors are installed and secured.
3) Starting at the air terminal with the highest
percentage of design flow and ending with the
air terminal having the lowest percentage of
design flow, adjust the volume-control damper
to provide an airflow rate within 10% of
design.
Note: If balanced properly without excess
pressure, then at least one air terminal should
have the volume-control damper fully open.
4) Repeat step 3) until all air terminals are
balanced to within 10% of design airflow.
5) Reset all controls for normal operation.
6.5.2.4 System Commissioning. HVAC
systems shall be checked and/or measured to
ensure that the following aspects, as a
minimum, are correct:
1) Insure refrigerant piping size is correct.
2) Verify that operating power voltage is
correct.
3) Verify that operating control voltage is
correct.
4) Verify that fan rotations are correct.
5) Verify that all control modes operate, with
the correct system components energized
for each mode.
6) Verify that amp draws are correct for each
motor.
7) Insure that there is adequate outdoor unit
airflow.
8) Verify that the system refrigerant charge is
correct based on suction superheat, or
23
CHAPTER 6—

liquid subcooling, or other manufacturer

recommended procedure.
The minimum efficiency requirements are
obtained from the most recent edition of SASO
266315 and SASO 287416. Equipment not
6.6 Minimum Equipment Efficiency specified by SASO are not covered by
Tables minimum efficiency requirements.

Air Conditioning Units - Minimum

Efficiency Requirements

SBC 602-CC-18 24
CHAPTER 7—SERVICE WATER HEATING
CHAPTER 7—SERVICE WATER HEATING
7.1 General
Service Water Heating Scope
7.1.1.1 New Buildings. Service water heating
systems and equipment shall comply with the
requirements of this section as described in
Section 7.2.
7.1.1.2 Additions to Existing Buildings.
Service water heating systems and equipment
shall comply with the requirements of this
section as described in Section 7.2.
Exception: When the service water heating to
an addition is provided by existing service
water heating systems and equipment, such
systems and equipment shall not be required
to comply with this Code. However, any new
systems or equipment installed must comply
with specific requirements applicable to those
systems and equipment.
7.1.1.3 Alterations to Existing Buildings.
Building service water heating equipment
installed as a direct replacement for existing
building service water heating equipment shall
comply with the requirements of Section 7
applicable to the equipment being replaced.
New and replacement piping shall comply with
Section 7.3.1.2.
Exception: Compliance shall not be required
where there is insufficient space or access to
meet these requirements.
7.2 COMPLIANCE. Compliance shall be
achieved by meeting the requirements of
Section 7.1, General; Section 7.3, Mandatory
Provisions; Section 7.4, Submittals; and
Section 7.5, Product Information.
7.3 Mandatory Provisions
Service Water Heating
7.3.1.1 Service Water Heating Equipment
Minimum Efficiency. Equipment shown in
the most recent edition of SASO 288417 shall
have a minimum performance at the specified
SBC 602-CC-18
rating conditions when tested in accordance
with the specified test procedure.
7.3.1.2 Service Hot Water Piping Systems.
Hot water piping shall be designed, sized and
installed in accordance with Sections 7.3.1.3
through 7.3.1.5.
7.3.1.3 Design. The piping system shall be
designed and installed to minimize pipe
lengths from the water heater to discharge
points.
7.3.1.4 Heat Traps. Vertical pipe risers
serving storage water heaters and storage
tanks shall have heat traps on both the inlet
and outlet piping as close as practical to the
storage tank.
7.3.1.5 Insulation. Hot water piping shall be
thermally insulated in a thermally continuous
manner in accordance with Sections 7.3.1.5.1
through 7.3.1.5.4.
7.3.1.5.1 Insulation for pipe shall be a minimum
of R-0.53 m2•°C/W
7.3.1.5.2 Pipe insulation shall be installed to
within 5 cm of all appliances, fixtures, structural
members, or a wall where the pipe passes
through to connect to a fixture.
Exceptions:
1. Piping installed in an attic or crawlspace
if the pipe is within 15 cm of conditioned
space and covered by attic or crawlspace
insulation.
2. Piping located in insulated walls where
the pipe is surrounded by not less than 25
mm of insulation.
3. Piping exposed under sinks, lavatories,
and similar fixtures.
4. Where the insulation interferes with
provisions for mechanical expansion or the
mechanical operation of valves.
7.3.1.5.3 Piping insulation installed in building
cavities shall not be compressed.
7.3.1.5.4 Where used pipe supports shall be
installed on the outside of the pipe insulation.
25
CHAPTER 7—

7.3.1.6 Temperature Controls. spa heaters, swimming pool chillers, and

pumps.
Exception: Where pumps are required to
7.3.1.6.1 Maximum Temperature. Temperature operate solar and waste heat recovery
controls shall be provided that allow for storage systems.
temperature adjustment from 49°C or lower to
a maximum temperature compatible with the 7.4 Submittals. The local authority having
intended use. jurisdiction may require submittal of
compliance documentation and supplemental
7.3.1.6.2 Temperature Maintenance Controls.
information, in accord with Section 4.2.2 of this
Systems designed to maintain usage
Code.
temperatures in hot-water pipes, such as
recirculating hot-water systems, shall be 7.5 Consumer Documentation. All
equipped with automatic time switches or other appliance manufacturers’ installation and
controls that can be set to switch off the usage maintenance instructions in Arabic language
temperature maintenance system during (or Arabic and English) shall be either attached
extended periods when hot water is not to the appliance or provided to the homeowner.
required. The contact information of any person
performing checks, test or adjustments shall be
Swimming Pools, Hot Tubs, and Spas provided to the occupant.
7.3.2.1 Swimming Pool, Hot Tub, and Spa
Heaters. Heaters shall be equipped with a
readily accessible ON/OFF switch to allow
shutting off the heater without adjusting the
thermostat setting.
7.3.2.2 Swimming Pool, Hot Tub, and Spa
Covers. Swimming Pools, Hot Tubs, and Spas
shall be equipped with a vapor retardant pool
cover on or at the water surface. Swimming
Pools, Hot Tubs, and Spas heated to more
than 32°C shall have a pool cover with a
minimum insulation value of R-2.1 m2•°C/W.
Exception: Swimming Pools, Hot Tubs, and
Spas deriving over 60% of the energy for
heating from site-recovered energy or solar
energy source.
7.3.2.3 Swimming Pool Chillers and
Heaters. chillers and/or heaters shall be
equipped with a readily accessible ON/OFF
switch to allow shutting off the chiller without
adjusting the thermostat setting.
7.3.2.4 Time Switches. Time switches shall
be installed on swimming pool, hot tub, and

SBC 602-CC-18 26
CHAPTER 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS
CHAPTER 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION
SYSTEMS
8.1 PURPOSE
This section defines the roles of and minimum
requirements for mechanical and natural
ventilation systems and the building envelope
intended to provide acceptable indoor air
quality (IAQ) in low-rise residential buildings.
The term Indoor Air Quality is used in the Code
to refer to not only the quality of the air, but also
its filtration and the ventilation noise level.
8.2 SCOPE
This section applies to spaces intended for
human occupancy within single-family houses
and multifamily structures of three stories or
fewer above grade, including manufactured
and modular houses. This Code does not apply
to transient housing such as hotels, motels,
nursing homes, dormitories, or jails.
This Code considers chemical,
physical, and biological contaminants
that can affect air quality.
While acceptable indoor air quality is
the goal of this Code, it will not
necessarily be achieved even if all
requirements are met
a. because of the diversity of sources and
contaminants in indoor air and the
range of susceptibility in the
population;
b. because of the many other factors that
may affect occupant perception and
acceptance of IAQ, such as air
temperature, humidity, noise, lighting,
and psychological stress;
c. if the ambient air is unacceptable and
this air is brought into the building
without first being cleaned;
d. if the systems are not operated and
maintained as designed; or
e. when high-polluting events occur.
SBC 602-CC-18
8.3 WHOLE-BUILDING
VENTILATION
8.3.1 Ventilation Rate. A mechanical
exhaust system, supply system, or
combination thereof shall be installed for each
dwelling unit to provide whole-building
ventilation with outdoor air each hour at no less
than the rate specified in Equation 8.1a, based
on the floor area of the conditioned space and
number of occupants.
𝑄𝑓𝑎𝑛 = 0.05 𝐴𝑓𝑙𝑜𝑜𝑟 + 3.5𝑁𝑜𝑐
(8.1a)
where
Qfan = fan flow rate, L/s
2
Afloor = floor area, m
Noc = number of occupants
8.3.1.1 Different Occupant Density.
Equation 8.1a require that the ventilation rate
shall be increased by 3.5 L/s for each
additional person. Ventilation rate tables as a
function of floor area and number of occupants
are provided in the user’s manual.
8.3.2 System Type. The whole-house
ventilation system shall consist of one or more
supply or exhaust fans and associated ducts
and controls. Local exhaust fans shall be
permitted to be part of a mechanical exhaust
system. Outdoor air ducts connected to the
return side of an air handler shall be permitted
as supply ventilation if manufacturers’ require-
ments for return air temperature are met. See
Appendix C for additional discussion on
selection of methods.
8.3.3 Control and Operation. The “fan on”
switch on a heating or air-conditioning system
shall be permitted as an operational control for
systems introducing ventilation air through a
duct to the return side of a ventilation and air
conditioning system. Readily accessible
override control must be provided to the
occupant. Local exhaust fan switches and “fan
27
CHAPTER 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS

on” switches shall be permitted as override
controls. Controls, including the “fan-on” switch
of a conditioning system, must be appropriately
labeled.
Exception: An intermittently operating, whole-
house mechanical ventilation system may be
used if the ventilation rate is adjusted
according to the exception to Section 8.3.4.
The system must be designed so that it can
operate automatically based on a timer. The
intermittent mechanical ventilation system
must operate at least once per day and must
operate at least 10% of the time.
8.3.4 Delivered Ventilation. The delivered
ventilation rate shall be calculated as the larger
of the total supply or total exhaust and shall be
no less than specified in Section 8.3.1 during
each hour of operation.
Exception: The effective ventilation rate of an
intermittent system is the combination of its
delivered capacity, its daily fractional on-time,
and the ventilation effectiveness from Table
8.1. The fan flow rate required to achieve an
effective ventilation rate that is equivalent to
the continuous ventilation requirement shall be
calculated from the following equation:
𝑄𝑓 = 𝑄𝑟 / (𝜀 𝑓)
(8.2)
where
Qf = fan flow rate during the on-cycle, L/s
Qr = ventilation air requirement (from
Equation 8.1a)
ε = ventilation effectiveness (from Table
8.1)
f = fractional on time, defined as the on-
time for
one cycle divided by the cycle time
Tcyc = fan cycle time, defined as the total time
for one on-cycle and one off-cycle (used in
Table 8.1)

TABLE 8.1 Ventilation Effectiveness for Intermittent Fans

Fractional Cycle Time, Tcyc (h)
On-Time, f 0–4 8 12 24
0.1 1.00 0.79 * *
0.2 1.00 0.84 0.56 *
0.3 1.00 0.89 0.71 *
0.4 1.00 0.92 0.81 0.20
0.5 1.00 0.94 0.87 0.52
0.6 1.00 0.97 0.92 0.73
0.7 1.00 0.98 0.96 0.86
0.8 1.00 0.99 0.98 0.94
0.9 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99
1.0 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
*Condition not allowed since no amount of intermittent
ventilation will provide equivalent ventilation.

ventilation system shall be either one of the

following two:
8.4 LOCAL VENTILATION
1) an intermittent mechanical exhaust
8.4.1 Local Mechanical Exhaust. A local system meeting the requirements of
mechanical exhaust system shall be installed Section 8.4.2 or
in each kitchen and bathroom. Each local 2) a continuous mechanical exhaust
system meeting the requirements of

SBC 602-CC-18 28
CHAPTER 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS
Section 8.4.3.
8.4.2 Intermittent Local Exhaust. An
intermittently operating, local mechanical
exhaust system shall be designed to be
operated as needed by the occupant.
8.4.2.1 Control and Operation. Control
devices such as, but not limited to, the
following are permissible provided they do not
impede occupant control: shut-off timers,
occupancy sensors, multiple-speed fans,
combined switching, IAQ sensors, etc.
8.4.2.2 Ventilation Rate. The minimum
airflow rating shall be at least the amount
indicated in Table 8.2.
8.4.3 Continuous Mechanical
Ventilation. A continuously operating
TABLE 8.2 Intermittent Local Ventilation Exhaust Airflow Rates SI
Application Airflow
Vented range hood (including appliance-range hood
Kitchen 50 L/s combinations) required if exhaust fan flow rate is less than 5
kitchen ach.
Bathroom 25 L/s
TABLE 8.3 Continuous Local Ventilation Exhaust Airflow Rates SI
Application Airflow
Kitchen 5 ach
Bathroom 10 L/s
8.5 OTHER REQUIREMENTS
8.5.1 Transfer Air. Dwelling units shall be
designed and constructed to provide
ventilation air directly from the outdoors and
not as transfer air from adjacent dwelling units
or other spaces, such as garages,
unconditioned crawlspaces, or unconditioned
attics. Measures shall be taken to prevent air
movement across envelope components
separating attached, adjacent dwelling units
and between dwelling units and other spaces,
both vertically and horizontally. Measures shall
include sealing of common envelope
components, pressure management, and use
of airtight recessed lighting fixtures.
SBC 602-CC-18
mechanical ventilation system shall be
installed to operate without occupant
intervention. The system may be part of a
balanced mechanical system. The overall
ventilation system shall be designed to
maintain a minimum positive building pressure
of 0 Pa, and a maximum of 12.5 Pa with any
intermittent local mechanical exhaust devices
off. See Appendix C for guidance on selection
of methods.
8.4.3.1 Control and Operation. The system
shall be designed to operate during all
occupiable hours. Readily accessible override
control must be provided to the occupant.
8.4.3.2 Ventilation Rate. The minimum
delivered ventilation shall be at least the
amount indicated in Table 8.3 during each hour
of operation.
Notes
Notes
Based on kitchen volume
8.5.2 Instructions and Labeling.
Information on the ventilation design and/or
ventilation systems installed, instructions on
their proper operation to meet the
requirements of this Code, and instructions
detailing any required maintenance (similar to
that provided for ventilation and air
conditioning systems) shall be provided to the
owner and the occupant of the dwelling unit.
Controls shall be labeled as to their function
(unless that function is obvious, such as toilet
exhaust fan switches).
The following sections provide the minimum
operations and maintenance information to be
provided by the ventilation system designer or
29
CHAPTER 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS
installer. This material shall be placed in a
binder along with equipment installation
information, warranties, and homeowners’
manuals and shall be given to the
owner/occupant of the unit in Arabic language
(or Arabic and English).
Many of the systems described in this Code
require occupant interaction to work as
intended. It is important that the building
occupants be informed as to the function of the
individual components and what they are
expected to do or not do. This is especially
important when systems are logically but not
physically coupled, when safety issues are
involved, or when the components are
multifunctional and may not be easily
recognized as part of a designed ventilation
system. Labels assist in this endeavor.
8.5.2.1 Operations. Written information on
the proper and expected operation of the
ventilation system chosen to comply with
Section 8 of this Code must be provided,
including the design parameters assumed by
the ventilation system designer. This system
operation information must include all
mechanical ventilation equipment, ventilation
controls, and any passive or natural ventilation
devices used to comply with this Code.
8.5.2.1.1 Design Parameters
• Installing contractor’s contact name and
numbers
• Heating/cooling load calculations
• Ventilation calculations
• As-built drawings
• Permit documentation
• Clear statement of type of ventilation
approach being used (natural, continuous
mechanical, intermittent mechanical, or
demonstrated)
• Operating schedule
8.5.2.1.2 Ventilation Equipment and Controls
• Operation, maintenance, and
installation/owner’s manuals from
manufacturer
• Make, model, size, and supplier for all
equipment
• Emergency contact names and numbers
• Operational requirements/schedule of
operation by the occupant to ensure
acceptable IAQ
SBC 602-CC-18
• Control strategy and description
8.5.2.2 Maintenance. Written information on
the required maintenance of the ventilation
system components chosen to comply with
Section 8 of this Code must be provided,
including any mechanical or passive
components and controls. Maintenance
information must include any information
provided by the ventilation equipment
manufacturers.
8.5.2.2.1 Ventilation Equipment and
Controls
• Maintenance contractor’s contact name and
numbers
• Filter cleaning after each sand storm
• Filter cleaning/replacement schedule
• Inspection requirements to ensure that inlets
and outlets will operate (e.g., they are not
painted shut)
• Any required maintenance for the devices
• Troubleshooting and reset methods for the
controls
8.5.2.2.2 Reserved
8.5.2.2.3 Reserved
8.5.2.2.4 Building Envelope. Whether
intended or otherwise, the building envelope is
part of the ventilation system. The building
envelope should be maintained to operate as
intended.
Without proper maintenance, the building
envelope tightness may degrade over time.
Excessive building leakage can cause
increased energy use and can unbalance
some mechanical ventilation systems.
8.5.3 Clothes Dryers. Clothes dryers shall
be exhausted directly to the outdoors.
Exception: Condensing dryers plumbed to a
drain.
8.5.4 Reserved
8.5.5 Airtightness Requirements
8.5.5.1 Garages. When an occupiable space
adjoins a garage, the design must prevent
migration of contaminants to the adjoining
occupiable space. Air seal the walls, ceilings,
and floors that separate garages from
occupiable space. To be considered air sealed,
all joints, seams, penetrations, openings
30
CHAPTER 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS
between door assemblies and their respective
jambs and framing, and other sources of air
leakage through wall and ceiling assemblies
separating the garage from the residence and
its attic area shall be caulked, gasketed,
weather stripped, wrapped, or otherwise
sealed to limit air movement. Doors between
garages and occupiable spaces shall be
gasketed or made substantially airtight with
weather stripping.
8.5.5.2 Space-Conditioning System Ducts.
All air distribution joints located outside the
pressure boundary shall be sealed. HVAC
systems that serve occupiable space shall not
be designed to supply air to, or return air from,
the garage. HVAC systems that include air
handlers or ducts located outside the pressure
boundary shall be sealed to prevent leakage.
8.5.6 Reserved
8.5.7 Minimum Filtration. Mechanical
systems that supply air to an occupiable space
through ductwork exceeding 3 m in length and
through a thermal conditioning component,
except evaporative coolers, shall be provided
with a filter having a designated minimum
efficiency of MERV 6 or better. The system
shall be designed such that all recirculated and
mechanically supplied outdoor air is filtered
before passing through the thermal
conditioning components. The filter shall be
located and installed in such a manner as to
facilitate access and regular service by the
owner. The filter shall be selected and sized to
operate at a clean pressure drop no greater
than 25 Pa unless the equipment is designed
or selected to accommodate any additional
pressure drop imposed by the filter selection
(i.e., greater than 25 Pa).
8.5.8 Air Inlets. Air inlets that are part of the
ventilation design shall be located a minimum
of 3 m from known sources of contamination
such as a stack, vent, exhaust hood, or vehicle
exhaust. The intake shall be placed so that
entering air is not obstructed by plantings, or
other material. Forced air inlets shall be
provided with rodent/insect screens (mesh not
larger than 13 mm).
Exceptions:
a. Ventilation openings in the wall may
be as close as a stretched-string
SBC 602-CC-18
distance of 1 m from sources of
contamination exiting through the roof
or dryer exhausts.
b. No minimum separation distance shall
be required between windows and
local exhaust outlets in kitchens and
bathrooms.
8.5.9 Ventilation Control. Each mechanical
ventilation system (supply or exhaust or both)
shall be equipped with a readily accessible
switch or other means for shutoff. Manual or
automatic dampers installed for the purpose of
isolating outside air intakes and exhausts from
the air distribution system shall be designed for
tight shutoff.
8.6 AIR-MOVING EQUIPMENT
All air-moving equipment used to comply with
this Code shall meet the following criteria.
8.6.1 Selection and Installation. Selection
and installations of systems or equipment shall
be carried out in accordance with
manufacturers’ design requirements and
installation instructions.
8.6.2 Sound Ratings for Fans. Ventilation
fans shall be rated for sound at no less than the
minimum airflow rate required by this Code, as
noted below.
8.6.2.1 Continuous Ventilation Fans. These
fans shall be rated for sound at a maximum of
1.0 sone.
8.6.2.2 Intermittent Fans. These fans shall
be rated for sound at a maximum of 3 sone,
unless their maximum rated airflow exceeds
200 L/s.
Exception: Ventilation and air conditioning air
handlers and remote-mounted fans need not
meet sound requirements. To be considered
for this exception, a remote-mounted fan must
be mounted outside the habitable spaces,
bathrooms, toilets, and hallways, and there
must be at least 1 m of ductwork between the
fan and the intake grille.
8.6.3 Airflow Rating. The airflows required
by this Code refer to the delivered airflow of the
system as installed and tested using a flow
hood, flow grid, or other airflow measuring
device. Alternatively, the airflow rating at a
31
CHAPTER 8—

pressure of 62.5 Pa may be used, provided the

duct sizing meets the prescriptive
requirements of Table 8.4 or manufacturers’
design criteria.

8.6.4 Multi-Branch Exhaust Ducting. If

more than one of the exhaust fans in a dwelling
unit shares a common exhaust duct, each fan
shall be equipped with a back-draft damper to
prevent the recirculation of exhaust air from
one room to another through the exhaust
ducting system. Exhaust fans in separate
dwelling units shall not share a common
exhaust duct. Exhaust outlets from more than
one dwelling unit may be served by a single
exhaust fan downstream of all the exhaust
inlets if the fan is designed and intended to run
continuously or if each outlet is equipped with
a back-draft damper to prevent cross-
contamination when the fan is not running.

Table 8.4 Prescriptive Duct Sizing

Duct Type Flex Duct Smooth Duct
Fan Rating
25 40 50 65 25 40 50 65
L/s @ 62.5 Pa
Diameter, mm Maximum Length, m
75 X X X X 2 X X X
100 21 1 X X 32 11 2 X
125 NL 21 11 7 NL 42 26 17
150 NL NL 42 29 NL NL NL 45
175 and above NL NL NL NL NL NL NL NL
This table assumes no elbows. Deduct 5 m of allowable duct length for each elbow.
NL = no limit on duct length of this size.
X = not allowed, any length of duct of this size with assumed turns and fitting will exceed the rated pressure drop.

8.7.3 Testing. When taking field

8.7 NOISE LEVEL measurements to determine where the space
complies with the above criteria, the test
8.7.1 Room Criteria. Ventilation and air precautions presented in ASHRAE Handbook
conditioning systems must be designed to – Applications18 must be followed.
operate quietly. Ventilation and air
conditioning-related sound in rooms should be
between room criteria (RC) 25 to 35 (35-45
dBA).
8.7.2 Necessary Equipment. Sound
attenuators, acoustic lining, insulation panels,
vibration isolations, and other shall be provided
where necessary to achieve the above criteria.

SBC 602-CC-18 32
CHAPTER 9—LIGHTING
CHAPTER 9—LIGHTING
9.1 General
9.1.1 Scope: This section shall apply to the
following:
a) interior spaces of buildings;
b) exterior building grounds lighting
provided through the building's electrical
service.
9.1.2 Lighting Alterations. The
replacement of lighting systems in any building
space shall comply with the lighting power
density requirements of Section 9 applicable to
that space. New lighting systems shall comply
with the applicable lighting power density
requirements of Section 9.
Exception: Alterations that replace less than
10% of the luminaries in a space need not
comply with these requirements provided that
such alterations do not increase the installed
interior lighting power.
9.1.3 Installed Interior Lighting Power.
The installed interior lighting power shall
include all power used by the luminaries,
including lamps, ballasts, current regulators,
and control devices except as specifically
exempted in 9.2.2.2.
Exception: If two or more independently
operating lighting systems in a space are
capable of being controlled to prevent
simultaneous user operation, the installed
interior lighting power shall be based solely on
the lighting system with the highest wattage.
9.1.4 Luminaire Wattage. Luminaire
wattage incorporated into the installed interior
lighting power shall be determined in
accordance with the following criteria:
(a) The wattage of line-voltage luminaires not
containing permanently installed ballasts
or transformers shall be the maximum
labeled wattage of the luminaire.
(b) The wattage of luminaires with
permanently installed or remote ballasts or
transformers shall be the operating input
wattage of the maximum lamp/auxiliary
combination based on values from the
SBC 602-CC-18
auxiliary manufacturer’s literature or
recognized testing laboratories.
(c) The wattage of line-voltage lighting track
and plugin busway that allow the addition
and/or relocation of luminaires without
altering the wiring of the system shall be
the specified wattage of the luminaires
included in the system with a minimum of
98 W/lin m.
(d) The wattage of low-voltage lighting track,
cable conductor, rail conductor, and other
flexible lighting systems that allow the
addition and/or relocation of luminaires
without altering the wiring of the system
shall be the specified wattage of the
transformer supplying the system.
(e) The wattage of all other miscellaneous
lighting equipment shall be the specified
wattage of the lighting equipment.
9.2 9.2 Compliance Path(s)
9.2.1 Lighting systems and equipment.
shall comply with Section 9.1, General, and of
Section 9.3, Building Area Method.
9.2.2 Prescriptive Requirements
9.2.2.1 The Building Area Method for
determining the interior lighting power
allowance, described in 9.3, is a simplified
approach for demonstrating compliance.
9.2.2.2 Interior Lighting Power. The interior
lighting power allowance for a building or a
separately metered or permitted portion of a
building shall be determined by the Building
Area Method described in 9.3. The installed
interior lighting power identified in accordance
with 9.1.3 shall not exceed the interior lighting
power allowance developed in accordance
with 9.3.
Exceptions to 9.2.2.2: The following lighting
equipment and applications shall not be
considered when determining the interior
lighting power allowance developed in
accordance with 9.3, nor shall the wattage for
such lighting be included in the installed interior
lighting power identified in accordance with
9.1.3. However, any such lighting shall not be
33
CHAPTER 9—LIGHTING
exempt unless it is an addition to general
lighting and is controlled by an independent
control device.
(a) Lighting that is integral to equipment or
appliances and is installed by its
manufacturer.
(b) Lighting integral to food warming and
food preparation equipment.
(c) Lighting for plant growth or maintenance.
(d) Lighting in spaces specifically designed
for use by the visually impaired.
(e) Lighting in interior spaces that have been
specifically designated as a registered
interior historic landmark.
9.3 Building Area Method
Compliance Path
SBC 602-CC-18
9.3.1 Building Area Method of
Calculating Interior Lighting Power
Allowance. Use the following steps to
determine the interior lighting power
allowance:
(a) The lighting power density for residential
building area types is 10 watts/m2.
(b) Determine the gross lighted floor area in
square meter of the building area.
(c) Multiply the gross lighted floor areas of
the building area times the lighting power
density.
34
CHAPTER 10—

CHAPTER 10—OTHER EQUIPMENT

10.1 General

For all other equipment refer to the High-rise

section of SBC-601 when applicable.

SBC 602-CC-18 35
CHAPTER 11—CLIMATIC DATA

CHAPTER 11—CLIMATIC DATA

11.1 General.

For purposes of this Code, Saudi Arabia is listed by zone in Table 11.1. The climatic data
considered to be made up of 3 climate zones contained in this section shall apply to Sections
as presented in Figure 11.1. Selected cities are 5 for a given geographic location.

Figure 11.1 Saudi Arabia Climate Zones

SBC 602-CC-18 36
CHAPTER 11—CLIMATIC DATA

Table 11.1 Saudi Arabia Climate Data by City

10 years
Zone
Zone
according DB DB
according Elevation CDD10
to SBC 1% max
to IECC
601/602
Latitude Longitude m C C
ABHA 18.23N 42.65E 3 3A and 3B 2093 30.3 34 3289
AL-AHSA 25.30N 49.48E 1 1 178 46 49.8 6389
AL-BAHA 20.30N 41.65E 2 2 1652 35.2 39 4781
AL-JOUF 29.78N 40.10E 2 2 689 41.8 46.7 4612
AL-MADINAH 24.55N 39.70E 1 1 636 44.2 47.7 6715
AL-QAISUMAH 28.32N 46.13E 1 1 358 45.2 50.4 5706
AL-TAIF 21.48N 40.55E 2 2 1453 36.1 41 4804
AL-WEJH 26.20N 36.48E 1 1 24 34.2 44.7 5493
ARAR 30.90N 41.13E 2 2 549 42.3 47.3 4571
BISHA 19.98N 42.63E 1 1 1162 39.8 42.8 5640
DHAHRAN 26.27N 50.17E 1 1 17 44 49.3 6258
GASSIM 26.30N 43.77E 1 1 648 44 48.1 5545
GIZAN 16.88N 42.58E 1 1 7 37.9 42.3 7451
GURIAT 31.40N 37.28E 2 2 504 39.1 45.4 3729
HAIL 27.43N 41.68E 2 2 1002 40.9 45.2 4547
JEDDAH (KING ABDUL
21.70N 39.18E 1 1 17 39.8 48.3 6803
AZIZ INTL)
JUBAIL 27.00N 49.67E 1 1 5 40.0 49.3* 6258*
K.F.I.A. (KING FAHA 26.45N 49.82E 1 1 12 44.6 49.2 6274
KHAMIS MUSHAIT 18.30N 42.80E 2 2 2056 31.1 36.9 3710
KING KHALED INT. AI 24.93N 46.72E 1 1 614 43.9 47.6 5756
MAKKAH 21.43N 39.77E 1 1 240 44.1 49.2 7800
NAJRAN 17.62N 44.42E 1 1 1212 39.2 42.7 5643
RAFHA 29.62N 43.48E 2 2 444 43.7 48.2 5000
RIYADH OBS. (O.A.P.) 24.70N 46.73E 1 1 620 43.9 47.2 6107
SHARORAH 17.47N 47.10E 1 1 725 42.2 45.1 6579
TABUK 28.38N 36.60E 2 2 768 39.8 44.2 4508
TURAIF 31.68N 38.73E 2 2 852 38.8 43.8 3542
WADI AL-DAWASSER AI 20.50N 45.25E 1 1 622 44 47.8 6591
YENBO 24.13N 38.07E 1 1 10 42.2 48.9 6626
* DHAHRAN data used

SBC 602-CC-18 37
CHAPTER 11—CLIMATIC DATA

Zone 1 is extremely hot with CDD 10 C greater

11.2 Indoor conditions than 5,000;
Summer: DB 23.9 °C, RH 50% Zone 2 is very hot with CDD 10 C greater than
3,500;
Winter: DB 21.1 °C, RH 30%
Zone 3 is hot for the remaining cities.
11.3 Climate zones:

The Saudi Arabia climate is divided into three

zones:

SBC 602-CC-18 38
CHAPTER 12—

CHAPTER 12—POWER

12.1 General

12.1.1 Scope
For all building power distribution systems
and equipment refer to Electrical Code
SBC-401.

SBC 602-CC-18 39
CHAPTER 13—NORMATIVE REFERENCES
CHAPTER 13—NORMATIVE REFERENCES
References
1) ASHRAE Terminology,
www.ashrae.org/resources--
publications/free-resources/ashrae
terminology, American Society of Heating,
Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning
Engineers, Inc., 1791 Tullie Circle, N.E.,
Atlanta, GA 30329
2) ASTM E96, Standard Test Methods for
Water Vapor Transmission of Materials,
ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor
Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-
2859.
3) NFRC 400-2010 Procedure for
Determining Fenestration Product Air
Leakage, National Fenestration Rating
Council, 1300 Spring Street, Suite 500,
Silver Springs, MD 20910
4) SASO/ASTM E283-2012, Test Method for
Determining the Rate of Air Leakage
Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls
and Doors Under Specified Pressure
Differences Across the Specimen, Saudi
Standards, Metrology and Quality Org.
Riyadh - Al Muhammadiyah, PO. B 3437
Riyadh 11471 Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
5) SASO/ASTM E1980-2012, Standard
Practice for Calculating Solar Reflectance
Index of Horizontal and Low-Sloped
Opaque Surfaces, Saudi Standards,
Metrology and Quality Org. Riyadh - Al
Muhammadiyah, PO. B 3437 Riyadh
11471 Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
6) ASTM E1918-06 Standard Test Method for
Measuring Solar Reflectance of Horizontal
and Low-Sloped Surfaces in the Field,
ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor
Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-
2859.
7) ASTM C1549-09 Standard Test Method
for Determination of Solar Reflectance
Near Ambient Temperature Using a
Portable Solar Reflectometer, ASTM
SBC 602-CC-18
International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West
Conshohocken, PA 19428-2859.
8) ASTM E408-13 Standard Test Methods for
Total Normal Emittance of Surfaces Using
Inspection-Meter Techniques, ASTM
International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West
Conshohocken, PA 19428-2859.
9) ASTM C1371-10 Standard Test Method
for Determination of Emittance of
Materials Near Room Temperature Using
Portable Emissometers, ASTM
International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West
Conshohocken, PA 19428-2859.
10) ASHRAE Handbook—Fundamentals,
ASHRAE,1791 Tullie Circle, N.E. Atlanta,
GA 30329
11) SASO/ASTM C272-2012, Standard Test
Method for Water Absorption of Core
Materials for Sandwich Constructions,
Saudi Standards, Metrology and Quality
Org. Riyadh - Al Muhammadiyah, PO. B
3437 Riyadh 11471 Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia.
12) NFRC 100-2010 Procedure for
Determining Fenestration Product U-
Factors, National Fenestration Rating
Council, 1300 Spring Street, Suite 500,
Silver Springs, MD 20910
13) SASO/UL 181A-2008, Standard for
Closure Systems for Use With Rigid Air
Ducts, Saudi Standards, Metrology and
Quality Org. Riyadh - Al Muhammadiyah,
PO. B 3437 Riyadh 11471 Kingdom of
Saudi Arabia.
14) SASO/UL 181B-2008, Closure Systems
for Use with Flexible Air Ducts and Air
Connectors, Saudi Standards, Metrology
and Quality Org. Riyadh - Al
Muhammadiyah, PO. B 3437 Riyadh
11471 Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
40
CHAPTER 13—

15) SASO 2663 Energy Labelling and

Minimum Energy Performance 17) SASO 2884 Water Heaters Energy
Requirements for Air-Conditioners, Saudi Performance Requirements And Labelling,
Standards, Metrology and Quality Org. Saudi Standards, Metrology and Quality
Riyadh - Al Muhammadiyah, PO. B3437 Org. Riyadh - Al Muhammadiyah, PO.
Riyadh 11471 Kingdom of Saudi Arabia B3437 Riyadh 11471 Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia
16) SASO 2874 Large Capacity Air
Conditioners – Performance Requirements 18) ASHRAE Handbook – Applications,
And Methods Of Testing, Saudi Standards, American Society of Heating,
Metrology and Quality Org. Riyadh - Al Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning
Muhammadiyah, PO. B3437 Riyadh 11471 Engineers, Inc., 1791 Tullie Circle, N.E.,
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia Atlanta, GA 30329

13.1 Normative Appendix A:

Normative appendix A, Rated R-value of Insulation and Assembly U-Factor, C-Factor, and F-Factor
Determinations, is considered to be an integral part of the mandatory requirements of this Code. For
reasons of convenience, normative appendix A is included in the user’s manual.

13.2 Normative Appendix B:

Normative appendix B, Building Tightness Testing, is considered to be an integral part of the

mandatory requirements of this Code. For reasons of convenience, normative appendix B is included
in the user’s manual.

SBC 602-CC-18 41
CHAPTER 14—INFORMATIVE REFERENCES

CHAPTER 14—INFORMATIVE REFERENCES

14.1 Informative Appendix C:

Informative appendix C, HVAC and

Ventilation Systems, is not mandatory or part
of this Code. For reasons of convenience,
informative appendix C is included in the
user’s manual.

SBC 602-CC-18 42
PART II Users’ Manual for SBC602

SBC 602-CC-18 43
UM-SECTION 1—PURPOSE

UM-SECTION 1—PURPOSE
UM-1.1 Overview

SBC 601 low rise provides minimum
requirements for the design and construction
of energy-efficient buildings in Saudi Arabia.
It applies to all low-rise residential buildings
(low-rise means three habitable floors or
less). The Code is written in building code
language and specifies reasonable design
practices and technologies that minimize
energy consumption while providing
comfortable and productive environments for
the building occupants.
Authority of SBC 601 low rise
The Code is written in code-enforceable
language.
MoMRA is responsible for implementing and
applying the Code. Interpretations of the
Code may be requested from the National
Committee for Saudi Building Code.
However, the ultimate authority for
interpretation is MoMRA.

SBC 602-CC-18 44
UM-SECTION 2—SCOPE
UM-SECTION 2—SCOPE
Scope of the Code
The Code provides minimum energy-efficiency
requirements for the design and construction of
new single and multi-family residences and new
construction in existing buildings. In particular, it
applies to new buildings and their systems,
building additions and their systems, and new
systems and equipment in existing buildings.
Single-family residences, as defined herein,
contain one or two living units. In a structure
with two living units, the living units may be
either one over the other or side-by-side and share
one floor-ceiling or wall surface but without
common inside areas.
Multifamily residences contain three or more
separate housing units for residential inhabitants
within one building, typically referred to as an
apartment building. An apartment building can
have multiple apartments on each floor and there
are often multiple floors. Apartment buildings
can range in many sizes, some with only a few
apartments, other with hundreds of apartments on
many floors, or any size in between. There are
often inside hallways and inside entrances to each
apartment, but outside entrances to each
apartment are also possible.
The scope of the requirements covers the design
of the building envelope, lighting systems,
HVAC systems and other energy-using
equipment.
The Code applies to that portion of the building
envelope enclosing conditioned space, and to
components of the entire building. The Code also
applies to systems and equipment used in
conjunction with buildings, including systems for
ventilating and air conditioning, and lighting.
The Code does not apply to:
• structures of three stories or more
above grade;
• buildings that do not use electricity;
SBC 602-CC-18
• “transient” housing, such as hotels,
motels, nursing homes, jails, and
barracks, or manufactured housing;
• portable products such as appliances
and heaters;
• residential electric service;
Certain other buildings or building components
may be exempt by specific notations in the
technical sections of the Code.
The Code specifies U-factor requirements that
take into account all elements and layers in the
construction assembly, including the sheathing,
interior finishes and air gaps, as well as exterior
and interior air films. Appendix A of the Code
(included in this user’s manual) has tables of
default U-factors for all classes of construction.
Appendix A U-factors and associated insulation
levels account for representative construction
with thermal bridging. The effect of thermal
bridging is readily apparent by comparing a given
level of insulation against the resulting overall U-
factor for the three different construction options
listed in Table A3.1A of Appendix A.
The authority having jurisdiction will inspect the
building periodically as described in Section
4.2.2. It is left to the discretion of the building
inspector to insure that the building meets the
intent of the Code. This would include such
things as insuring there are no gaps in the
insulation, and that the actual construction
matches the design used to determine the required
U-factors from the Appendix A tables.
The Code shall not be used to circumvent any
safety, health or environmental requirements. If
there is a conflict between the requirements of the
Code and safety, health or environmental codes,
interpretation should be requested from the local
authority having jurisdiction.
45
UM-SECTION 3—

UM-SECTION 3—DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, ACRONYMS AND

SYMBOLS
Definitions l liter
The Code includes definitions for many of the lin linear
technical terms used in the Code and in this LPD lighting power density
User’s Manual. These terms and definitions are L/s liter per second
not repeated here, although the index provides a Ls liner system
reference to places in the Manual where many of m meter
the terms are discussed. Definitions, resources, m²·°C/W square meter degree Celsius per
terms and calculation methods are presented in watt
the context where they are used in this Manual. mm millimeter
MoMRA Saudi Arabia Ministry of
Abbreviations, Acronyms and Symbols Municipal and Rural Affairs
Abbreviations, acronyms and symbols used in the NFRC National Fenestration Rating
Code and this Manual are listed below: Council
NR not required
ACH Air Changes per Hour o.d. outside diameter
AHAM Association of Home Appliance Pa pascal
Manufacturers PF projection factor
ANSI American National Standards PTAC packaged terminal air
Institute conditioner
AHRI Air-Conditioning, Heating and R R-value (thermal resistance)
Refrigeration Institute Rc thermal resistance of a material
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, or construction from surface to surface
Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Ru total thermal resistance of a
Inc. material or construction including air film
ASTM American Society for Testing resistances
and Materials or equivalent associations SASO Saudi Standards, Metrology and
C Celsius Quality Organization
CDD cooling degree-day SC shading coefficient
CDD10 cooling degree-days base 10°C SHGC solar heat gain coefficient
ci continuous insulation SI Systeme International d’Unites
CMU concrete masonry unit (International System of Units)
COP coefficient of performance SRR skylight-roof ratio
EER energy efficiency ratio VT visible transmittance
EF energy factor W watt
h hour Wh watt-hour
HC heat capacity W/m² watts per square meter
HDD heating degree-day W/m²·°C watts per square meter degree
HVAC heating, ventilating, and air Celsius
conditioning W/m·°C watts per meter degree Celsius
ISO International Organization for W/m²·°C watts per square meter degree
Standardization Celsius
kg kilogram WWR window-wall ratio
kW kilowatt
kWh kilowatt-hour

SBC 602-CC-18 46
UM-SECTION 4—ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT

UM-SECTION 4—ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT

UM-4.1 Scope and Compliance (4.1.1 and 4.2)

Compliance
(Section 4)

Mandatory and
Prescriptive
Requirements
(Sections 5-9)

Figure 4.1 Compliance Path

This chapter addresses administration and
enforcement issues, as well as general methods
and requirements for demonstrating compliance
with the Code. Designers using this Manual
should check with the authority having
jurisdiction for supplemental information on
compliance.
Section 4 of the Code outlines the compliance
requirements applicable to all projects. The
technical requirements of the Code are covered in
Sections 5 through 9, which deal, respectively,
with the building envelope, HVAC, service water
heating, indoor air quality, and lighting.
Figure 4.1 illustrates the general approach to
compliance. The Code requires that the General
and Mandatory Provisions always be met. Each
of the technical sections also has prescriptive or
performance requirements.
climate conditions may vary among projects.
Architects and engineers need flexibility in order
to design buildings that address these diverse
requirements.
The Code attempts to provide flexibility. To use
the building envelope section as an example,
designers can choose a prescriptive method that
requires that insulation be installed with a
minimum R value. Alternatively, a component
performance method allows the designer to show
compliance with the thermal performance (U-
factor) of construction assemblies for each
component.
The lighting and HVAC sections also offer
flexibility and exceptions for special cases. The
specifics of the various compliance options are
presented in each of the technical chapters in this
Manual.

UM-4.1.1 New Buildings (4.1.1.1 and UM-4.1.2 Existing Buildings (4.1.1.2,

4.2.1.1)
The Code’s main focus is on new low rise
residential buildings. Every new building project
is different: each building’s site presents unique
opportunities and challenges; each building
owner or user has different requirements; and
4.1.1.3, 4.1.1.4, 4.2.1.2, 4.2.1.3)
The Code also applies to certain work in existing
buildings. The requirements are triggered when
new construction is proposed, such as an
addition, or when unconditioned space is
converted to conditioned space (that is, cooling is
added for the first time).

SBC 602-CC-18 47
UM-SECTION 4—ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
The Code applies to additions and alterations
much as it does to new buildings: the Mandatory
Provisions must always be met; after that,
multiple compliance options may apply.
Compliance details are discussed below for
additions, alterations and changes in conditioned
space.
UM-4.1.3 Additions (4.1.1.2 and
4.2.1.2)
An addition is a new room or rooms that extends
or increases the building floor area of a building
outside the envelope of the existing building. The
Code applies to the addition but does not require
any changes or upgrades to the existing building.
As is the case with new buildings, the Mandatory
Provisions and prescriptive requirements must be
complied with.
The simplest compliance method for additions is
to treat the addition as if it were its own separate
building. The Mandatory Provisions of the
Situation
An existing central unit will provide cold air thru
new ductwork in a building addition.
An addition is served by its own single-zone
HVAC system.
UM-4.1.4 Alterations (4.1.1.3 and
4.2.1.3)
The Code applies to certain aspects of new
construction in existing buildings. In general, the
Code only applies to new building systems and
equipment. The code does not apply to building
systems or equipment that have had not been
altered or repaired unless there is a change in
space conditioning. Alterations must comply with
the Code by showing that each system, piece of
equipment or component that is being replaced
complies individually with the applicable
requirements of Sections 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9.
The proposed alteration must still comply with
the Mandatory Provisions.
SBC 602-CC-18
building envelope, lighting and HVAC sections
apply to the addition, and after that, the addition
must meet the prescriptive/performance
requirements of each of the technical sections.
When cooling for the addition is provided by
existing HVAC equipment or systems, the
existing equipment and systems do not have to be
upgraded to comply with the Code. However, it
is necessary that any new HVAC equipment or
systems comply. Likewise, if service hot water
for the addition is provided by an existing hot
water system, it is not necessary to upgrade the
existing system.
Table UM4.1 provides two examples of how the
Code applies to existing HVAC equipment and
systems that are being extended to serve an
addition.
Table UM4.1 Extending Existing HVAC
Equipment and Systems to Serve an Addition
Corresponding sections: Additions (4.1.1.2 and
4.2.1.2)
Application of the Code
The Code applies to the ductwork and controls in
the addition but not to the existing central unit.
The Code applies to the HVAC system and
controls in the same way that it applies to new
construction.
UM-4.1.5 Building Alterations—
Exceptions and Explanations
Several important exceptions and particulars
apply specifically to the alteration of existing
buildings. These are discussed and organized by
building system.
UM-4.1.6 Building Envelope
The following types of building envelope
alterations are exempt from compliance with the
Code, provided they do not increase the energy
usage of the building:
48
UM-SECTION 4—ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
Installing additional glazing, shading, or
mashrabiya over existing glazing. This can only
improve the performance of the building
envelope by reducing the U-factor and/or the
solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC).
Replacing broken or damaged glazing in an
existing sash and frame, provided that the U-
factor and SHGC of the replacement glass are
equal to or lower than those of the original glass.
In-kind replacement glazing will always satisfy
this exception. However, see below if glass and
sash are being replaced in an existing frame, or if
glass, sash and frame are being replaced.
Altering roofs, ceilings, walls or floors that have
cavities, as long as the cavity is filled with
insulation having an insulating value of at least
R-0.02 m2·°C /W/mm. Filling the cavity with
insulation is easy to achieve and cost-effective.
Altering walls and floors that have no framing
cavities. Insulating these types of construction
presents practical difficulties and may not be
cost-effective unless special circumstances exist.
Replacing a roof membrane, as long as neither the
roof sheathing nor the existing insulation is
exposed. However, if the roof is stripped down to
the level of the sheathing or insulation, then the
roof must be insulated to the requirements of the
Code (unless the insulation is located below the
sheathing).
Replacing existing fenestration (windows, plastic
panels, glass blocks, glass doors or skylights), as
long as the area of fenestration that is being
replaced is less than 25% of the total fenestration
area of the existing building. Also, the U-factor
and SHGC of the replacement fenestration must
be equal to or less than those of the original
fenestration. If the replacement fenestration area
exceeds 25%, then the replacement fenestration
that is installed must meet the requirements of the
Code.
UM-4.1.7 HVAC Equipment
HVAC equipment that is a direct replacement of
existing equipment must meet the efficiency
requirements listed in the most recent edition of
SASO Equipment Minimum Efficiency
Requirements. This applies, but is not limited to,
air conditioners and condensing units, water
chilling packages, packaged terminal and room
SBC 602-CC-18
air conditioners. Chapter 6 discusses the types
and sizes of equipment that are covered by
minimum efficiency requirements.
There are a number of important instances when
the Code does not apply to replacement of HVAC
equipment. In particular, the Code does not
apply:
When equipment is repaired but not replaced. As
long as parts within the unit are being replaced
but not the unit as a whole, the Code does not
apply. However, the modifications may not
increase energy use. For instance, if a condenser
coil is replaced, the new coil must have the same
or better heat transfer performance (tube and fin
spacing, fin type) as the coil being replaced.
When the replacement of existing equipment with
complying equipment requires extensive
revisions to other systems, equipment or elements
of the building and where the replacement
equipment is a like-for-like replacement. For
example, if extensive modifications to a building
or cooling distribution system are required to
accommodate replacement of an existing
packaged unit with a new package unit that
complies with the Code, compliance is not
required.
When the refrigerant in existing equipment is
changed. This will often reduce efficiency but
may be required in order to reduce the ozone-
depletion potential of the equipment or to meet
other regulatory requirements.
When existing equipment is relocated. For
instance, the Code does not apply when an
existing air conditioner is moved to another
location within the building or to another existing
building.
UM-4.1.8 Lighting:
The lighting power density requirements of the
Code apply to new lighting systems in any space
in an existing building. A new lighting system is
one that involves 10% or more of the existing
lighting power. A renovation of a space that
involves less than 10% of the existing lighting
power in that space is not required to comply
with the Code, unless the renovation increases
installed lighting power.
49
UM-SECTION 4—ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT

UM-4.1.9 Changes in Space converted to conditioned space; see Example 4.1.

Conditioning (4.1.1.5)
The Code applies in its entirety when previously
unconditioned space or semi-conditioned space is
This includes building envelope, ventilating, air-
conditioning, service water heating, lighting that
serve the space that is being cooled.

UM-4.1.10 Example 4.1 Expansion of House

Corresponding sections: Alterations (4.1.1.3 and 4.2.1.3) and Changes in Space Conditioning (4.1.1.5)
Q
An existing home has a large unconditioned garage. The home is served by a single-zone packaged air
conditioning system.
The owner wants to convert part of the garage into additional conditioned living space. The existing air
conditioning system has sufficient capacity to serve the additional space. However, new ductwork and
supply registers will need to be installed to serve the additional space.
Does the Code apply to this construction project?
A
The Code applies to the space that is being converted from unconditioned to conditioned space. However,
the Code does not apply to the existing living space.
The new lighting system installed in the addition must meet the requirements of Section 8. The walls and
roof of the new living space must now meet the requirements for conditioned space. The existing air
conditioning system does not need to be modified, but the ductwork extensions must be insulated to the
requirements of Section 6.

The Code’s language pertaining to validity is

UM-4.1.11 Administrative Requirements
(4.1.2)
All administrative requirements related to
building permits, enforcement procedures,
interpretations, claims of exemption and rights of
appeal are defined by the local authority having
jurisdiction.
UM-4.1.12 Alternative Materials,
Construction Methods or Design (4.1.3)
There will be situations where equipment,
materials, design or products proposed for
installation in a building are not specifically
addressed by the Code. This may be particularly
true with new materials or innovative products. It
is not the intent of the Code to prevent the use of
such new products, designs or construction
technologies so long as their installation is
consistent with the requirements of other codes as
they pertain to health and life safety.
UM-4.1.13 Validity (4.1.4)
generally used within codes and provides that if
one particular part of the Code is challenged and
subsequently removed, that action does not
invalidate the remainder of the Code’s
requirements.
UM-4.1.14 Conflicts with Other Laws
(4.1.5)
The requirements of the Code do not nullify any
provisions of any other law. If there is a conflict
between a requirement of the Code and another
building code requirement or law, the local
authority having jurisdiction determines
precedence.
UM-4.1.15 Referenced Standards (4.1.6)
The standards listed in Section 11 of the Code are
considered to be normative references and as
such are part of the Code to the extent of the
reference. Where differences occur between the
provisions of the Code and referenced standards,
the provisions of the Code apply.
UM-4.1.16 Normative Appendices (4.1.7)

SBC 602-CC-18 50
UM-SECTION 4—ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
The normative appendices to the Code are
integral parts of the Code. They are included as
appendices, and located in this user’s manual as a
matter of convenience.
Appendix A contains pre-calculated building
envelope performance factors that can be used for
compliance purposes as well as descriptions of
acceptable methods for calculating U-factors.
Appendix B contains building tightness testing
requirements.
UM-4.1.17 Informative Appendices
(4.1.8)
There is also one informative appendix.
Appendix C provides information on HVAC and
Ventilation Systems. This informative appendix
does not contain requirements that are a part of
the Code.
UM-4.2 Compliance (4.2)
Overall compliance includes 5 parts, consisting
of the compliance path (4.2.1), compliance
documentation (4.2.2), Labeling of Materials and
Equipment (4.2.2), Inspections (4.2.4), and if
required, Testing (4.2.5).
UM-4.2.1 Compliance Path (4.2.1)
Compliance is required for New Buildings
(4.2.1.1), Additions to Existing Buildings
(4.2.1.2), and Alterations of Existing Buildings
(4.2.1.3). In all three cases, compliance requires
meeting the provisions of Sections 5, 6, 7, 8, and
9.
UM-4.2.2 Compliance Documentation
(4.2.2)
Documentation of compliance consists of all
materials including plans, specifications,
calculations, diagrams, reports and other data that
have been submitted in support of a permit
application and subsequently approved by a code
enforcement official or his representative. All
such documentation must be in sufficient detail to
permit a determination of compliance by the
SBC 602-CC-18
building official (4.2.2.1). The building official
may request additional information if required to
verify compliance (4.2.2.2).
Compliance forms and worksheets are provided
with this Manual and are intended to facilitate the
process of complying with the Code. These forms
serve a number of functions.
• They help a permit applicant and
designer know what information
needs to be included on the plans.
• They provide a structure and order for
the necessary calculations. The forms
allow information to be presented in a
consistent manner, which is a benefit
to both the permit applicant and the
building official.
• They provide a roadmap showing the
building official where to look for the
necessary information on the plans
and specifications.
• They provide a checklist for the
building official to help structure the
plan check process.
• They promote communication
between the plans examiner and the
field inspector.
• They provide a checklist for the
inspector.
UM-4.2.2.1 Operation and Maintenance
Manuals (4.2.2.3)
Optimum energy efficiency requires that the
building and the equipment installed in the
building be operated and maintained in
accordance with the design intent. The Code
requires that operating and maintenance
information be provided to the building owner in
Arabic language (or Arabic and English). This
information is specified in the HVAC (6.5.2.2),
water heating (7.5) and ventilation (8.5.2.2)
technical sections of the Code.
51
UM-SECTION 4—ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
UM-4.2.3 Labeling of Materials and
Equipment (4.2.3)
The overall performance of fenestration products,
insulation material, water heaters and HVAC
equipment is determined through laboratory tests
and calculations that cannot easily be performed
in the field. For this reason, labeling is frequently
required so that construction managers, field
inspectors, design professionals and general
contractors can verify that the products, materials
and equipment being installed comply with the
Code. The intent of these labeling requirements is
to make it easier to do field verification and
administration.
The Code requires labeling of the following
products:
• Fenestration. The U-factor, solar heat
gain coefficient (SHGC) and air leakage rate for
all manufactured fenestration products must be
identified on a permanent nameplate installed on
the product by the manufacturer. This nameplate
will also generally include the serial number and
information about the standards to which the unit
has been tested. Most manufacturers install this
nameplate on the frame of the unit. Alternatively,
when fenestration products do not have a
nameplate, the installer or supplier of the
fenestration must provide a signed and dated
certification for the installed fenestration listing
the U-factor, SHGC and air leakage rate, or use
default values.
• Doors. The U-factor and the air leakage
rate for all manufactured doors used in the
exterior or semi-exterior envelope must be
identified on a permanent nameplate installed on
the product by the manufacturer. As with
fenestration products, this nameplate is generally
located on the side of the door or the door frame
and additionally includes information about the
door’s fire rating. Alternatively, when doors do
not have a nameplate, the installer or supplier
must provide a signed and dated certification for
the installed doors listing the U-factor and the air
leakage rate.
SBC 602-CC-18
• Insulation. The rated R-value must be
clearly indicated by an identification mark
applied by the manufacturer to each piece of
building envelope insulation. Alternatively, when
insulation does not have an identification mark,
the supplier or installer must provide a signed and
dated certificate listing the type of insulation, the
manufacturer, the rated R-value and, where
appropriate, the initial installed thickness, the
settled thickness and the coverage area. The
certificate is most common for blown-in
insulation products.
• Mechanical Equipment. Mechanical
equipment must have verifiable efficiencies as
specified in Section 6.4.1.4 of the Code.
• Packaged Terminal Air Conditioners.
The replacement of packaged terminal air
conditioners in some existing wall openings
sometimes presents difficulties if the original
wall opening is limited. Packaged terminal air
conditioners that may be used in these situations
are subject to specific labeling requirements.
Packaged terminal air conditioners with sleeve
sizes less than 0.41 m x 1.05 m must be factory
labeled as follows: “Manufactured for
replacement applications only: not to be installed
in new construction projects.”
UM-4.2.4 Inspections (4.2.4)
The Code requires that construction work be
available for field inspections. Inspections are
typically made during certain phases in the
construction process, for example, during
foundation, rough-in and final. Table UM4.2 has
examples of work that is subject to field
inspection.
The Code is specific about certain details. Work
that is critical to compliance with the Code must
remain accessible and exposed for inspection
until approved in accordance with procedures
specified by the building official. Items for
inspection include at least the following holding
points:
• Wall insulation, roof/ceiling insulation
and vapor retarders must be available for
inspection after installation but before
concealment.
52
 UM-SECTION 4—ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT

• Slab/foundation insulation must be inspection after installation but before

available for inspection after installation
but before concealment.
• Fenestration products must be available
for inspection after installation.
• Mechanical systems, equipment and
insulation must be available for
concealment.
• Electrical equipment and systems must
be available for inspection after
installation but before concealment.

Table UM4.2 Field Inspections

Corresponding section: Inspections (4.2.4)

Discipline Inspection phase When inspected Example of items to check

Before backfill of foundation
Foundation Slab edge insulation
walls
Before interior finish materials
Envelope are installed but after
Rough-in Wall, roof and floor insulation
fenestration and doors are in
place
Final Before occupancy Sealing and infiltration control
Foundation Not applicable Transformers
Before interior finish materials Lighting controls are properly
Rough-in
Electrical are installed located
Adequate number of circuits
Final Before occupancy
with required protection
Foundation Before cover-up Window and skylight areas
Before building insulation is Fenestration products match
Rough-in
Mechanical installed plans
High reflectance, high
Final Before occupancy
emittance roof surfaces

❖ FYI 4.1
The Compliance and Enforcement Process
Although the compliance and enforcement
process may vary somewhat between governorate
jurisdictions, the enforcement authority is the
Authority Having Jurisdiction. When
noncompliance or omissions are discovered
during the plan review process, the building
official may issue a correction list and require the
plans and applications to be revised to bring them
into compliance prior to issuing a building
permit. In addition, the building official has the
authority to stop work during construction when
a code violation is discovered.
The local building department has jurisdiction for
determining the administrative requirements
relating to permit applications. Interpretations of
the Code may be requested from the National
Committee for Saudi Building Code. However,
MoMRA is the ultimate authority for
interpretation, and they are also the final word on
claims of exemption and rights of appeal.
To achieve the greatest degree of compliance and
to facilitate the enforcement process, the Code
should be considered at each phase of the design
and construction process.

SBC 602-CC-18 53
UM-SECTION 4—ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT

Time
Permit Permit Construction & Field
Application Issued Inspection

Design Team 32
Design Construction Construction Management Commissioning
Development Documents
12 22
General Contractor 42 52
Bidding & Construction Commissioning
Negotiatio
n
Authority Having Jurisdiction
52
Plans Plans
Field Inspection
Check Approval
32 42
Owner
Acceptance
62
Figure 4.2 The Building Design and Construction Process

1. At the design phase, designers must understand
both the requirements and the underlying intent
of the Code. The technical sections of this Manual
provide information that designers need to
understand how the Code applies both to
individual building systems and to the integrated
building design.
2. At permit application, the design team must
make sure that the construction documents
submitted with the permit application contain all
the information that the building official will
need to verify that the building satisfies the
requirements of the Code. (This Manual provides
compliance forms and worksheets to help ensure
that all the required information is submitted.)
3. During plan review, the building official must
verify that the proposed work satisfies the
requirements of the Code and that the plans (not
just the forms) describe a building that complies
with the Code. The building official may also
make a list of items to be verified later by the field
inspector.
4. During construction, the contractor must
carefully follow the approved plans and
specifications. The design professional should
carefully check the documentation and shop
drawings that demonstrate compliance and
should observe the construction in progress to see
that compliance is achieved. The building official
must verify that the building is constructed
according to the plans and specifications.
5. After completion of construction, the
contractor and/or designer should provide
information to the building operators on
maintenance and operation of the building and its
equipment. Although only minimal completion
and commissioning is required by the Code, most
energy efficiency experts agree that full
commissioning is important for proper building
operation and management.

SBC 602-CC-18 54
UM-SECTION 4—ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
6. After occupancy, the building and its systems
must be correctly operated and properly
maintained. In addition, building users should be
advised of their opportunities and responsibilities
for saving energy (for example, by turning off
lights when possible).
Effective compliance and enforcement
requires coordination and communication
among all parties involved in the building
project.
SBC 602-CC-18
UM-4.2.5 Testing (4.2.5)
Testing relates to quantifying the air leakage of a
structure, and is required for most structures.
Testing is not required if the building has a
continuous air barrier installed in accordance
with manufacturer’s instructions and has been
inspected to meet the requirements of Appendix
B. Where testing is required to determine the air
leakage of buildings, the building official or his
designee shall be permitted to require random
sample testing. Testing, where required, shall be
performed by agencies approved by the local
authority having jurisdiction as being qualified
and reliable to perform the testing and reporting.
55
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE
UM-SECTION 5— BUILDING ENVELOPE
The building envelope section presents the
Prescriptive Path (5.1), Compliance (5.2),
Mandatory Provisions (5.3), Prescriptive
Building Envelope (5.4), Submittals (5.5),
Product Information and Installation (5.5) and
Air Leakage (5.7) requirements for the envelopes
for all low-rise residential buildings.
UM-5.1 Prescriptive Path (5.1)
UM-5.1.1 General (5.1.1)
Introduces the section, noting that thermal perfor-
mance requirements are presented for the
residential building envelope that separates
conditioned spaces from either exterior
conditions or unconditioned spaces.
It goes on to present certain passive design
options that should be considered, including:
a) Building orientation should be chosen to
minimize solar heat gain by elongating east-
west axis (long sides are facing north and
south). This minimizes the wall area exposes
to the direct sun.
b) The ratio of building total surface area to
total volume should be minimized. This
reduces the roof and wall surface area, and
thus the heat gain into a structure.
c) Exterior window shading, including
overhangs, fins, mashrabiya, and exterior
roll-up panels, should be used where
applicable, to reduce solar heat gain.
d) Envelop lay-out design should take
advantages from self-shading.
e) Wall and roof external surfaces
absorptance should not exceed 0.3. This
reduces the surface temperatures of the wall
and roof and thus the heat gain into the
structure.
UM-5.1.1.1 Single-Family and Multi-
Family Compliance (5.1.1.1). This section
states the requirement for single-family houses
and multi-family structure envelopes in Saudi
SBC 602-CC-18
Arabia to comply with the Prescriptive Path of
Section 5.
UM-5.1.2 Alteration of Existing
Buildings (5.1.2)
The Code applies to alterations to existing
building for insulation, air leakage and
fenestration, but the Code only applies when a
new envelope component is added or an existing
envelope component is modified. However, the
following types of building envelope alterations
are exempt from compliance with the Code,
provided they do not increase the energy usage of
the building:
a. Installing additional glazing or
mashrabiya over existing glazing.
This typically improves the
performance of the building envelope
by reducing both the U-factor and the
solar heat gain coefficient.
b. Replacing broken or damaged glazing
in an existing sash and frame,
provided that the U-factor and SHGC
of the replacement glass are equal to
or lower than those of the original
glass. In-kind replacement glazing
will always satisfy this exception.
However, see (g) below if glass and
sash are being replaced in an existing
frame, or if glass, sash and frame are
being replaced.
c. Altering roofs, ceilings, walls or
floors that have cavities, as long as
the cavity is filled with insulation
having an insulating value of at least
R-0.02 m2·°C/W/mm. Filling the
cavity with insulation is easy to
achieve and cost-effective.
d. Altering walls and floors that have no
framing cavities. Insulating these
types of construction presents
practical difficulties and may not be
56
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

cost-effective unless special f. Replacing existing fenestration

circumstances exist.
e. Replacing a roof membrane, as long
as neither the roof sheathing nor the
existing insulation is exposed.
However, if the roof is stripped down
to the level of the sheathing or
insulation, then the roof must be
insulated to the Code’s requirements
(unless there is insulation below the
sheathing).
(windows, plastic panels, glass
blocks, glass doors or skylights), as
long as the area of fenestration that is
being replaced is less than 25% of the
total fenestration area of the existing
building. Also, the U-factor and
SHGC of the replacement
fenestration must be equal to or less
than the original fenestration. If the
replacement fenestration area exceeds
25%, then the replacement
fenestration that is installed must
meet the requirements of the Code.

SBC 602-CC-18 57
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

UM-5.1.3 Climate Conditions (5.1.3)

Turaif
Guriat 3 Arar
3 2 Rafha
2
Al-Jouf
2
Al-Qaisuman
Tabuk 1
2
Hail
2
Al-Wejh Gassim K.F.I.A.
2 2 1
K.K.I.A. Dhahran
1 1
Al-Asha
Yenbo Riyadh 1
1 Al-Madihan
1 1

Makkah
Jeddah
1 1 Al-Taif
2 Bisha Wadi Al-Dawasser
1 1
Al-Baha
2 Khamis Mushait
Abha 3
3 Sharorah
Najran
1 1
Gizan
1

Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3

Figure 5.1. Climate Zones for Saudi Arabia Locations

Corresponding section: Climate Conditions (5.1.3 and 10.1)

Figure 5.1 (10.1 in the Code) shows the Code’s
climate zone boundaries for Saudi Arabia.
Climate zone 1 is the warmest. Climate zone 3 is
the coolest.
The Code’s prescriptive requirements (5.4) has
three envelope criteria sets, one for each of the
three thermal climate zones. Each building
envelope criteria set is presented as a separate
table in Section 5.4 of the Code.
The easiest way to determine the climate zone for
a particular location is to look at Table 10.1 of the
Code.
For most Saudi Arabia cities, the climate zone
map in Figure 5.1 (10.1 in the Code) and the
listing in Table 10.1 of the Code will be enough
to determine the appropriate climate zone.

SBC 602-CC-18 58
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

❖ FYI 5.1
❖ Integrated Design and Thermal Balance
The building envelope is one of the most important factors in designing energy-efficient buildings. While the
envelope does not directly use energy, its design strongly affects cooling loads. For example, insulation
affects the temperature of inside surfaces, which can have a significant effect on comfort. Also, glazing can
introduce daylighting into the space, reducing the need for electric lighting.
Integrated design considers multiple elements—including the building envelope, the HVAC system and the
lighting system—as a whole. It recognizes that changing one can affect the others. For instance,
investments in insulation or energy-efficient windows can result in smaller HVAC systems, which will help
pay for the better envelope.
The envelope design must take into consideration both external loads and internal loads, as well as
daylighting benefits. External loads include solar gains, conduction losses across envelope surfaces, and
infiltration, while internal loads include heat gain from lights, equipment, and people.
The temperature at which losses through the building envelope balance internal heat gains is the building’s
balance point temperature. The balance point temperature depends on the magnitude of internal gains, the
rate of heat loss through the building envelope, and the quantity of outdoor air brought into the building
through the ventilation system.

Figure UM5.2 External Loads

SBC 602-CC-18 59
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

Figure 5.3 Internal Loads

UM-5.2 Compliance (5.2)

Compliance with the Code requires that the Mandatory Provisions (5.3) be satisfied in all cases. The
Mandatory Provisions include requirements for installing insulation, limiting air leakage, and rating doors
and windows. In addition, the design must also comply with the Prescriptive Building Envelope (5.4). This
compliance path is presented briefly here and discussed in detail later in this chapter.

General
Provisions

Mandatory
Provisions

Prescriptive
Requirements

Submittals

Figure 5.4 Envelope Compliance

Corresponding section: Compliance (5.2)

SBC 602-CC-18 60
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

Compliance forms are provided at the end of this manual as an option to assist in understanding and
documenting the compliance of low-rise residential buildings in Saudi Arabia with the various building
requirements. The authority having jurisdiction will inspect the building periodically as was described in
Section 4.2.2. It is left to the discretion of the building inspector to insure that the building meets the intent
of the Code. This would include such things as insuring there are no gaps in the insulation, and that the
actual construction matches the design used to determine the required U-factors from the Appendix A
tables.
Additional information on an overall commissioning process can be found in ASHRAE Guideline 01.

where attention should be paid to air leakage

UM-5.3 Mandatory Provisions (5.3)
The Mandatory Provisions (5.3) of the Code
summarizes requirements for Insulation (5.3.1),
Fenestration and Doors (5.3.2), Air Leakage
(5.3.3), and Envelope Color (5.3.4).
UM-5.3.1 Insulation (5.3.1)
Simply states that where insulation is
required by Section 5.4 of the Code, it shall
comply with the requirements found in
Sections 5.6.1.1 through 5.6.1.11, discussed
below.
Fenestration and Doors (5.3.2)
States that procedures for determining
fenestration and door performance are described
in Section 5.6.2 of the Code, and that product
samples used for determining fenestration
performance shall be production line units or
representative of units purchased by the
consumer or contractor.
UM-5.3.2 Air Leakage (5.3.3)
The Code requires that the building envelope be
carefully designed to limit the uncontrolled air
leakage in and out the building. Controlling air
leakage is important to achieving energy-efficient
buildings. Air leakage introduces sensible heat
into conditioned spaces. The Code has
requirements for sealing of building envelope
elements to reduce air leakage through doors and
windows. As with all of the mandatory
requirements, the air leakage requirements must
be met for compliance.
UM-5.3.2.1 General (5.3.3.1). The Code
identifies several areas in the building envelope
control.
The Code requires sealing, caulking, gasketing or
taping in the following locations:
a. Joints around fenestration and door
frames.
b. Junctions between walls and
foundations, between walls at
building corners, between walls and
structural floors or roofs, and between
walls and roof or wall panels.
c. Openings at penetrations of utility
services through roofs, walls and
floors.
d. Site-built fenestration and doors.
e. Building assemblies used as ducts or
plenums.
f. Joints, seams, and penetrations of
vapor retarders.
g. All other openings in the building
envelope.
The construction drawings and specifications
should require the sealing, but special attention is
needed in the construction administration phase
to assure proper workmanship. A tightly
constructed building envelope is largely achieved
through careful construction practices and
attention to detail.

SBC 602-CC-18 61
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE
UM-5.3.2.2 Fenestration and Doors
(5.3.3.2 and 5.3.3.3). Fenestration products,
including doors, can significantly contribute to
air leakage (infiltration and exfiltration). The
Code sets maximum air leakage rates as follows:
UM-5.3.2.3 Fenestration (5.3.3.2). Air
leakage for fenestration and skylights shall not
exceed 1.5 L/s/m² when tested at a pressure of 75
Pa in accordance with NFRC 4002, or SASO
E2833.
UM-5.3.2.4 Doors (5.3.3.3). Air leakage for
doors depends on the type of door as follows:
a) Air leakage for sliding doors shall not
exceed 1.5 L/s/m2 when tested at a
pressure of 75 Pa in accordance with
NFRC 4002, or SASO E2833.
b) Air leakage for swinging doors shall not
exceed 2.5 L/s/m2 when tested at a
pressure of 75 Pa in accordance with
NFRC 4002, or SASO E2833.
. absorptance, which describe a surface’s ability to
UM-5.3.3 Envelope Color (5.3.4)
The Code requires that exposed roofs and walls
must be light in color, where the term “light in
Color” means a roof surface that has both a high
reflectance and a high emittance. In hot climates,
light color roofs are an effective way to reduce
solar gains through the roof. The properties of a
light in color roof can be achieved by field-
applying a coating to the roof’s outside surface or
by using a factory painted or coated material that
has both a high reflectance and a high emittance.
The high reflectance reflects sunlight and heat
away from the building, and the high emittance
allows heat to escape when the surface becomes
heated. Some surfaces, such as galvanized metal,
have a high reflectance but low emittance. These
surfaces reflect heat, but heat that is absorbed
cannot easily escape. Other surfaces, such as dark
paint, have a high emittance but a low reflectance.
These surfaces allow heat to escape, but do a poor
job of reflecting heat that strikes the surface.
SBC 602-CC-18
The Code recognizes the cooling benefits of a
light in color roof surface and requires that a
qualifying cool roof be installed. See Example
5.1. In order to meet the prescriptive
requirements, the roof shall have a Solar
Reflectance Index (SRI) of 50 or greater. This
procedure considers both emittance and
reflectance and rates a surface based on these
properties.
Solar reflectance is the portion of the sun’s
radiation that is reflected by a surface. A perfect
reflector has a reflectance of 1.0, and a perfect
absorber has a reflectance of zero. These are both
physical impossibilities. No surface (not even
mirrors) reflects all radiation and no surface (not
even flat black paint) absorbs all the heat from the
sun. Radiation that is not reflected from an
opaque surface is absorbed. The sum of the
fraction of radiation that is reflected, transmitted
and absorbed must equal one. In hot climates, it
is desirable that surfaces - especially roof
surfaces -have a high solar reflectance. This
means that they must have a light color.
Emittance is the ability of a surface to radiate
heat. This is in contrast to reflectance and
receive radiation. Like reflectance and
absorptance, the emittance is a property of the
surface, not the material. For instance, polished
aluminum and brushed aluminum have very
different values for reflectance, absorptance, and
emittance.
When the building needs cooling, it is desirable
for exterior surfaces, especially roofs, to have a
high emittance. This allows heat absorbed by the
roof to escape through radiation. At night, this is
especially important since the temperature of the
night sky is low and a great deal of heat can
escape by radiation.
The Code requires that exposed roofs and walls
must be light in color with an SRI (solar
reflectance index) greater than 50. If either
exposed roof and/or exposed walls have an SRI
of less than 50, their respective R values (R of
roof and R of walls above grade) in Table 5.1 of
the Code must be multiplied by 1.15, and the U
values (U of roof and U of walls above grade) in
62
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

Table 5.1 of the Code must be multiplied by

0.875.

❖ FYI 5.2
❖ Solar Reflectance Index
Solar Reflectance
Solar reflectance is the portion of the sun’s radiation that is reflected by a surface. A perfect reflector has a
reflectance of 1.0, and a perfect absorber has a reflectance of zero. These are both physical impossibilities.
No surface (not even mirrors) reflects all radiation and no surface (not even flat black paint) absorbs all the
heat from the sun. Radiation that is not reflected from an opaque surface is absorbed. The sum of the
fraction of radiation that is reflected, transmitted and absorbed must equal one. In hot climates, it is desirable
that surfaces—especially roof surfaces—have a high solar reflectance. This means that they must have a
light color. However, color is what the eye sees in the visible spectrum. The solar spectrum includes a much
larger spectrum of light than the visible spectrum. Therefore, color is not always a good indicator of solar
reflectance.

Emittance

Emittance is the ability of a surface to radiate heat. This is in contrast to reflectance and absorptance, which
describe a surface’s ability to receive radiation. Like reflectance and absorptance, the emittance is a
property of the surface, not the material. For instance, polished aluminum and brushed aluminum have very
different values for reflectance, absorptance, and emittance.

When the building needs cooling, it is desirable for exterior surfaces, especially roofs, to have a high
emittance. This allows heat absorbed by the roof to escape through radiation. At night, this is especially
important since the temperature of the night sky is low and a great deal of heat can escape by radiation.

Solar Reflectance Index (SRI)

Solar reflectance index (SRI) is a measure of a constructed surface’s ability to reflect solar heat, as shown
by a small temperature rise. A standard black surface (solar reflectance 0.05, emittance 0.90) is 0 and a
standard white surface (solar reflectance 0.80, emittance 0.90) is 100. SRI is generally between 0 and 100
(but can be greater than 100 or less than 0).
❖
Example 5.1 Roof in Riyadh A
Corresponding section: Envelope Color (5.3.4) Yes. Table 5.1 Zone 1 of the Code calls for a
roof U-factor of 0.202 W/m2·°C (or lower over
Q conditioned space, but the proposed roof does
The building plans for a residence in Riyadh call not meet the solar reflectance index requirement
for a solar reflectance index of 0.40. The roof of 50. Therefore additional insulation is
has insulation entirely over the deck and has a required such that the U-factor is less than
U-factor of 0.16 W/m2·°C, over the conditioned 0.177 W/m2·°C x 0.875 for roofs with insulation
space. Does this building meet the prescriptive entirely above the deck. The roof, therefore,
roof criteria? meets the prescriptive requirements, based on its
lower U-factor.

SBC 602-CC-18 63
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE
UM-5.4 Prescriptive Building
Envelope (5.4)
The Prescriptive Building Envelope (5.4)
consists of three criteria sets (Table 5.1,
zones 1, 2, and 3 in the Code) that are
appropriate for each of the climate zones
(see Climate section above). Each criteria
set is a single page that summarizes all the
prescriptive requirements for that zone,
including insulation levels for opaque
components such as roofs, walls and floors.
For above-grade opaque constructions, the
design criteria are expressed in terms of a
maximum U factor or a minimum R-value. If
insulation is installed that has the prescribed
R value, then there is no need to
demonstrate compliance with the thermal
performance (U-factor) of the construction
assembly. When using the maximum U-
factor criteria, Appendix A of the Code,
located in this user’s manual, has default U-
factors for most constructions so that it is
rarely necessary to have to calculate a U-
factor to show compliance.
Prescriptive design criteria are also provided
for fenestration (windows, glass doors, glass
block, plastic panels and skylights). The
fenestration criteria depend on the frame
type (in the case of windows) and the
skylight-roof ratio (in the case of skylights).
The Prescriptive Building Envelope limits the
window-wall ratio (WWR) to 25% of the gross
exterior wall and limits the skylight-roof ratio
(SRR) to 3% of the roof area. The
fenestration criteria are expressed in terms
of maximum solar heat gain coefficient
(SHGC) and maximum U-factor.
SBC 602-CC-18
The Code distinguishes between conditioned
and unconditioned spaces, where:
conditioned space is defined as an
enclosed space within a building that is
provided with mechanical cooling energy,
and unconditioned space is then any space
that does not have a cooling system.
Each envelope component must comply with
the requirements for that component.
UM-5.4.1 Using the Building Envelope
Requirements, (5.4.1 and 5.4.2)
The building envelope requirements tables
contain two sets of columns: residential
conditioned and residential unconditioned.
For a conditioned space, the exterior building
envelope shall comply with the conditioned
space requirements in Tables 5.1 of the
Code.
If a building contains any unconditioned
space, then the semi-exterior building
envelope shall comply with the requirements
for unconditioned space in Tables 5.1 of the
Code.
UM-5.4.2 Opaque Areas (5.4.3)
Opaque areas of the building envelope
include roofs, walls, floors, below-grade
walls, slabs and doors without windows.
Within each surface type, the Code identifies
various construction types and gives
separate requirements for each.
Most of the time, the appropriate class of
construction will be obvious. Figure 5.5
summarizes the defining characteristics of
the various classes of opaque constructions
and gives a thumbnail sketch of each.
64
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

Sketch Class of Description

Construction

Roofs
Insulation The insulation is installed above a
Entirely concrete or metal deck in a
above Deck continuous manner

Walls, Above-Grade
Mass Any concrete or masonry wall with
a heat capacity exceeding 143
kJ/m²·°C. If the mass elements are
constructed with lightweight
materials with a unit weight not
greater than 1,920 kg/m3 then the
HC must be greater than
102 J/m²·°C in order to qualify as a
mass wall.
Walls, Below-Grade
Below-Grade Any type of wall that is below grade.
Wall The outer surface of the wall is in
contact with the earth, and the inside
surface is adjacent to conditioned or
unconditioned space.

Floors
Mass Any floor with a heat capacity
exceeding 143 kJ/m²·°C. If the mass
elements are constructed with
lightweight materials with a unit
weight not greater than 1,920
kg/m3, then the HC must be greater
than 102°J/m²·°C in order to qualify
as a mass floor.
Steel-Joist Any floor that is constructed with
metal joists or purlins in such a
manner that the metal-framing
members interrupt the insulation
continuity.
Other Floors that are framed with any
other type of floor construction that
is not of mass or steel-joist
construction.

Figure 5.5 Opaque Construction Elements

There are two ways to meet the prescriptive way is to install insulation with an R value that
requirements for opaque construction. The easiest exceeds the criteria shown in the column labeled

SBC 602-CC-18 65
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE
“Insulation Min. R-value.” R-value criteria are
given for all constructions except opaque doors.
The R-value criteria apply only to the insulation
materials and do not include sheathing, air gaps,
interior finishes or air films. When a single R-
value is given, the Code usually assumes that the
insulation is located within a cavity in the
construction. For instance, for walls with non-
structural framing to provide a space for
insulation, a requirement of R-2.3 m2·°C/W
means that the insulation installed between the
framing members has a thermal resistance at least
as great as R-2.3 m2·°C/W.
Sometimes the R-value criteria have “ci” next to
them. This stands for continuous insulation. This
“ci” notation means that the insulation must be
installed in a manner that is continuous and is
uninterrupted by framing members or other
construction elements that would reduce the
thermal resistance of the insulation when
installed in the construction. Insulation is
considered installed in a continuous manner when
it has only limited interruptions as long as they do
not exceed 1% of the surface area of the total
insulated area. Interruptions are typically
required for fasteners and to provide structural
supports for mechanical equipment. Notice that
for the “Insulation Entirely above Deck” class of
roof construction, all the R-value criteria have the
notation “ci,” as do most of the mass walls, mass
floors and below-grade walls.
In addition to the R-value, there are also parallel
criteria for the overall thermal performance of the
construction assembly, or U-factor. These are an
alternative to using the R-value criteria. For
roofs, walls and floors, the overall thermal
performance is expressed as a maximum U factor.
The U-factor takes into account all elements and
layers in the construction assembly, including the
sheathing, interior finishes and air gaps, as well
as exterior and interior air films. Appendix A of
❖ FYI 5.3
Area-Weighted Averages
When applying the Code, it is often necessary to perform area-weighted averaging. Building designs are
often complex and include many different types of roof, wall and floor construction assemblies. Also, more
SBC 602-CC-18
the Code (included in this user’s manual) has
tables of default U-factors for all classes of
construction. Appendix A U-factors and
associated insulation levels account for
representative construction with thermal
bridging. The effect of thermal bridging is readily
apparent by comparing a given level of insulation
against the resulting overall U-factor for the three
different construction options listed in Table
A3.1A of Appendix A. For opaque doors, the U-
factor is the only compliance option.
For below-grade walls, the overall thermal
performance criteria are expressed as a C-factor.
The C-factor includes all layers in the
construction assembly but excludes the exterior
air film and the soil’s effect on the outside of the
wall. For slabs, the overall thermal performance
criteria are expressed as an F factor. The F-factor
is defined as the heat loss through a linear meter
(foot) of slab perimeter with a one-degree
temperature difference.
When a building has more than one class of
construction that falls within the same space-
conditioning categories, area-weighted averaging
can be performed using the U-factor, C-factor or
F-factor compliance option. Area-weighted
averaging is not allowed for R-value compliance.
Area-weighted averaging enables one
construction assembly within the class to fail to
meet the criteria as long as other constructions
within the class exceed the requirement.
However, the area-weighted average of all
constructions within the class must be less than
the U factor, C-factor or F-factor criterion. When
doing area-weighted averaging, up to 1% of
openings due to recessed equipment can be
ignored. If the openings are greater than 1%, they
need to be accounted for in the area-weighted
average. For more information, see the Area-
Weighted Averages sidebar below.
66
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

than one type of window or overhang will often exist in a building. In these cases, it is necessary to calculate
an area-weighted average. Area-weighted averages may only be performed, however, within a single class
of construction.

For instance, if a building has a number of different types of roof constructions, but all of the same class,
you may need to calculate the area-weighted average in order to determine compliance. If all of the
constructions independently meet the requirement, then the area-weighted average would also meet the
requirement and there would be no need to perform the calculation. However, if one or more constructions
fail to meet the requirement, the building may still comply with the Code if the area-weighted average of all
the constructions meet the criteria.

Area-weighted averaging can be done with U-factors, C-factors, F-factors, and solar heat gain coefficients
(SHGC). However, you may not average R-values.

The area-weighted average is like a simple average, except that larger surfaces are weighted more heavily
than smaller surfaces. To illustrate the difference between simple averaging and area-weighted averaging,
suppose that a building has two roof constructions, both of the same class. The first construction represents
an area of 836 m² and has a U factor of 0.170 W/m2·°C. The second construction represents an area of
92.9 m² and a U factor of 0.568 W/m2·°C. A simple average of 0.065 W/m2·°C is calculated as shown here:

0.170+0.568
𝑆𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒 𝐴𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑔𝑒 = = 0.369 𝑊/𝑚2 · °𝐶
2

Since the higher U factor represents only 10% of the roof area, the simple average is inaccurate. The true
area-weighted average is 0.209 W/m2·°C, almost half the simple average. The area-weighted average is
calculated by multiplying each U factor by its area, adding these products, and dividing the sum by the total
area. The area-weighted average calculation is shown here:

836 𝑥 0.170+92.9 𝑥 0.568

Area − Weighted Average = = 0.209 𝑊/𝑚2 · °𝐶
929

with insulation located entirely above the deck.

UM-5.4.2.1 Thermal Transmittance
(5.4.3.1). With doors and fenestration
representing the complete heat transfer path from
outside air film to inside air film, section 5.4.3.1
stipulates that the design thermal transmittance
(U) shall be the variable used to specify the
requirements and demonstrate compliance for all
doors and fenestration.
UM-5.4.2.2 Roof Insulation (5.4.3.2). The Code
has only one class of roof constructions: roofs
This section describes this class of construction
and reviews methods that can be used to
determine the U-factor.
Insulation Entirely above Deck
The defining characteristic of this class of
construction is that all insulation is located above
the structural deck. The insulation is usually a
rigid foam or high-density mineral fiber.

SBC 602-CC-18 67
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

Water Membrane

Rigid Insulation

Metal Deck with

Light-Weight Concrete

Steel Purlin

Figure 5.6 Roof, Insulation Entirely above Deck

Corresponding section: Roof Insulation (5.4.3.2)

UM-5.4.2.2.1 R-value Criteria the methods and procedures described in Section

When using the R-value criteria for this class
of construction, the insulation must be
installed in a continuous manner and must
have only limited interruptions (the R-value
criteria have the “ci” notation). Some
interruptions are inevitable and permitted as
long as they do not exceed 1% of the surface
area of the total roof area. Interruptions are
typically required for fasteners and to provide
structural supports for mechanical or other
roof-mounted equipment.
UM-5.4.2.2.2 U-factor Criteria
When using the U-factor criteria, the thermal
performance of the entire construction assembly,
including any thermal bridges (a localized high
heat conductance path, such a steel insulation
clip), is taken into account. With this option, the
U-factor of the proposed assembly must be less
than or equal to the criteria. When buildings have
more than one construction belonging to this
class, an area-weighted average can be calculated
for the constructions and it is only necessary that
the weighted-average U-factor be less than or
equal to the criteria (for information about area-
weighted averaging, see the sidebar earlier in this
chapter).
For demonstrating U-factor compliance, use the
U factors from Table A2.2, or if allowed by
Section A1.2, U factors can be determined using
9 of Appendix A. This class of construction is
simple and without thermal bridges. If your
construction assembly has materials other than
the insulation that contribute to the thermal
resistance, you can use the series calculation
method to calculate your own U-factor (see the
Acceptable Calculations section later in this
chapter). Calculations shall only be made when
the additional non-insulation materials have a
thermal resistance greater than R-0.35 m2·°C/W.
UM-5.4.2.3 Above-Grade Wall Insulation
(5.4.3.3 and A3). There is one class of above-
grade walls: mass walls. This section describes
this class of construction and reviews methods
that can be used to determine compliance. Note,
while the calculation methods are generic, the
Code addresses only mass walls as that is the
common construction used in Saudi Arabia.
Like roofs, the criteria for walls are expressed in
two ways. First, minimum R value criteria are
given for the insulation alone. This is the easiest
way to comply with the requirement. The
alternative is to comply with the U-factor
requirement for the overall assembly, including
thermal bridges. The U factor method must be
used when one or more of the wall constructions
in a class do not comply with the requirement and
area-weighted averaging is necessary (see the
Area-Weighted Averages sidebar earlier in this
chapter). The U-factor method may also be

SBC 602-CC-18 68
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

appropriate when a wall construction is

significantly different from those used to generate
the default U-factor tables in Appendix A.
Usually it is very clear if a wall is above grade or
not. However, in some cases, a portion of a wall
may be above grade and a portion below grade.
When a wall is both above grade and below grade
and insulated on the interior, the above-grade
insulation requirement applies to the entire wall.
When the insulation is installed on the exterior of
the wall or is integral to the wall (for instance, the
cells of a concrete masonry wall are filled), then
the wall is divided between the above-grade and
below-grade portions and the separate
requirements apply to each.
UM-5.4.3 Mass Walls
A mass wall is a heavyweight wall, generally
weighing more than 6.8 kg/m² . The technical
definition is that the wall has a heat capacity (HC)
greater than 143 kJ/m2·°C for normal density
mass materials and 102 kJ/m2·°C for light density
mass materials. Mass wall heat capacity is
determined from Table A3.1B or A3.1C, as
appropriate. For more information on heat
capacity, see the sidebar, Understanding Heat
Capacity, and Example 5.2.

❖ FYI 5.4
Understanding Heat Capacity
Heat capacity (HC) is the amount of heat that must be added to one square unit of surface area in order to
elevate the temperature of the construction uniformly by one degree. The metric or SI units are kilojoules
per square meter per degree Celsius (kJ/m²·°C).

HC is used in the Code to quantify the amount of thermal mass in exterior walls and floors. The HC must
be known in order to determine if a wall is a mass wall or if a floor is a mass floor. Heat capacity for mass
walls is to be taken from Table A3.1B or A3.1C. The heat capacities in Table A3.1B, but not the U-factors,
are also appropriate for solid concrete mass floors. Where these are not adequate, HC is calculated as
follows:

𝐻𝐶 = 𝛴 𝐷𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑦𝑖 𝑥 𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐 𝐻𝑒𝑎𝑡𝑖 𝑥 𝑇ℎ𝑖𝑐𝑘𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑖

Essentially, HC is the sum of the heat capacity of each individual layer in the wall. The heat capacity of
each layer is the density of the material multiplied by the thickness times the specific heat (all in consistent
units). With the equation above, the term “i” is an index of each layer in the construction and “n” is the total
number of layers in the construction. Layers that have insignificant thermal mass (such as the air films) can
be ignored. When layers have more than one material, for instance a framed wall with insulation in the
cavity, each separate material is weighted in proportion to its projected area.
Example 5.2 illustrates how to calculate heat capacity.

Example 5.2 Heat Capacity Calculation What is the heat capacity (HC) for the wall
construction depicted below? The exterior wall
Corresponding sections: Opaque Areas (5.4.3)
consists of 15 cm of face brick, a 38 mm air gap,
and Understanding Heat Capacity sidebar.
204 mm partially grouted CMU with a density of
1,682 kg/m3 (cells uninsulated). The interior has
R-1.9 m2·ᵒC/W batt insulation between 0.86 mm
Q x 102 mm metal studs (flanges not considered)

SBC 602-CC-18 69
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

spaced at 406 mm o.c. The interior finish is 16

mm gypsum board.

204 mm Partially grouted

CMU
0.86 x 102 mm Metal
studs
2ᵒ
R-1.9 m · C/W batt

15.8 mm Gypsum board

A
The HC is the sum of the weight (density times thickness) times the specific heat for each layer of the wall.
The calculation can be structured in tabular form as shown below. The table is shown in SI units.

Example 5.2 Heat Capacity Calculation

SI
Specific
Density Weight Fraction HC
Item Heat Data Source
(kg/m3) (kg/m²) of Wall (kJ/m2·°C)
(kJ/kg·°C)
Appendix Table
15 cm Face Brick 1970 296 1 0.79 233
A9.5
Air Gap 0 0 1 0 0.0
204 mm Partially
Appendix Table
Grouted CMU (1,682 1225 250 1 0.83 207
A3.1C
kg/m3)
0.86 mm x 102 mm Appendix Table
7833 799 0.0021 0.50 0.8
Metal Studs A9.5
Appendix Tables
R-1.9 m2•ᵒC/W Batt 10.1 1.03 0.9979 0.83 0.9
A9.4F & A9.5
16 mm Gypsum Appendix Table
640 10.25 1 0.99 10.2
Board A9.5
Total 452

Figure 5.7 shows examples of walls in this class.

UM-5.4.3.1 R-value Criteria than 406 mm on center (o.c.) vertically and 610
mm o.c. horizontally. If other framing (or furring)
When the R-value method is used for compliance,
materials are used, such as metal studs or
the mass wall insulation must be continuous, i.e.,
continuous metal channels, the U-factor
the “ci” notation is used with the R-value
compliance method must be used. Furthermore, if
specification. However, the R-value method can
insulation were installed so that it is completely
still be used when the insulation is installed with
continuous (for instance, on the exterior), it
metal Z-clips that are spaced no more frequently
would be advantageous to use the U-factor

SBC 602-CC-18 70
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE
method, since the insulation would be
uninterrupted.
UM-5.4.3.2 U-factor Criteria
Appendix A has several ways to determine the U-
factor of mass walls. The easiest method is to use
data from Table A3.1A. The table has data for
203 mm thick solid concrete and medium weight
concrete masonry unit (CMU) walls. The CMU
data are given for solid grouted and partially
grouted walls. While the table is based on the
mass constructions described above, it can be
used for any mass wall as long as the insulation is
continuous and has a minimum R-value of 0.176
m2·°C/W. Ungrouted CMU walls should use data
from the partially grouted column. Concrete
walls should use the 203 mm concrete column
regardless of thickness. The same is true for CMU
walls that are not 203 mm thick.
For uninsulated mass walls or mass walls where
the insulation is interrupted by framing members
or clips, Tables A3.1B, A3.1C, and A3.1D may
be used. These tables are a little more
complicated to use than Table A3.1A, but they
provide considerable flexibility for a wide variety
of walls. For an example of the U-factor
calculation for mass walls, see Example 5.3.
Table A3.1B has data for concrete walls with a
thickness ranging from 76 mm to 305 mm and
densities ranging from 320 kg/m3 to 2,307
kg/m3.For each case, the table provides an overall
U-factor and total R-value (Ru). The overall U
factor may be used directly for compliance if the
wall does not have exterior insulation, interior
insulation or interior furring. The table also
contains the heat capacity (HC). This value can
be used to verify that the wall qualifies as a mass
wall. In order to qualify, the HC must be equal to
SBC 602-CC-18
or greater than 143 kJ/m2·°C for mass materials
that have a density equal to or greater than 1,922
kg/m3. HC must be greater than 102 kJ/m2·˚C for
mass materials that have a density less than 1,922
kg/m3. Note that not all the constructions in Table
A3.1B actually qualify as mass walls. Table
A3.1B is used with both above-grade mass walls
and below-grade walls. For this reason, it has U-
factors and Ru for above-grade walls, and C-
factors and Rc for below-grade walls.
Table A3.1C has data for concrete masonry unit
(CMU) walls with 305 mm, 254 mm, 203 mm,
and 152 mm thicknesses and densities ranging
from 1,362 kg/m³ to 2,162 kg/m³. Data are also
provided for five different treatments of the cells
of the concrete blocks: solid grouted, partially
grouted with the cells empty, partially grouted
with the cells insulated, unreinforced with the
cells empty, and unreinforced with the cells
insulated. Partially grouted means that cells are
grouted no more than 0.81 m o.c. vertically and
1.22 m o.c. horizontally. As with Table A3.1B,
the table provides the HC and an overall U-factor
that may be used directly for compliance if the
wall does not have exterior insulation, interior
insulation, or an interior furring space.
Table A3.1D has the effective R-value of
insulation/framing layers that may be added to
the thermal resistance of the concrete or CMU
mass wall selected from Table A3.1B or A3.1C.
The table has data for R-values ranging from zero
to R-4.40 m2·°C/W. The table also has data for
metal framing, and no framing (continuous
insulation). The metal framing can have depths
ranging from 13 mm to 140 mm. Data from this
table is added to the Ru taken from either Table
A3.1B or A3.1C. The sum is the thermal total
resistance. The overall U-factor is the reciprocal
of the total resistance.
71
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

Solid Grouted Concrete Unreinforced Concrete

Concret
Block with Empty Cells
e

Metal
Metal Rigid
Framing
Clips Insulation
Mass Wall Mass Wall
Stucc
Metal Framing Cavity Insulation
@ 610mm o.c.
Metal Clips @
Rigid
610mm o.c.
Insulation
Cavity Insulation Horizontally and
457mm o.c.
Vertically Mass Wall
Gypsum board
Gypsum board

Figure 5.7 Mass Walls

Corresponding sections: Above-Grade Wall Insulation (5.4.3.3 and A3)

E
xample 5.3 U-Factor Calculation, Mass Wall
Corresponding sections: Opaque Areas (5.4.3)
and Understanding Heat Capacity sidebar.
Q studs and R-1.9 m2·°C/W, the effective R-value of
What is the U-factor of a 254 mm solid grouted
CMU wall with a block density of 1,522 kg/m3?
The wall has a furred interior wall with framing
members that are 89 mm deep and R-1.9
m2·°C/W in the cavity.
The first step is to find the total thermal resistance
of the CMU wall and air films from Table A3.1C.
The total thermal resistance (Ru) is R-0.38
m2·°C/W and the HC is 111.9 J/m2·°C. The
second step is to find the additional thermal
resistance from Table A3.1D. For 89 mm deep
the framing cavity layer (including the drywall) is
R-1.6 m2·°C/W. The overall thermal resistance is
R-2.0 m2·°C/W and the U-factor is 0.51 W/m2·°C
1 1 1
𝑈= = = = 0.51 𝑊/𝑚2 · °𝐶
𝑅𝑢 + 𝑅𝑒𝑓𝑓 0.38+1.6 1.98

UM-5.4.3.3 Below-Grade Wall Insulation conditioned or unconditioned space on the inside

(5.4.3.4 and A4). Below-grade walls have and earth on the outside. Walls below grade on a

SBC 602-CC-18 72
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE
sloping site or basement walls are good
examples. The criteria for below-grade walls are
given either as a minimum R-value for the
insulation alone or as a maximum C-factor for
the overall assembly. A C-factor is like a U-
factor, except that it does not include the interior
air film, the exterior air film or the effect of the
earth. While the effects of air films and earth were
included in establishing the criteria, they have
been removed to simplify compliance.
UM-5.4.3.3.1 R-value Criteria
If the R-value method is used for below-grade
walls, then insulation with the specified thermal
resistance must be installed in a continuous
manner with no interruptions by framing
members. If framing members interrupt the
insulation, then only the C-factor method can be
used. Insulation for below-grade walls is not
required if the inside space is unconditioned.
Often, the same wall may be partly below grade
and partly above grade. When this is the case, and
when insulation is installed on the interior, the R-
value requirement for the above-grade portion
applies to the entire wall.
UM-5.4.3.3.2 C-factor Criteria
Table A4.2 of Appendix A contains C-factors for
below-grade walls. The table has data for three
conditions:
1. Insulation that is continuous and
uninterrupted by framing members of any
kind. This will likely be achieved by
installing the insulation on the outside of the
below-grade wall and backfilling with earth.
2. Insulation installed between steel framing
members or studs that are spaced at 610 mm
o.c. This will typically be achieved by
furring the inside wall and installing
insulation in the cavity created by the steel
studs.
SBC 602-CC-18
3. Metal clips that are spaced at 610 mm
o.c. horizontally and 406 mm o.c.
vertically. These are generally Z-clips
used to support the insulation and to
attach the interior finish material (usually
gypsum board). This system performs
better than standard steel studs because
there is much less metal to provide a
thermal bridge past the insulation.
For each condition, Table A4.2 gives the C-factor
for varying levels of insulation R-value. The C-
factor does not include the air films or the effect
of the earth. The values in Table A4.2 are based
on a 203 mm solid grouted concrete masonry unit
(CMU) wall; however, the C-factors in the table
can be used for any below-grade wall. For
insulated walls, the thermal resistance of 13 mm
thick gypsum board is also assumed to be R-
0.079 m2·°C/W.
As an alternative to using Table A4.2, and if
allowed by Section A1.2, C-factors can be
calculated using data from Tables A3.1B, A3.1C,
and A3.1D. The procedure is similar to that
described for above-grade mass walls. This
procedure is a little more complicated than just
finding values from Table A4.2, but it provides
considerable flexibility for a wide variety of
walls.
Table A3.1B has data for concrete walls with a
thickness ranging from 76 mm to 305 mm and
densities ranging from 98 kg/m3 to 703 kg/m3 .
For each case, the table provides a C-factor and
total R-value (Rc) that excludes the air films and
earth. Table A3.1B is used with both above-grade
mass walls and below-grade walls. For this
reason, it has U-factors and Ru for above-grade
walls and C-factors and Rc for below-grade
walls. Be careful which are used in calculations.
The C factor may be used directly for compliance
if the below-grade wall does not have exterior
insulation, interior insulation, or interior furring.
Table A3.1C has data for concrete masonry unit
(CMU) walls with 305mm, 254 mm, 203 mm,
and 152 mm thicknesses and densities ranging
from 415 kg/m3 to 659 kg/m3. Data are also
provided for five different treatments of the cells
of the concrete blocks: solid grouted, partially
73
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

grouted with the cells empty, partially grouted
with the cells insulated, unreinforced with the
cells empty, and unreinforced with the cells
insulated. Partially grouted means that cells are
grouted no more than 0.81 m o.c. vertically and
1.22 m. o.c. horizontally. As with Table A3.1B,
the C-factor may be used directly for compliance
if the wall does not have exterior insulation,
interior insulation, or an interior furring space.
The total R-value (Rc) is also provided, which
excludes the air films and the soil.
Table A3.1D has the effective R-value of
insulation/framing layers that may be added to
the thermal resistance (Rc) of the concrete or
CMU mass wall selected from Table A3.1B or
A3.1C. Table A3.1D has data for R-values
ranging from zero to R-4.4 m2·°C/W. The table
also has data for metal framing, and no framing
(continuous insulation). The metal framing can
have depths ranging from 13 mm and 140 mm
Data from this table are added to the Rc taken
from either Table A3.1B or A3.1C. The sum is
the total thermal resistance (excluding air films
and soil). The overall C-factor is the reciprocal of
this total resistance. A C factor calculation is
shown in Example 5.6.

Example 5.4 C-Factor Calculation, Below-Grade Wall

Corresponding section: Below-Grade Wall Insulation (5.5.3.3)
Q
What is the C-factor of a 305 mm, solid grouted CMU wall with a block density of 1362 kg/m3 The wall has
continuous exterior insulation with a thermal resistance of R-1.76 m2·°C/W and interior furring with no
insulation. The furring space is 38 mm deep and the furring members are constructed of metal.

2
R-1.76 m ·°C/W Insulation

305 mm Solid grouted CMU

1362kg/m3

38 mm Furring space

A
The first step is to find the thermal resistance (Rc) of the CMU wall from Table A3.1C. The total thermal
resistance (Rc) is Rc-0.30 m2·°C/W.
The second step is to find the additional thermal resistances from Table A3.1D. The thermal resistance of
the exterior insulation is R-1.76 W/m2·°C (from above figure). R-1.76 m2·°C/W should be used rather than
the R-1.85 m2·°C/W that is listed in Table A3.1D; otherwise, the resistance of the drywall (gypsum board)
would be double counted. The thermal resistance of the interior furring space is 0.10 m2·°C/W. The overall
thermal resistance is 2.16 m2·°C/W and the C-factor is 0.46 W/m2·°C. The details of the calculation are:

1 1 1
𝐶= = = = 0.46 𝑊/𝑚2 · °𝐶
𝑅𝑐 +𝑅𝐸𝑥𝑡 +𝑅𝐹𝑢𝑟𝑟𝑖𝑛𝑔 0.30+1.76+ 0.10 2.16

SBC 602-CC-18 74
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE
UM-5.4.3.4 Floor Insulation (5.4.3.5 and
A5) . There are three classes of floors in the
Code: mass floors, floors supported by metal
joists, and other floors. The floor insulation
requirements are expressed as either a minimum
R-value for the insulation alone or a maximum U-
factor for the overall assembly, including thermal
bridges. Compliance can be achieved using
either method.
UM-5.4.3.4.1 Mass Floors
Mass floors are heavyweight floors, generally
greater than 73 kg/m2. The technical definition of
a mass floor is that the heat capacity be greater
than 143 kJ/m²·°C or greater than 102 kJ/m²·°C
if lightweight concrete is used to construct the
floor. Use Table A3.1B and A3.1C to determine
heat capacity. You can also calculate HC yourself
if the assembly is not adequately represented in
those tables (see the sidebar, Understanding Heat
Capacity, earlier in this chapter).
UM-5.4.3.4.2 R-value Criteria
When using the R value method, the insulation
must be continuous and uninterrupted by framing
members. Insulation sprayed to the underside of
a concrete slab qualifies as continuous as long as
it also covers structural supports such as steel
beams or concrete girders. For waffle slabs,
spray-on insulation must cover all surfaces of the
waffle in order to be considered continuous.
Another method for providing continuous
insulation is to place rigid insulation above the
concrete slab. This system may have better
thermal performance, if the insulation is
continuous and not interrupted by columns. Also,
this minimizes thermal bridging to interior
courtyards or adjacent unconditioned space. In
this case, a thin concrete topping slab is also
usually provided for attachment of the interior
finish floor.
SBC 602-CC-18
UM-5.4.3.4.3 U-factor Criteria
When the insulation is not continuous, then the
U-factor method must be used. Table A5.2 has U-
factors for mass floors. The table takes account of
continuous insulation, spray-on insulation, and
pinned batt insulation. In all cases, the insulation
is assumed continuous; this is a restriction on the
use of this table. Development of the data in A5.2
assumes an R-0.16 m2·°C/W inside film
resistance, R-0.22 m2·°C/W carpet and rubber
pad, 203 mm of concrete with an R-value of R-
0.088 m2·°C/W, and an R-0.081 m2·°C/W semi-
exterior air film. Insulation specified in the table
is added to these base thermal resistances.
Table A5.2 may not be used if framing members
of any kind interrupt the continuity of the mass
floor insulation. For these types of floor systems,
you can calculate your own U-factor, but you
must use advanced calculation techniques. The
U-factor must be determined with laboratory
tests, two-dimensional heat transfer analysis, or
by using isothermal planes. These calculations
methods are described later in this chapter, in the
Acceptable Calculation Methods section.
Example 5.5 shows how the U-factor is
determined for a concrete floor on steel supports.
Example 5.5 U-Factor Calculation, Concrete
Floor on Steel Supports
Corresponding section: Floor Insulation (5.4.3.5)
—Mass Floors
Q
What is the U-factor of the mass floor represented
in the following sketch? The floor consists of a
203 mm reinforced concrete slab with a density
of 513 kg/m3 supported by steel joists located at
1.22 m o.c. The underside of the floor is insulated
with R-1.94 m2·°C/W spray-on insulation.
75
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

Carpet and pad

203 mm Concrete
2
R-1.94 m ·°C/W Insulation

Steel Joists

A
The U-factor determined from Table A5.3 of Appendix A is 0.45 W/m2·°C. As Table A5.3 does not contain
R-1.94 m2·°C/W spray-on insulation, it is necessary to interpolate, which is allowed by Section A1.1. The
U-factor for R-1.41 m2·°C/W spray-on insulation is 0.54 W/m2·°C and the U-factor for R-2.11 m2·°C/W
spray-on insulation is 0.41 W/m2·°C. Interpolation for R-1.94 m2·°C/W results in a U-factor of 0.45 W/m2·°C.
The series calculation method can also be used with the effective R-values from Table A9.2A. The U-factor
determined from this method is 0.44 W/m2·°C as shown below.

Layer R-values Data Source

m2·°C/W
Inside air film (heat flow up) 0.11 Section A9.4.1
Carpet and pad 0.22 Table A9.4D

203 mm concrete, density 703 kg/m³ 0.09 Table A3.1B (use Rc)

Insulation/framing 1.76 Table A9.2A

Semi-exterior air film 0.08 Section A9.4.1
Total R-value 2.26
U-factor - W/m2·°C 0.44

UM-5.4.3.5 Steel-Joist Floors UM-5.4.3.5.1 R-value Criteria

Steel-joist floors include any floor that is
The steel joists that support the floor can be either
supported by steel bar joists or purlins, but that
open web joists or steel purlins. The key
does not qualify as a mass floor. If the floor has a
characteristic is that metal framing members
heat capacity (HC) large enough to qualify it as a
mass floor, then the mass class must be used, even interrupt the insulation. When a single R-value is
given in the specification, this means that
if metal joists support the mass floor. By
insulation with this thermal resistance must be
definition, then, a steel-joist floor has a heat
installed between the joists and is therefore
capacity (HC) less than 143 kJ/m²·°C if
interrupted by the steel joists. Insulation installed
constructed of normal weight concrete. This
limits the thickness of normal weight concrete to in a continuous manner is also acceptable, as is
approximately 64 mm. spray-on insulation.

SBC 602-CC-18 76
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

UM-5.4.3.5.2 U-factor Criteria concrete foundation wall, the insulation must

When using the U-factor method, select data from
Table A5.3 or, if allowed by Section A1.2,
calculate your own U-factor using methods
defined in Appendix A. Table A5.3 may be used
with any type of steel-joist floor; however, the
values are based on an R-0.16 m2·°C/W inside air
film, an R-0.22 m2·°C/W carpet and rubber pad,
and an R-0.081 m2·°C/W semi-exterior air film.
The thermal resistance of the assumed metal deck
and concrete topping is ignored.
extend the distance specified or to the top of the
foundation, whichever is less. If the insulation is
installed outside the foundation wall, it shall
extend from the top of the slab directly down for
the full distance, or at least down to the bottom of
the slab and then horizontally until the specified
distance is achieved. For monolithic slab and
footing, the insulation must extend only to the
bottom of the footing or the distance specified,
whichever is less. Figure 5.8 gives examples of
slab-on-grade installations.

The table has data for insulation sprayed to the
bottom surface of the deck and for insulating batts
pinned or otherwise fastened to the underside of
the deck. Continuous insulation can be added in
addition to one of these options. When
calculating the U-factor, you must use either
laboratory testing or the modified zone method.
UM-5.4.3.6 Slab-on-Grade Floor
Insulation (5.4.3.6 and A.6). Slab-on-grade
floors are in direct contact with the earth. They
are generally made of concrete and can have
several edge conditions.
The R-value specification gives both the R-value
of the insulation and the depth or width of the
insulation. An example is “R-1.8 m2·°C/W at 914
mm”. This means that insulation with a thermal
resistance of 1.8 m2·°C/W must be installed and
that the insulation must extend a distance of 914
mm from the top surface of the slab. If the
insulation is installed on the inside surface of the
Table A6.3 of Appendix A has F-factors for
various combinations of insulation R-value and
insulation depths and configurations. Using this
table in conjunction with the F-factor criteria is a
flexible way of meeting the requirements. Heat
loss through concrete slabs is complex and the
only method to determine F factors is to use the
data in Table A6.3.
Figure 5.8 Slab-on-Grade Installations
Corresponding section: Slab-on-Grade Floor
Insulation (5.4.3.6 and A.6)
UM-5.4.3.7 Opaque Doors (5.4.3.7 and
A.7). The criteria for opaque doors are
expressed only as maximum U-factors. The Code
specifies ratings for doors in the same way that it
does for fenestration. When doors have ratings,
those U-factors shall be used for compliance. For
unlabeled doors, Section A7 in Appendix A
prescribes the U-factors to use. These are
summarized in Table UM5.1.

Table UM5.1 U-Factors for Unlabeled Doors

Corresponding section: Opaque Doors (5.6.2.3 and A.7)
U-factor
Construction Description
W/m²·°C

(a) Insulated metal swinging doors, including fire-rated doors 2.8

(b) Wood doors, minimum nominal thickness of 44 mm, including panel

doors with minimum panel thickness of 28 mm, and solid core flush doors, 2.8
and hollow core flush doors

(c) Any Other Wood Door 3.4

SBC 602-CC-18 77
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE
UM-5.4.3.8 Foundations
(5.4.3.8) and
Water Vapor Retarders and Moisture
Barriers (5.4.3.9).
In addition to the U-value requirements of
Section 5, Sections 5.4.3.8 and 5.4.3.9
require measures to minimize air and vapor
transfer.
Section 5.4.3.8 requires that foundation
walls, crawlspace walls, and other building
envelope walls below grade shall have all
cracks sealed, and that the intersection of
above-grade construction assemblies with
below-grade construction materials shall be
sealed.
Section 5.4.3.9 requires a durable continuous
moisture barrier at least 0.15 mm thick shall
be placed over exposed soils in crawlspaces
and extend 305 mm up the crawlspace walls,
and that joints in the moisture barrier shall
overlap a minimum of 305 mm.
SBC 602-CC-18
UM-5.4.3.9 -Acceptable Calculation Methods
for Determining Alternate Assembly U-factors,
C-factors, F-factors and Heat Capacities (A9)
In most cases, the default tables in Appendix A
will be used to determine U-factors, F-factors, C-
factors and other figures of merit. Section A1.2
contains criteria for a building official to
determine if a proposed construction assembly is
adequately represented. This determination is
related to whether the base assembly is the same
and whether the building materials are
significantly different from those described in
Section A2 to A8. If this is the case, it is necessary
to calculate the U-factor. For this situation,
Section A9 of the Code specifies acceptable
calculation methods. These are related to the
classes of opaque construction that are identified
in the Code, although in some cases a class is
expanded. Table UM5.2 shows the calculation
methods that can be used with each class of
construction. U-factors for opaque doors shall be
determined in accordance with Section 5.6.2.3 or
Section A7 only.
78
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

Table UM5.2 Required Procedures for Determining Alternative U-, C- and F-Factors for Opaque
Assemblies
Corresponding section: Acceptable Calculation Methods (A9)
Acceptable Calculation Methods

Two-
Series Parallel Path
Construction Isothermal Modified Zone dimensional
Testing Calculation Calculation
Classes Planes Method Calculation
Method Method
Method

Roofs
Insulation
Entirely above   
Deck
Attic (steel  (1)  
joists)
Attic (concrete  (2) (3) 
joists)
Other  
Walls, Above-Grade
Mass   
Steel-Framed  (1)  
Other  
Wall, Below-Grade
Mass   
Other  
Floors
Mass  (2) (3) 
Steel-Joist  (1)  
Other  
Slab-On-Grade Floors
Unheated 

Notes:
1. Must use the insulation/framing layer adjustment factors from Tables A9.2A or A9.2B of Appendix A.
2. Use only if concrete is solid and uniform.
3. Use if the concrete has hollow sections.

UM-5.4.3.9.1 Testing in a test unit. For steady-state measurements, the

temperatures on either side of the wall are held
Laboratory tests are the most accurate way to constant until temperatures within the
determine the U factor of a construction assembly
construction have stabilized; then the rate of heat
and are acceptable for all types of construction
flow is measured. Heat flow is typically measured
except slabs-on-grade. In these tests, a 2.4 x 2.4
m sample of the construction assembly is placed

SBC 602-CC-18 79
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE
by metering the heat energy required to maintain
temperature on the warm side of the assembly.
The biggest advantage of laboratory testing is that
it produces equally good results for just about any
type of construction assembly. The major
disadvantage is that it is costly and time
consuming. There are a large variety of possible
construction assemblies, and it is impractical to
test them all. For this reason, it is usually more
cost-effective to use calculation methods if
allowed. Laboratory measurements must use one
of the following test procedures:
• Guarded Hot Plate (ASTM C1774)
• Heat Flow Meter (ASTM C5185)
• Hot Box Apparatus (ASTM C13636)
UM-5.4.3.9.2 Series Calculation Method
R1
R2
R3
R4
Equation 5-1 Series Calculation
UM-5.4.3.9.3 Parallel Path Calculation Method
The parallel path calculation method is a simple
extension of the series calculation method that
can be used for some framed assemblies, except
steel framed. Essentially, a series calculation
method is performed twice, once for the cavity
portion of the surface (roof, wall or floor) and
once for the framing portion of the wall (Equation
5-2). In some cases, it may be necessary to divide
a surface into more than two parts. The U-factor
is calculated for each sub-area (U1 and U2 in the
equations) and weighted according to surface
SBC 602-CC-18
The series calculation method is the easiest way
of calculating U-factor. However, its use is
limited to constructions that have no framing and
are made of homogenous materials. In reality,
few construction assemblies meet these strict
requirements. With the series calculation method,
the thermal resistance of each layer in the
construction assembly is determined. Tables
A9.4B through A9.4E of Appendix A have data
on the thermal resistance of materials that can be
used in the calculations. Test data may be used
for materials not listed in Appendix A. The total
thermal resistance is the sum of individual
resistances, and the U-factor is the reciprocal of
the total resistance. In Equation 5-1, R1 and R4
are the air film resistances, while R2 and R3 are
the resistances of the two materials in the
construction.
1
𝑈=
𝑅1 + 𝑅2 + 𝑅3 + 𝑅4
area. The A1 and A2 terms in the equations are
the areas for each sub-area.
With the parallel path method the temperature of
the outdoor air (Tout) and the inside air (Tin) are
the same for each path; however, the surface
temperatures may be different through each path.
To put it another way, the outside wall
temperature will be warmer near framing
members on a cold day. These temperature
differences can be detected by infrared
photography, which is a useful tool for finding
thermal bridges in construction facilities.
80
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

1
𝑈1 =
𝑅1 + 𝑅2 + 𝑅3 + 𝑅4 + 𝑅5

1
𝑈2 =
𝑅1 + 𝑅2 + 𝑅6 + 𝑅4 + 𝑅5

𝑈1 x 𝐴1 + 𝑈2 x 𝐴2
𝑈 =
𝐴1 + 𝐴2

Equation 5-2 Parallel Path Calculation

UM-5.4.3.9.4 Isothermal Planes Calculation Method

The isothermal planes calculation method uses principles similar to the series and parallel path calculation
methods, except that the temperature through one or more planes in the construction assembly is assumed
constant (iso is the Greek word for equal). The isothermal planes method is appropriate for walls made of
concrete or concrete masonry units (CMU) where high material conductance causes equal (or near equal)
temperature across one or more planes in the construction assembly. In the network diagram accompanying
Equation 5-3, the temperature across the R3 and R6 thermal resistances is assumed equal. A parallel path
calculation method can be performed to determine the effective R-value through the R3 and R6.

1
𝑈 =
𝑅1 + 𝑅2 + (𝐴1 /𝑅3 + 𝐴2 /𝑅6 )/(𝐴1 + 𝐴2 ) + 𝑅4 + 𝑅5

1
𝑈 =
𝑅1 + 𝑅2 + 𝑅𝐸𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 + 𝑅4 + 𝑅5

SBC 602-CC-18 81
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

In Equation 5-4, the effective R-value across resistances R3 and R6 is calculated using the parallel path
method. However, for many construction types such as steel-framed walls, the parallel path method is
inappropriate and may not be used. For steel-framed constructions, the overall U-factor can be determined
through laboratory tests and then the effective R-value can be calculated as shown below. This procedure
is the basis of the effective R-values published in Tables A9.2A and A9.2B of Appendix A. Using these
effective R-values is really a variation on the isothermal planes method covered in Equation 5-3.

1
𝑈 =
𝑅1 + 𝑅2 + 𝑅𝐸𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 + 𝑅4 + 𝑅5

1
𝑅1 + 𝑅2 + 𝑅𝐸𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 + 𝑅4 + 𝑅5 =
𝑈

1
𝑅𝐸𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 = − (𝑅1 + 𝑅2 + 𝑅4 + 𝑅5 )
𝑈

Equation 5-4 Effective R-Value

UM-5.4.3.9.5 Modified Zone Method
The modified zone method can be used with roof,
floor and wall constructions that have metal
framing. The method may be used when roofs,
walls or floors are not adequately addressed in
Tables A9.2A or A9.2B. The method is
documented in the ASHRAE Handbook-
Fundamentals7. It involves dividing the
construction assembly into zones. Heat flow in
the zone near the metal framing is directed toward
the framing and the thermal resistance is smaller.
UM-5.4.3.9.6 Two-Dimensional Heat Flow
Two-dimensional heat flow analysis may be used
to accurately predict the U factor of a complex
construction assembly. While the series and
parallel path calculation methods assume that
heat flows in a straight line from the warm side of
the construction to the cooler side, with two-
dimensional models, heat can also flow laterally
in the construction, following the path of least
resistance. Calculating two-dimensional heat
flow involves advanced mathematics and is best
performed with a computer.
To use the method, you divide the construction
into a large number of small pieces and define the
thermal resistance between each piece. The result
is analyzed with electric circuit theory. The
network consists of a rectangular array of nodes
connected by resistances. As in the real material,
the energy flow will take the path of least
resistance. The computer can perform the
complicated calculations necessary to solve the
network, yielding the U factor for the unit at
steady state. It can also solve the network for
dynamic energy conditions.
Short of performing laboratory tests, this is the
most accurate method available for determining
the U factors of concrete and masonry walls.
Three-dimensional heat flow analysis follows the
same process, except that the thermal grid
extends in three dimensions, rather than just two.
UM-5.4.4 Fenestration (5.4.4)
The fenestration design criteria apply to
fenestration, including windows, glass doors,
glass block, plastic panels and skylights. The
prescriptive criteria limit the window-wall ratio
(WWR) to a maximum of 25% and the skylight-
roof ratio (SRR) to a maximum of 3%. For both
windows and skylights, there are two
performance requirements, a maximum U factor
and a maximum solar heat gain coefficient
(SHGC).

SBC 602-CC-18 82
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

• Labeled Fenestration: This includes

UM-5.4.4.1 Vertical Fenestration all skylight products that have a rating
such as with NFRC. Such products
Vertical fenestration compliance is based either
are required to be labeled, or be listed
on a rating label or on default values if the
product is unlabeled.
on a signed label certificate.

• Unlabeled Skylights: For unlabeled

• Labeled Fenestration: This includes skylights, U-factors shall be taken
all fenestration products that have a from Table A8.1A of Appendix A;
rating such as with NFRC. Such overall product SHGC values may be
products are required to be labeled, or taken from Table A8.1B of Appendix
be listed on a signed label certificate. A or manufacturers’ SC or SHGC
Information on the label certificate data for the center of the glass may be
includes the U-factor, SHGC, VT and used provided that the data are
other data. Fenestration performance established using a spectral data file
data used for compliance with the determined in accordance with NFRC
Code must be taken from the label, 3008. If manufacturers’ SC data are
certificate, or the NFRC rating. used, convert to SHGC by
multiplying the SC by 0.86.
• Other Unlabeled Vertical
Fenestration: For fenestration
products that do not have ratings, UM-5.4.4.2 Fenestration Area (5.4.4.2)
compliance data must be taken from
Table A8.2 of Appendix A. Vertical Fenestration Area (5.4.4.2.1). The
prescriptive requirements allow vertical
Skylights fenestration areas up to 25% of the gross wall
The Code has separate U-factor and SHGC area.
requirements for skylights. As with vertical
fenestration, compliance is based either on a Example 5.6 illustrates how to determine the
rating label or on default values if the product is gross wall area.
unlabeled.
Example 5.6 Determining Gross Wall Area
Corresponding section: Vertical Fenestration Area (5.4.4.2.1)
Q
A residence is sited on a sloping site such that the first floor of the north wall is below grade. The first floor
of the east and west walls are partially below grade, as the ground slopes. The residence is rectangular in
shape with a 15 m dimension in the east-west direction and a 12 m dimension in the north-south direction.
The floor-to-floor height is 3.3 m.
What is the gross wall area for this building? This is significant since the maximum allowable window area
requirement is based on the window to wall ratio.

SBC 602-CC-18 83
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

A
The gross wall area includes both above-grade walls and below-grade walls. The gross wall area is simply
the perimeter of the building times the building height. In SI units, this is (15 m + 12 m + 15 m + 12 m) x 3.3
m x 2 or 356 m².

❖ FYI 5.5
❖ Fenestration Area Terminology

Window-Wall Ratio
The window-wall ratio is the ratio of vertical fenestration area to gross exterior wall area. The fenestration
area is the rough opening, including the frame, sash and other unglazed window components. Fenestration
area does not include glass spandrel area, which is considered opaque wall. The gross exterior wall is
measured horizontally from the exterior surface; it is measured vertically from the top of the floor to the
bottom of the roof. The gross exterior wall area includes below-grade as well as above-grade walls.
It is necessary to calculate the window-wall ratio with all compliance options, since this information is
needed to determine compliance with the prescriptive requirement.
Sloping glazing falls in the vertical category if it has a slope equal to or more than 60 degrees from the
horizontal. If it slopes less than 60 degrees from the horizontal, the fenestration falls in the skylight category.

Skylight-Roof Ratio

Skylights are fenestration with a slope less than 60 degrees from the horizontal. The skylight-roof ratio is
the ratio of skylight area to the gross roof area. The skylight area is the rough opening and includes the
frame and other components of the manufactured assembly. The gross roof area is measured to the outside
surface of the roof. The roof area is measured along the surface that encloses the conditioned space.
For a flat roof and flat ceiling, the roof area is the same as shown in plan view. For an attic with a pitched
roof over a flat ceiling enclosing conditioned space, the roof area is again the same as shown in plan view.
However, for sloped ceilings or vaulted ceilings, roofs are measured along the slope, as opposed to the
projection onto a horizontal plane that would show on a floor plan.
Skylight Fenestration Area (5.4.4.2.2). The Prescriptive Building Envelope Option limits the skylight area to a
maximum of 3% of the gross roof area. This limit applies separately to each space category in the building
if there are both conditioned and unconditioned spaces.

UM-5.4.4.3 Fenestration U-Factor
(5.4.4.3). The U-factor of fenestration is very
important to the energy efficiency of homes.
Fenestration U-factor is the rate of heat flow
through a unit area of fenestration when there is
a temperature difference between the air on one
side and the air on the other side. The metric or
SI units are W/m²·°C. The U-factor includes
consideration of the whole fenestration product.
Heat loss is accounted for through the glass, edge
of glass as well as the sash and frame elements.
For skylights that sit on a curb, heat loss also
includes the skylight curb. The heat loss is then
normalized for the area of the rough frame
opening provided for the fenestration. Expressing
U-factor in this manner simplifies calculations
for sizing cooling equipment and systems and for
estimating annual energy use; however,
performance at actual fenestration size may vary
from performance at the standard reference sizes
that are used in NFRC ratings for code
compliance purposes.

SBC 602-CC-18 84
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

U-factor does not consider solar gains through the
fenestration; this is addressed by the solar heat
gain coefficient (SHGC).
Fenestration products are complex systems that
use a wide variety of materials, systems and
techniques. Many fenestration manufacturers
have their products rated and labeled through the
National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC)
program Standard 1009. NFRC is a membership
organization of window manufacturers,
researchers and others that develops, supports
and maintains fenestration rating and labeling
procedures. Default U-factor values are provided
in the Code’s Appendix A for fenestration
products that do not have NFRC ratings. These
default values assume the worst in terms of
thermal performance, so design professionals are
encouraged to use the NFRC values.
For products with ratings, such as NFRC, those U
factors must be used. For unlabeled windows, the
default values in Table A8.2A of Appendix A
must be used. This table offers credit for low-e
coatings, frame types and other factors that affect
thermal performance. When using the default
table to take credit for low-e coatings, the
emissivity of the low-e coating must be
determined using NFRC Standard 30110, or
equivalent, and must be verified and certified by
the glass manufacturer. NFRC ratings for specific
products are always preferable to the generic
values in Table A8.2.
For garage doors that do not have NFRC ratings,
U-factors may be determined in accordance with
the Door and Access Systems Manufacturers
Association (DASMA) Standard 10511, or
equivalent.
Vertical Fenestration U-Factor
When a building has more than one type of
window, it is not necessary for every window to
meet the U-factor criteria. An area-weighted
average calculation can be performed; to show
compliance with the Code, the area-weighted
average U-factor must be less than or equal to the
criteria. (See the Area-Weighted Averages
sidebar earlier in this chapter.) Note that NFRC
ratings are generally provided at a standard
reference size for comparative purposes, but this
may vary from the performance at the actual
fenestration size. For area-weighted averages as
well as other purposes such as HVAC sizing, it is
more accurate to use the actual size U-factor
ratings in the calculation, if available.

Example 5.7 Area Weighted Average SHGC

Corresponding section: SHGC of Vertical Fenestration (5.4.4.4.1)
Q
What is the area-weighted average SHGC for the residence in example 5.6 that has two different kinds of
windows, one with a SHGC of 0.2 and the other with a SHGC of 0.3?
All the fenestration is 6 mm double-glazed with a low-e coating. Some of the windows have a gray tint and
total 40 m2 with a SHGC of 0.20, while the other windows without the tint have a SHGC of 0.30 and total
30 m2.
A
First, the actual total vertical fenestration area is 70 m2, which is less than the allowable 90 m2.
(40 𝑥 0.20 + 30 𝑥 0.30)
𝑆𝐻𝐺𝐶 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑔𝑒 = = 0.243
70

The area weighted average SHGC is less than the allowable 0.25, and so the window selection complies.

Skylight U-Factor
For products with ratings, such as NFRC, those U factors must be used. For unlabeled skylights, the default
values in Table A8.1A of Appendix A must be used.

SBC 602-CC-18 85
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE
UM-5.4.4.4 Fenestration Solar Heat Gain
Coefficient (5.4.4.4). The solar heat gain
coefficient (SHGC) is the ratio of solar radiation
that passes through fenestration to the amount of
solar radiation that falls on the fenestration.
Perfectly transmitting fenestration would have an
SHGC of 1.0, but this is a physical impossibility,
since even the clearest glass absorbs or reflects
some solar radiation. As with U factor, SHGC is
also a whole product rating and accounts for the
glazing material as well as the frame and sash.
The SHGC is a property of the fenestration
product and does not account for exterior or
interior shading from overhangs, or mashrabiya.
In hot climates, SHGC is the most important
performance characteristic of fenestration, more
important than U factor.
For skylights, the Code provides default SHGC
values in Table A8.1B. For other unlabeled
fenestration products, see Table A8.2. However,
the values in Table A8.2 do not account for low e
coatings reflective coatings and other
technologies commonly used to reduce solar heat
gains. In most instances, designers should obtain
SHGC data from the manufacturer and use these
data in compliance determination.
1) SHGC of Vertical Fenestration
(5.4.4.4.1) and SHGC of Skylights
(5.4.4.4.2).
For both vertical fenestration and skylights, the
SHGC is to be determined by a laboratory
accredited by a nationally recognized
Example 5.8 Projection Factor,
Corresponding section: Projection Factor (5.4.4.5.1)
Q
An overhang extends 0.67 m out from the surface of the glass and at its lowest point is 1.52 m above the
bottom of the window.
A window with a SHGC of 0.40 is planed. Does the overhang and the SHGC combination meet the
requirement of Tables 5.1 of the Code?
SBC 602-CC-18
accreditation organization, such as NFRC. For
products with accredited ratings, the rated SHGC
must be used. For unlabeled products, the values
in Tables A8.1B and A8.2 of Appendix A must
be used.
UM-5.4.4.5 Shading (5.4.4.5). Overhangs
and architectural shading features like
mashrabiya can reduce solar gains through
windows. The Code allows credit for overhangs
and mashrabiya that provide significant and
permanent shading. In order for credits to be
applied, overhangs must be a permanent part of
the building. The Code credits overhangs and
mashrabiya by allowing an adjustment to the
fenestrations rated SHGC.
Shading – Projection Factor (5.4.4.5.1). The size
of the overhang is determined by the projection
factor, which is the ratio of the overhang
projection to the distance from the window sill
to the bottom of the overhang. The overhang
projection is measured from the surface of the
glass to the outer edge of the overhang. See
Figure 5.9 and Example 5.8Error! Reference
source not found..
The SHGC requirements in Table 5 of the Code
are disregarded in total for fenestrations with
overhang projection factors greater than 0.5. The
overhang projection factor is calculated as the
length of the overhang divided by the distance
from the windowsill to the bottom of the
overhang. In order to qualify as shaded by an
overhang, the overhang must extend beyond the
right and left edges of the window a distance at
least as 30 cm.
Window with Overhang
86
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

The projection factor is the ratio of the horizontal projection of the overhang to the distance from the
windowsill to the bottom of the overhang. The horizontal projection is 0.67 m and the vertical distance from
the windowsill to the bottom of the overhang is 1.52 m. The projection factor is, therefore, 0.67 m divided
by 1.52 m or 0.44.
The overhang projection factor is 0.44, which is less than 0.5, and so does not negate the Table 5.1 SHGC
requirement of 0.25, and the window does not qualify.
Either another window must be selected, or the overhang could be extended to 0.70 m.

Figure 5.9 Projection Overhang Factor

Corresponding section: SHGC of Vertical Fenestration (5.4.4.5.1)

Shading - Mashrabiya (5.4.4.5.2). Vertical fenestration completely covered by mashrabiya can have the
actual fenestration SHGC multiplied by the fraction open area of the mashrabiya to determine compliance
with the SHGC in Table 5.1 of the Code. See Example 5.9.

Example 5.9 Window with Mashrabiya

Corresponding section: Mashrabiya (5.4.4.5.2)

Q
Mashrabiya with and open area fraction of 0.60 will cover a window.
A window with a SHGC of 0.40 is planed. Does the mashrabiya and the SHGC combination meet the
requirement of Table 5.1 of the Code?

A
The mashrabiya open area factor of 0.60 multiplied by the window SHGC of 0.40 gives an effective SHGC
of 0.24, which is less than the SHGC requirement of 0.25, and thus qualifies.
Other forms of shading for windows and/or walls could also be beneficial and may be considered in the
future.

UM-5.5 Submittals (5.5)

Section 5.5 of the Code consists of two
subsections, General (5.5.1) and Submittal
Document Labeling of Space Conditioning
Categories (5.5.2).
UM-5.5.1 General (5.5.1)
Subsection 5.5.1 reaffirms that the local
authority having jurisdiction will require
submittal of compliance documentation and

SBC 602-CC-18 87
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

supplemental information, in accordance that field inspectors can verify the R-value of the
with Section 4.2.2 of the Code. product. Labeling is typically provided for batt
insulation with a vapor barrier or board
insulation. Loose-fill insulation or fiberglass
Submittal Document Labeling of Space insulation without a vapor barrier cannot be
Conditioning Categories (5.5.2) easily labeled, so as an option, the insulation
installer may provide a certificate that asserts the
Subsection 5.5.2 of the Code specifically thickness and R-value of the installed product.
states that all “unconditioned” spaces of a
building must be clearly indicated as such on UM-5.6.1.2 Manufacturers’ Installation
the floor plans submitted for review, for the Requirements (5.6.1.2). Section 5.6.1.2 of
"unconditioned" envelope criteria to apply. the Code requires that insulation materials be
installed according to the manufacturer’s
recommendations and in a manner that will
UM-5.6 Product Information and achieve the rated insulation R-value. For
example, credit cannot be taken for R-3.7
Installation Requirements (5.6) m2·°C/W insulation if it is compressed into a 100
UM-5.6.1 Insulation (5.3.1 and 5.6.1) mm stud space; doing so would compress its
normal 150 mm thickness to 100 mm and reduce
The first set of mandatory requirements addresses the effective insulation to R-2.5 m2·°C/W.
the proper installation and protection of Compressing the insulation reduces the effective
insulation materials. The Mandatory Provisions R-value and the thermal performance of the
state that where insulation is required by Section construction assembly (see Table A9.4C in
5.4 of the Code, it must meet the requirements of Appendix A of the Code). Insulation can be
Sections 5.6.1.1 through 5.6.1.10. These are compressed if you perform U-factor calculations
discussed below. Issues include compression of and account for the effect of compression; in
insulation, installing insulation on sloping other words, you can not use the pre-calculated
ceilings and around recessed equipment, and U factor tables published in Appendix A of the
protecting insulation from physical or moisture Code if the insulation is compressed.
damage.
UM-5.6.1.1 Labeling (5.6.1.1).
Premanufactured insulation must be labeled such
❖ FYI 5.6
Steady-State Heat Flow: Understanding U-Factor and R-Value
When it is colder on one side of an envelope element, such as a wall, roof, floor or window, heat will conduct
from the warmer side to the cooler side. Heat conduction is driven by temperature differences and
represents a major component of cooling loads in buildings. The Code’s building envelope requirements
address heat conduction by specifying maximum U factors for building envelope construction assemblies
and/or minimum R-values for insulation.
U-Factor
The U factor is the rate of steady-state heat flow. In SI units, it is the amount of heat in watts that flows
through a one square meter area with a one-degree Celsius temperature difference between the inside air
and outdoor air. The heat flow can be in either direction, as heat will flow from the warmer side to the cooler
side. With some constructions, the rate of heat flow may vary with the direction of flow.
Steady-state heat flow assumes that temperatures on both sides of the building envelope element (while
different) are held constant for a sufficient period so that heat flow on both sides of the assembly is steady.
The steady-state heat flow method is a simplification, because in the real world, temperatures change
constantly.

SBC 602-CC-18 88
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE

However, it can predict average heat flow rates over time for non-mass construction and is used by the
Code to limit conductive heat losses and gains.
R-Value
R-values are also used to describe steady-state heat flow but in a slightly different way. The R value is the
thermal resistance to heat flow. A larger R-value has greater thermal resistance, or more insulating ability.
R-value is widely recognized in the building industry and is used to describe insulation effectiveness.
Consequently, the prescriptive criteria tables contain a compliance option that is based on the R-value of
the insulation alone. The insulation R-value does not describe the overall performance of the complete
assembly, however. It only describes the thermal resistance of the insulation material. The performance of
the entire wall assembly can be significantly lower when metal framing penetrates the insulation.

Heat Transfer in Construction Assemblies

Most construction assemblies include more than one material in the same layer. For example, a steel stud
wall includes cavity areas where the insulation is located and other areas where there are steel framing
members. The steel areas have a lower R-value and conduct heat more readily than the insulated areas. It
is incorrect to neglect framing members when calculating the U factor for the wall, roof or floor assembly.
The correct U factor includes the insulation portion of the wall as well as the solid (or framed) portion of the
wall.
Each layer of a building assembly, such as the sheathing and the insulation, has its own conductance, or
rate of heat transfer. The conductance for an individual layer is similar to the U factor, and it has the same
units. When there are multiple elements in a layer, such as steel studs and cavity insulation, the calculations
must adjust for the different heat flow rates. Especially with metal framing, these thermal bridges have a
significant impact on the performance of the overall assembly, sometimes reducing the insulation
effectiveness to less than half.

The U factor accounts for the conductance of every element of the construction assembly, including the air
film conductances on the interior and exterior surfaces. The air film conductances quantify the rate at which
heat is transferred between the surface of the construction assembly and the surrounding environment.
The air film conductance depends on the orientation and roughness of the surface and the wind speed
across the surface.

Appendix A contains tables of U-factors for a range of insulation options for many construction assemblies.
These have been carefully calculated using ASHRAE procedures and are to be used for compliance with
the U-factor options. This simplifies compliance for the designer and the building official by eliminating the
need to perform and review U-factor calculations. However, there may be some cases where an assembly
is not adequately represented in Appendix A. Where allowed by Section A1.2, the Code requires that the
U factor of each envelope assembly be calculated taking into account framing and other thermal bridges
within the construction assembly. The method to be used depends on the class of construction and other
factors.

For light frame walls, U factors provide an adequate description of heat transfer. For heavy concrete and
masonry walls, however, this is only true under constant temperature conditions. The dynamic heat storage
properties of the concrete and masonry alter the thermal behavior of the wall, and the U factor becomes
less accurate as a predictor of heat flow.

SBC 602-CC-18 89
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE
UM-5.6.1.3 Loose-Fill Insulation
(5.6.1.3). Section 5.6.1.3 of the Code limits the
use of loose-fill or blown insulation to ceilings
that have a slope not exceeding three in twelve
(14 deg.). The reason for this is to prevent the
insulation from tumbling to one side, leaving the
top portion of the ceiling uninsulated.
UM-5.6.1.4 Baffles (5.6.1.4).
Baffles should be installed in conjunction with
loose-fill insulation at the eaves if the attic is
ventilated from that location. The purpose of the
baffles is to prevent loose insulation from
blocking the vent area or being lost through the
ventilation opening.
UM-5.6.1.5 Substantial Contact (5.6.1.5).
Section 5.6.1.5 of the Code requires that
insulation be installed in a permanent manner
and in substantial contact with the inside surface
of the construction assembly. If the insulation
Figure 5.10 Insulation in Substantial Contact
Corresponding Section: Substantial Contact (5.6.1.5)
UM-5.6.1.6 Recessed Equipment
(5.6.1.6). Section 5.6.1.6 of the Code requires
that recessed equipment not reduce the
insulation’s thickness. Examples of recessed
equipment are lighting fixtures, air conditioning
ducts, and other types of electrical or mechanical
equipment. There are some exceptions to this
requirement:
SBC 602-CC-18
does not entirely fill the cavity, the air gap should
be on the outside surface.
Maintaining substantial contact is particularly
important (and problematic) for batt insulation
installed between floor joists. Without proper
support, gravity will cause the insulation to fall
away from the floor surface, leaving an air gap
above the insulation. Air currents will ultimately
find their way to the gap, and when they do, the
effectiveness of the insulation will be
substantially reduced. The Code calls for
insulation supports in underfloor constructions to
be spaced no further than 6 m on center (o.c.). See
Figure 5.10.
There is an exception for construction assemblies
that use reflective materials and rely on an air gap
next to the interior surface. In hot climates, some
insulation products use layers of reflective
materials, each with a low emittance. This
exception is meant to allow these types of
insulation products to be used when appropriate.
a. Equipment can be recessed if the area
affected is less than 1% of the total
roof/ceiling area. For instance,
lighting fixtures may penetrate an
insulated ceiling as long as the area of
the openings in the insulation is less
than 1% of the total ceiling area. It is
acceptable for all the 1% to be located
90
UM-SECTION 5—BUILDING ENVELOPE
in one roof/ceiling area; there is no
need for the recessed equipment to be
uniformly distributed across all
roof/ceiling surfaces. Miniaturized
lighting equipment such as fiber
optics would be significantly less than
1%.
b. A second exception applies to cases
where the entire construction
assembly is covered to the full depth
required. This might be achieved if
Type IC (Insulation Contact) lighting
fixtures were used and additional
insulation was placed over the top of
the fixtures.
c. A third exception applies when the
effect of the holes in the insulation or
the reduced insulation thickness is
taken into account in the calculations.
In this case, the designer might divide
the ceiling into areas that have
penetrations and those that don’t and
then show that the area-weighted
average U-factor is less than the Code
requires. For more information about
area-weighted averaging, see the
sidebar in the Prescriptive Building
Envelope (5.4) Section of this
manual.
Even with these exceptions, however, the
infiltration barrier must be maintained according
to Section 5.3.3.1 of the Code.
UM-5.6.1.7 Insulation Protection
(5.6.1.7). The Code requires that insulation be
protected from sunlight, moisture, landscaping
equipment, wind and other physical damage.
Rigid insulation used at the slab perimeter of the
building should be covered to prevent damage
from gardening or landscaping equipment. Rigid
insulation used on the exterior of walls and roofs
should be protected by a permanent waterproof
membrane or exterior finish. When mechanical
or other equipment is installed in attics or on
SBC 602-CC-18
roofs, access and connection to this equipment
must be provided in a way that will not cause
compression or damage to the insulation. This
may mean using walking boards, access panels
and other techniques to prevent damage to the
insulation.
In situations such as vinyl-faced insulation,
where there is no ventilated airspace above the
insulation and no solid surface such as gypsum
board immediately below the insulation, the Code
requires that all seams be sealed with tape in order
to provide an adequate vapor retarder. In this
application, simply stapling the insulation is not
adequate.
UM-5.6.1.8 Insulation above Suspended
Ceilings (5.6.1.8). The Code specifically
prohibits installing insulation directly over
suspended ceilings with removable ceiling
panels. This is because the insulation’s continuity
is likely to be disturbed by maintenance workers.
UM-5.6.1.9 Extent of Insulation (5.6.1.9).
Insulation must extend over the full area of the
insulated surface. When insulation is fitted in the
cavities of wall or roof constructions, make sure
that the insulation is carefully cut to fit snugly in
the cavity, leaving no gaps or voids.
UM-5.6.1.10 Staggering Joints for Rigid
Insulation (5.6.1.10). When two or more
layers of rigid insulation are used to meet the
requirements of the Code, the joints for each
layer shall not align with each other. They should
be staggered such that subsequent layers of
insulation overlap the joint from the previous
layer.
UM-5.6.1.11 Continuous Insulation
(5.6.1.11). Sometimes the R-value criteria have
“ci” next to them. This stands for continuous
insulation. This “ci” notation means that the
insulation must be installed in a manner that is
continuous and is uninterrupted by framing
members or other construction elements that
would reduce the thermal resistance of the
insulation when installed in the construction.
Fasteners and service openings are permitted.
91
UM-SECTION 5—
Continuous insulation may be internal or
external. Examples of continuous insulation
include sprayed, rigid, and pinned batt.
UM-5.6.2 Fenestration and Doors
(5.3.2 and 5.6.2)
The Mandatory Provisions require that
fenestration and doors be rated using procedures
and methods specified in Section 5.6.2 of the
Code.
Three fenestration performance characteristics
are significant in the Code: U-factor, solar heat
gain coefficient (SHGC), and air leakage. The
first two of these are reviewed briefly below; air
leakage is addressed in Section 5.3.3.2 of the
Code and it is reviewed later.
UM-5.6.2.1 Rating and Labeling (5.6.2.1,
5.6.2.2 and 5.6.2.3). Section 5.6.2.1 of the
Code requires that the performance of windows
and other fenestration products be determined by
a laboratory accredited by a nationally
recognized rating authority. This requirement
applies to the U-factor, SHGC, and air leakage
rate. Section 5.6.2.2 of the Code requires that all
manufactured fenestration products have a
permanent nameplate or label that lists the
performance factors that are to be rated: U-
factor, SHGC, and air leakage. Section 5.6.2.3 of
the Code has a similar labeling requirement for
doors, except that the performance factors
include only U-factor and air leakage. In both
cases, an exception allows the installer or
supplier of the fenestration product or door to
provide a signed and dated certificate that lists
the performance factors; this can substitute for
the permanent label. Fenestration products may
also use the default values provided in Tables
A8.2 and A8.3 in Appendix A.
SBC 602-CC-18
UM-5.7 Air Leakage (5.7)
UM-5.7.1 General (5.7.1)
Requires that the building envelope shall be
designed and constructed with a continuous
air barrier to control air leakage into, or out
of, conditioned space, with the air leakage
rate being determined by Building Test
(5.7.2) or Verified Installation Alternative
(5.7.3).
UM-5.7.2 Building Test (5.7.2)
Requires that testing of buildings for air
leakage be done in accordance with
Appendix B.
Subsection 5.7.2.1 Single-Family Detached
Dwellings then requires that dwelling be
tested to verify the airtightness level in
accordance with Table 5.1 of the Code, with
the completed building tested at a pressure
of 50 Pa in accordance with Appendix B.
Subsections 5.7.2.2 Duplexes, Single-
Family Attached Buildings and 5.7.2.3
Multi-Family Buildings state that for
multiple identical dwellings a minimum of 1
in 7 units need to be tested.
UM-5.7.3 Verified Installation
Alternative (5.7.3)
States that buildings that have a continuous
air barrier installed in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions and have been
inspected to meet the requirements of
Appendix B do not need to be tested.
92
UM-SECTION 6—HVAC SYSTEMS
UM-SECTION 6—HVAC SYSTEMS
UM-6.1 General Information (6.1)
UM-6.1.1 Scope (6.1.1)
In general, except where specifically noted by the
Code, all new mechanical equipment, systems
and controls serving a building’s cooling or
ventilating needs must meet the requirements of
Section 6. This is true for new construction as
well as additions or alterations to existing
buildings (including equipment replacement).
However, there are a number of important
instances when the Code does not apply to
replacement HVAC equipment. In particular, the
Code does not apply in these situations (see
exceptions to 6.1.1.3):
• When equipment is repaired but not
replaced, the equipment does not
have to meet the Code’s minimum
efficiencies. However, the
modifications may not increase the
equipment’s energy use. For instance,
if a condenser coil is replaced, the
new coil must have an equal or better
heat transfer performance than the
coil being replaced.
• When the replacement of existing
equipment with complying
equipment requires extensive
revisions to other systems, equipment
or elements of the building and where
the replacement equipment is a like-
for-like replacement. For example, if
a packaged terminal air conditioner
(PTAC) unit, Section 6.4.1.5, fails
and the new minimum efficiency unit
would require the wall penetration to
be modified, a replacement PTAC
that meets or exceeds the efficiency
of the failed unit may be installed
even if it does not meet the minimum
efficiencies of Section 6.4.1 and 6.6.
SBC 602-CC-18
• When the refrigerant in existing
equipment is changed but cannot be
replaced with the same refrigerant
due to the phaseout of the existing
refrigerant. This may reduce the
efficiency of the existing equipment
but is allowed.
• When existing equipment is
relocated. For instance, the Code does
not apply when an existing air
conditioner is moved to another
location within the building.
• When ducts and pipes are located in
existing spaces with insufficient
space for the Code-required
insulation. For example, if the piping
in an existing chase needs to be
replaced and there is not sufficient
space for the new Code-required
insulation, it may be installed with
thinner insulation.
UM-6.2 Compliance (6.2)
Compliance with the Code for HVAC systems
includes the Mandatory Provisions (6.4)
Submittals (6.5), and Minimum Equipment
Efficiency Requirement (6.6).
UM-6.3 Reserved for numbering
consistency
UM-6.4 Mandatory Provisions (6.4)
The Mandatory Provisions apply to all systems.
UM-6.4.1 Equipment Efficiency and
Verification (6.4.1)
Section 6.4.1 addresses cooling equipment
minimum efficiencies and verification
requirements.
93
UM-SECTION 6—HVAC SYSTEMS
UM-6.4.1.1 Minimum Equipment
Efficiencies—Standard Rating and
Operating Conditions (6.4.1.1). The
minimum efficiency requirements are obtained
from the most recent edition of SASO 266312 and
SASO 287413. Equipment not specified by SASO
are not covered by minimum efficiency
requirements.
UM-6.4.1.2 Verification of Equipment
Efficiencies (6.4.1.4). In most cases, the
efficiency of products will be established by
certification programs developed by SASO or
from industry associations such as the Air-
Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration
Institute (AHRI), the Association of Home
Appliance Manufacturers (AHAM) or the
Cooling Technology Institute (CTI). Where such
certification programs exist but a manufacturer
chooses not to participate, equipment
performance must be verified by an independent
laboratory test. Where there is no industry
certification program, equipment efficiencies
must be supported by data furnished by the
manufacturer. Field tests of performance are not
required.
Notes Applying to the Equipment Efficiencies.
• Equipment not listed in the table has
no minimum performance
requirements. These products may be
used regardless of their efficiency.
Examples include pumps and electric
resistance heaters.
• Components from multiple
manufacturers. Where components
from different manufacturers are used
to field-build a product listed in the
table, the system designer must
specify the performance of each
component so that their combined
efficiency meets the minimum
SBC 602-CC-18
equipment efficiency requirements in
the table. The most common example
of this is a split system air conditioner
built using an indoor coil and air-
handler from one manufacturer and
an outdoor condensing unit from
another manufacturer. This is
permitted, but the designer (using
data from the manufacturers) must
ensure that the combined
performance meets the Code’s
requirements.
UM-6.4.2 Load Calculations (6.4.2)
The designer must make cooling load
calculations acceptable to the local authority
having jurisdiction (for example, ASHRAE
Handbook-Fundamentals7 or ISO 13790
Clause 814) before selecting or sizing HVAC
equipment. This requirement helps to ensure
that equipment is neither oversized nor
undersized for the intended application.
Oversized equipment not only increases first
costs but also often operates less efficiently
than properly sized equipment, and can
promote mold growth. It can also result in
reduced comfort control due to short-cycling.
It is important to note that oversizing of items
such as ductwork can decrease energy use.
While the Code requires load calculations, it
does not require that actual equipment sizes
correspond to the calculated loads (see the
sidebar, Right-Sized Equipment). Also, the
Code does not describe how the load
calculations requirement is to be enforced;
that is up to the local authority having
jurisdiction. Since enforcement agencies
need only see that calculations have been
done, they should request only to see a
summary of load calculations such as a
single-page computer printout for the
building or system and should not require
that the entire detailed calculation package
be submitted.
94
UM-SECTION 6—HVAC SYSTEMS
❖ FYI 6.1
Right-Sized Equipment: Applying Reality Checks
to Load Calculations
There is no universal agreement among
engineers on a single load calculation procedure,
and the available procedures produce results that
vary by 30% or more. This is because the
thermodynamic performance of buildings and
HVAC systems is so complex that calculation
methods and computer software have simplifying
assumptions embedded within them to make
them practical to use. Depending on the
application, these simplifications can result in
inaccuracies and errors. The designer should be
aware of the limitations of the calculation tool
used and apply reality checks to the results,
based on real life experience, to avoid sizing
errors.
While load calculations are required, there is no
requirement that actual equipment sizes
correspond to the calculated loads. This would be
very difficult to enforce given the wide variation in
load calculation methods and differing
assumptions regarding internal loads and other
parameters. Further, there are cases where
oversizing actually improves energy efficiency
(such as oversizing ductwork) so it is difficult to
UM-6.4.3 Controls (6.4.3)
UM-6.4.3.1 Temperature Control
(6.4.3.1). requires each system or each
zone within a system shall be provided with
at least one thermostat capable of being set
from 13°C to 29°C and capable of operating
the system’s cooling. If the thermostat
controls both cooling and heating, and has
automatic change over capability, it must
have an adjustable deadband, the range of
which includes a setting of 3°C between
heating and cooling. Almost all thermostats
offered as standard options from unitary
equipment manufacturers comply with this
requirement. Wall-mounted temperature
controls shall be mounted on an inside wall.
The deadband requirement is to avoid having
heating and cooling operating too close together,
and potentially simultaneously.
SBC 602-CC-18
regulate oversizing without introducing many
exceptions and associated complexity.
So why does the Code require load calculations
when there is no corresponding requirement to
use the calculations for equipment sizing? The
reason is in part because old rules-of-thumb used
to size systems may no longer be applicable.
Building envelopes continue to improve.
Spectrally selective fenestration reduces solar
gain and the cooling load while maintaining good
daylight transmission. Low-emissivity coatings
and gas-fill for fenestration, and opaque sections
with greater insulation levels and fewer thermal
bridges, also reduce cooling loads.
Once load calculations are done, using them for
selecting equipment is at least partly self-
regulating due to normal market incentives. For
instance, if a load calculation indicates that a 17.6
kW air-conditioning unit will handle an
application, it is not likely that the designer or
contractor will deliberately select a 35.2 kW unit
because of its added first costs. On the other
hand, if the equipment had been selected using
only rules-of-thumb without calculations, the
larger unit may have been chosen. The
expectation is that most designers will properly
size equipment if load calculations are made.
The requirement to have wall mounted
temperature controls mounted on an inside wall is
to avoid having the control influenced by heat
conduction through the wall to or from the
outdoors.
HVAC zoning systems are needed to overcome
the problem of hot and cold spots in homes with
one single thermostat. Instead of one temperature
setpoint for the whole house, the house is divided
into two or more “zones,” each with its own set
of controls and programming. The biggest
difference between single-zone and multi-zone is
that multi-zone systems have dampers inside the
ducts that direct heating and cooling to specific
parts the house. They also contain an additional
zone control panel-electrical controls that
communicate between the thermostat, dampers,
and the AC unit. Most HVAC manufacturers sell
zoned systems as a package that includes all the
pieces needed: dampers, control panels,
95
UM-SECTION 6—HVAC SYSTEMS
thermostats, and sensors that automatically
correct for changes in temperature and air
pressure through the system and in each zone.
Figure 6.1 HVAC Multi-zone System
When design
ing zone system, several factors need to be
considered, for example, household preferences:
does one person prefer the temperature warm,
while the other likes it cool? These two persons
may need different zones to make sure everyone
is comfortable. Next, how the home design
affects the temperature in different rooms. Are
there windowed rooms that stay much hotter than
the other parts of the home? Are certain floors
warmer than others? Is there an office, gym, or
other space that may require additional cooling?
Zoned system will provide convenience to be
able to control the temperature from a hallway
wall next to the Master bedroom.
UM-6.4.3.2 Ventilation Control (6.4.3.2).
States that additional mechanical ventilation
control and damper requirements are set forth in
section 8.5.9, which in turn states that each
mechanical ventilation system (supply or exhaust
or both) shall be equipped with a readily
accessible switch or other means for shutoff.
Manual or automatic dampers installed for the
purpose of isolating outside air intakes and
SBC 602-CC-18
With one of these packages, any existing system
can be turned into a zoned system (see Figure
6.1).
exhausts from the air distribution system shall be
designed for tight shutoff.
UM-6.4.4 HVAC System Construction
and Insulation (6.4.4)
addresses Insulation for Ducts (6.4.4.1.2)
Insulation for Piping (6.4.4.1.3), and Ducts and
Plenum Leakage (6.4.4.2).
Except for manufacturers’ units, HVAC piping
and ductwork must be insulated. Insulation
exposed to weather must be suitable for outdoor
service and protected. Examples of protection
include aluminum, sheet metal, painted canvas,
or plastic cover.
Insulation covering refrigerant suction piping or
cooling ducts located outside the conditioned
space shall include a vapor retardant located
outside the insulation (unless the insulation is
inherently vapor retardant), all penetrations and
joints of which shall be sealed.
Ductwork Insulation (6.4.4.1.2). All portions of
the air distribution system installed in or on
96
UM-SECTION 6—HVAC SYSTEMS

buildings for cooling shall be R-1.4 m2·°C/W. Lists the R-values for common duct insulation
Insulation is not required when the ducts are materials.
within the conditioned space. Table UM6.1

Table UM6.1 R-Values for Common Duct Insulation Materials

Corresponding section: Duct and Plenum Insulation (6.4.4.1.2)
Installed R-value
Typical material meeting or exceeding the given R-value1
m²·°C/W
51 mm Mineral fiber duct liner
51 mm Mineral fiber Duct board
R-1.41 51 mm Mineral fiber board
76 mm ,12 kg/m³ Mineral fiber duct wrap insulation
76 mm Insulated flex duct
R-1.8 63.5 mm Mineral fiber board
1
Consult with manufacturers for other materials or combinations of insulation thickness or density
meeting the required R-value.

In
sulation for Piping (6.4.4.1.3). Except for piping
within manufacturers’ units, HVAC piping must
be insulated in accordance with Table 6.1 of the
Code.
UM-6.4.4.1 Ductwork and Plenum Leakage
(6.4.4.2)
Duct Sealing (6.4.4.2.1). Ducts and plenums are
divided into nine classes in Table 6.2 of the
Code and assigned three different levels of
sealing requirements. The nine classes are
determined by the location of the ductwork;
outdoor, in unconditioned space, or in
conditioned space, and by the fluid carried by
the ductwork; supply air, exhaust air, or return
air.
The lowest sealing level is of transverse joints
only. The middle sealing level is transverse joints
and longitudinal seams. The highest sealing level
is transverse joints, longitudinal seams and duct
wall penetrations. See Figure 6.2 for illustrations
of the terms transverse and longitudinal.
Spiral lock seams need not be sealed.
Any combination of adhesives, gaskets and tapes,
including pressure-sensitive tapes, may be used
to accomplish sealing.

SBC 602-CC-18 97
UM-SECTION 6—HVAC SYSTEMS

Longitudinal Seam

Transverse Joint

Figure 6.2 Ductwork Seams and Joints

Corresponding section: Duct Sealing (6.4.4.2.1)

UM-6.4.5 Completion Requirements residential buildings in Saudi Arabia with the

various building requirements. Additional
(6.4.5) information on an overall commissioning process
are as detailed below in section 6.5.2 can be found in ASHRAE Guideline 021.

UM-6.5 Submittals (6.5)

UM-6.5.2.1 Record Drawings (6.5.2.1).
UM-6.5.1 Reserved for numbering The Code requires that construction documents
(plans and specifications) call for record
consistency drawings to be provided to the building owner (or
UM-6.5.2 Completion Requirements owner’s representative) within 90 days of system
completion and acceptance.
(6.5.2)
At a minimum, the record drawings must show
the location and energy-related performance data
The completion requirements are mandatory and for each piece of HVAC equipment, the general
apply to all projects. layout of duct distribution systems including duct
Section 6.5.2 addresses the following completion sizes, and the air flow requirements of all
requirements: terminals and diffusers.

• Record drawings (6.5.2.1)
• Operating and maintenance (O&M)
manuals (6.5.2.2)
• System balancing (6.5.2.3)
• System commissioning (6.5.2.4)
Compliance forms are provided at the end of this
manual as an option to assist in understanding and
documenting the compliance of low-rise
Record drawings are usually the so-called “as-
built” drawings prepared by the contractor
showing the system design as it was installed.
Where as-built drawings are not provided, as is
common on small projects, the record drawings
may be the engineer’s design drawings updated
to show any changes to equipment location or
performance.

SBC 602-CC-18 98
UM-SECTION 6—HVAC SYSTEMS
UM-6.5.2.2 O&M Manuals (6.5.2.2). HVAC
system design documents must require that an
operating and maintenance (O&M) manual or
manuals be provided to the owner (or owner’s
representative) in Arabic language (or Arabic
and English) within 90 days of system
acceptance. The manuals must conform to
industry practice. For example, ASHRAE
Guideline 415, Preparation of Operating and
Maintenance Documentation for Building
Systems provides information and
recommendations for preparing O&M manuals.
At a minimum, the manuals must include the
following:
a. Submittal data. Equipment size and selected
options for each piece of equipment requiring
maintenance must be stated. Normally submittals
are provided early in the construction of a project
for approval by the designer and for coordination
among trades. The Code requires that this
information be made a part of the O&M manuals
so that all equipment information is in one
location and easily accessible by the operator.
(Submittals, like specifications, tend to disappear
shortly after completion of a project while O&M
manuals are more likely to be retained.)
b. HVAC manuals. O&M manuals must be
included for each piece of HVAC equipment
requiring maintenance that is provided as part of
the project. Required routine maintenance actions
must be clearly identified.
c. Service agency. The name and address of at
least one service agency capable of providing
system maintenance must be provided.
d. HVAC control information. HVAC controls
system maintenance and calibration information,
including wiring diagrams, schematics and
control sequence descriptions, must be included.
For simple systems, such as small individual
unitary equipment, a detailed system description
and a control schematic are not necessary to
operate the system properly and thus need not be
included in the O&M manuals.
SBC 602-CC-18
e. Operations narrative. This is a complete
narrative of how each system is intended to
operate. This statement of design intent should be
written early in the design so that as the design
develops, it can be compared to the design intent
as a way of ensuring that the design is on track.
Once the system is built, the design intent can be
used to help operators understand how to
properly operate the system.
UM-6.5.2.3 System Balancing (6.5.2.3).
Air systems must be balanced first in a manner to
minimize throttling losses, and a step –by-step
procedure is provided in Section 6.5.2.3.2 Air
System Balancing.
The Code does not specifically address what
balancing devices, such as dampers, must be
included or where they must be located, this is left
to the designer’s discretion.
UM-6.5.2.4 System Commissioning
(6.5.2.4). The system commissioning process
helps to ensure that building systems are
designed, installed and operating as intended.
There are many levels of commissioning, from the
simple start-up, to an elaborate and formal
process conducted by an independent
commissioning agent.
The appropriate level of commissioning varies
according to the critical nature or importance of
the project, for a residential system the standard
start-up procedures is probably adequate, and a
check list is included in the Code.
UM-6.5.3 Minimum Equipment
Efficiency (6.6.1)
The minimum efficiency requirements are
obtained from the most recent edition of SASO
266312 and SASO 287413. Equipment not
specified by SASO are not covered by minimum
efficiency requirements.
99
UM-SECTION 7—SERVICE WATER HEATING
UM-SECTION 7—SERVICE WATER HEATING
UM-7.1
UM-7.2 General Information (7.1)
UM-7.2.1 Scope (7.1.1)
This chapter covers the Code’s requirements for
service water heating equipment and systems.
Service water heating refers to heating water for
domestic purposes other than space heating or
process requirements. This includes, but is not
limited to, the production and distribution of hot
water for:
• Restrooms,
• Showers,
• Laundries,
• Kitchens,
• Pools and spas.
Water heating systems and equipment in New
Buildings (7.1.1.1). Additions to Existing
Buildings (7.1.1.2), and Alterations to Existing
Buildings (7.1.1.3) must comply with the Code’s
requirements. When water heaters are replaced in
existing buildings, the replacement equipment
must meet the Code’s minimum efficiency
requirement (7.3.1.1). However, minor
alterations to a water heating system, such as
extending the pipes to new fixtures or installing
valves, would not trigger an upgrade to the
service water heating system.
UM-7.3 Compliance Methods (7.2)
The majority of Section 7’s requirements are
Mandatory Provisions (7.3) that must always be
satisfied. There are also Submittal (7.4) and
Product Information (7.5) requirements.
UM-7.4 Mandatory Provisions (7.3)
Mandatory provisions are specified for both
Service Water Heating (7.3.1) and Swimming
Pools, Hot Tubs, and Spas (7.3.2).
All Mandatory Provisions must be complied
with, with the major elements of Service Water
Heating (7.3.1) being Equipment Minimum
SBC 602-CC-18
Efficiency (7.3.1.1), and Service Hot Water
Piping Systems (7.3.1.2) design and installation.
UM-7.4.1.1 Equipment Minimum
Efficiency (7.3.1.1). Equipment shown in the
most recent edition of SASO 288416 shall have a
minimum performance at the specified rating
conditions when tested in accordance with the
specified test procedure.
UM-7.4.1.2 Service Hot Water Piping
Systems (7.3.1.2). requires that hot water
piping shall be designed, sized and installed in
accordance with specific requirements detailed
in Sections 7.3.1.3 through 7.3.1.5.
UM-7.4.1.3 Design (7.3.1.3). requires that
the piping system shall be designed and installed
to minimize pipe lengths from the water heater to
discharge points in order to reduce heat loss from
the piping and heat gain to the dwelling.
UM-7.4.1.4 Heat Traps (7.3.1.4). requires
that vertical pipe risers serving storage water
heaters and storage tanks shall have heat traps
on both the inlet and outlet piping as close as
practical to the storage tank to prevent natural
convection within the piping, which would keep
the piping hot and increase heat loss when there
is no hot water draw.
A heat trap is a device or arrangement of piping
that keeps the buoyant hot water from circulating
through a piping distribution system through
natural convection. By restricting the flow from
the storage tank, standby heat loss is minimized.
Heat traps are required for storage heaters.
Storage heaters with integral heat traps on both
inlet and outlet piping satisfy this requirement.
External heat traps must be insulated and should
be placed as close as possible to the tank inlet and
outlet fittings.
Heat traps may be configured for inlet and outlet
connections on the top (Figure 7.1), bottom
(Figure 7.2) and sides (Figure 7.3) of heaters and
storage tanks. In all configurations heat traps can
be a 360° loop of piping (Figure 7.4 a
premanufactured device or some arrangement of
100
UM-SECTION 7—SERVICE WATER HEATING

piping and elbows that forms an inverted “U” on turns downward after leaving the tank (an
the tank fittings. Tanks that have horizontal inverted "L;" see Figure 7.3).
outlets need only a section of vertical pipe that

Heat traps (required)

Hot Water out Cold Water in

Outlet piping Intlet piping

must be must be
insulated Water
insulated
Heater
through
this elbow

Figure 7.1 Water Heater Heat Traps

Corresponding Sections: Heat Traps (7.3.1.4)

Water
Hot Water out Heater Cold Water in

Heat traps

Figure 7.2 Heat Traps on a Tank with Connections on Bottom

SBC 602-CC-18 101

UM-SECTION 7—SERVICE WATER HEATING

No heat traps required if

there are no vertical risers

Water
Heater
Hot Water out

Cold Water in

Figure 7.3 Heat Traps on a Tank with Connections on Sides

Loop of flexible
Cold Water connection pipe (insulated)
to hard pipe

Connection to tank

Figure 7.4 Heat Trap through Flexible Pipe Loop

UM-7.4.1.5 Insulation (7.3.1.5). Hot-water
distribution systems must be insulated to R-0.53
m2·°C/W, and Pipe insulation shall be installed to
within 5 cm of all appliances, fixtures, structural
members, or a wall where the pipe passes
through to connect to a fixture.
Exceptions:
1. Piping installed in an attic or crawlspace if the
pipe is within 15 cm of conditioned space and
covered by attic or crawlspace insulation.
2. Piping located in insulated walls where the pipe
is surrounded by not less than 25 mm of
insulation.
3. Piping exposed under sinks, lavatories, and
similar fixtures.
4. Where the insulation interferes with provisions
for mechanical expansion or the mechanical
operation of valves.
In addition, piping insulation installed in building
cavities shall not be compressed, and
where used pipe supports shall be installed on the
outside of the pipe insulation.
UM-7.4.1.6 Temperature Controls
(7.3.1.6). The Code requires automatic
controls when circulation pumps or heat trace
are used that are capable of shutting off the

SBC 602-CC-18 102

UM-SECTION 7—SERVICE WATER HEATING
pumps or heat trace when hot water is not
required. The primary three forms of controls
that meet this criterion: time switch control,
combination time and temperature control, and
demand control.
Time switch control. The simplest complying
control system is an automatic time switch. This
can be either a stand-alone system or a contact
controlled through a central energy management
system (EMS). Stand-alone time switches are
available with a wide variety of features. The
most important of these is the ability to have
multiple schedules such as a separate schedule
for each day of the week (seven-day time
switch) or the ability to program in holidays
(programmable time switch). Most EMS’s will
permit the system to operate on a variety of
schedules.
Time-controlled systems are most appropriate
for designs where the hot water usage is fairly
constant and predictable. Where hot water usage
is not predictable, time-controlled systems tend
to waste energy both in terms of the pump and
heat loss because they continue to circulate
water from the tank according to the
programmed schedule, regardless of the demand.
Combination time and temperature control.
Time and temperature systems improve on the
automatic time switch scheme by using a
temperature sensor to shut off the pump
whenever the return water temperature is hot.
The system is allowed to sit idle until the return
temperature drops to a predetermined limit.
Typical systems will use a 7°C deadband and
place the temperature sensor on the return line.
These systems reduce line losses 10% to 20% by
reducing the average temperature of the fluid in
the line. They will reduce pump energy by up to
90% depending on the frequency of hot-water
demand.
Demand control. Demand-controlled systems
use flow sensors to sense the draw of water from
the system. On smaller systems, the sensor will
typically be located on the inlet to the storage
tank. On more extensive systems, several flow
sensors wired in parallel will be located at each
branch off the main loop. On detection of flow,
the circulation pump is initiated. The pump can
be shut off either through an adjustable interval
timer or a temperature sensor located on the
SBC 602-CC-18
return line. Demand-controlled systems will
significantly reduce both the line losses and the
pump energy.
Where heat trace tape or other means are used to
maintain water temperatures in the hot water
pipes, time controls must be provided. The
piping must also be insulated according to the
requirements for circulating systems. Heat trace
is an alternative to circulating systems to
maintain temperature in a domestic hot water
distribution system.
UM-7.4.1.6.1 Maximum Temperature (7.3.1.6.1).
Temperature controls shall be provided that allow for
storage temperature adjustment from 49°C or lower to
a maximum temperature compatible with the intended
use
UM-7.4.1.6.2 Temperature Maintenance Controls
(7.3.1.6.2). Systems designed to maintain usage
temperatures in hot-water pipes, such as recirculating
hot-water systems, shall be equipped with automatic
time switches or other controls that can be set to switch
off the usage temperature maintenance system during
extended periods when hot water is not required.
UM-7.4.2 Swimming Pools, Hot Tubs,
and Spas (7.3.2)
UM-7.4.2.1 Swimming Pool, Hot Tub, and
Spa Heaters (7.3.2.1). Heaters shall be
equipped with a readily accessible ON/OFF
switch to allow shutting off the heater without
adjusting the thermostat setting.The thermostat
setpoint adjustment may not be used to satisfy this
requirement. The purpose of this requirement is
to encourage the occupants to disable the heater
when it is not needed. For that reason, the switch
must be readily accessible and easy to use.
UM-7.4.2.2 Swimming Pool, Hot Tub, and
Spa Covers (7.3.2.2). Pools lose heat
primarily through three mechanisms: radiation,
convection and evaporation. Of these three, the
largest component is generally the evaporation
loss, which accounts for 50% to 60% of the
overall heat loss in most cases. The Code
requires all heated swimming pools to have
103
UM-SECTION 7—
covers. This applies to pools located either
outdoors or indoors. Pool covers must be vapor
retardant to reduce evaporation losses.
Pools heated to over 32°C must have insulated
covers with a minimum insulation value of R-2.1
m2·°C/W.
Pools that receive over 60% of their energy
(computed over an annual operating season) from
either heat-recovery or site-solar energy do not
need covers. Heat recovered from a pool
dehumidification system can be used to meet this
requirement. Many pool dehumidification
systems have heat recovery for space or water
heating as a standard option.
Note that the 60% figure refers to the heat
required by the pool and is not an indication of
the efficiency of the heating source.
Example 7.2 Heat Recovery for Pools,
Dehumidification System
Corresponding section: Swimming Pool, Hot Tub,
and Spa Covers (7.3.2.2)
Q submittal of compliance documentation and
A swimming pool receives 80% of its heat (on a
yearly basis) through a dehumidification system.
Are pool covers required?
A (7.5)
No, since the pool is heated through heat
recovery. If the dehumidification system could
only provide 50% of the annual heating load for
the pool, either a cover or additional heat
recovery from another source would be required.
UM-7.4.2.3 Swimming Pool Chillers
(7.3.2.3). Chillers shall be equipped with a
readily accessible ON/OFF switch to allow
shutting off the chiller without adjusting the
thermostat setting.
SBC 602-CC-18
The thermostat setpoint adjustment may not be
used to satisfy this requirement. The purpose of
this requirement is to encourage the occupants to
disable the chiller when it is not needed. For that
reason, the switch must be readily accessible and
easy to use.
UM-7.4.2.4 Time switches (7.3.2.4). Time
switches shall be installed on swimming pool, hot
tub, and spa heaters, swimming pool chillers, and
pumps.
Exceptions are provided for pumps that use solar
or waste heat recovery to heat the pool.
Automatic programmable time switches will
meet the requirements and will help reduce
energy costs through automatic control.
UM-7.5 Submittals (7.4)
While the Code does not require specific
submittals related to water heating, the local
authority having jurisdiction may require
supplemental information, in accord with
Section 4.2.2 of the Code.
UM-7.6 Consumer Documentation
All appliance manufacturers’ installation and
maintenance instructions in Arabic language (or
Arabic and English) shall be either attached to the
appliance or provided to the homeowner. The
contact information of any person performing
checks, test or adjustments shall be provided to
the occupant.
104
UM-SECTION 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS
UM-SECTION 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION
SYSTEMS
UM-8.1 Purpose (8.1)
This section defines the roles of and minimum
requirements for mechanical ventilation systems
and the building envelope intended to provide
acceptable indoor air quality (IAQ) in low-rise
residential buildings. The term Indoor Air
Quality is used in the Code to refer to not only
the quality of the air, but also its filtration and
the ventilation noise level.
In summary, the purpose of the Indoor Air
Quality section of the Code is to prescribe
ventilation, building envelope and other
measures intended to provide residential indoor
air quality that is safe and pleasant.
UM-8.2 Scope (8.2)
This section of the Code defines its scope in a
number of different ways. First, the scope
describes where the Code is intended to be
applied, in terms of the types of buildings where
it should be used.
Second, the scope describes what the Code
addresses, that is, what kinds of issues in the
house that affect indoor air quality are covered.
This includes a list of reasons why acceptable
indoor air quality may not be achieved, even if all
the requirements of the Code are met. Third, the
scope lists equipment that is not addressed by the
Code.
The Code applies to all residential spaces
intended for human occupancy in single-family
houses or in multifamily buildings up to three
stories. The phrase “intended for human
occupancy” means that any space that people will
normally enter is covered.
• This includes:
• living rooms,
• bedrooms,
• kitchens,
• bathrooms,
• hallways,
• closets,
• store rooms,
SBC 602-CC-18
• laundries,
• garages.
Other spaces within the building, such as attics or
crawlspaces are not “covered” by the Code, in
that they are not used in calculating ventilation
rates, and they are not required to be ventilated to
comply with the Code. The envelope
requirements of the Code, however, still apply
even if they surround these “non-covered”
spaces.
The Code applies to spaces within single-family
buildings and multi-family buildings that are
three stories or less above grade.
The second aspect of the scope is the types of
issues that may occur or exist in a building that
the Code addresses. The Code considers
chemical, physical and biological air
contaminants. It is intended to provide measures
to address any type of indoor air contaminant,
which might be found in typical housing.
The Code provides requirements for whole-
building ventilation and local exhaust ventilation,
specifying minimum rates.
To make the performance of the ventilation
systems more robust other requirements are
included for the following:
• control strategies,
• sound levels,
• duct design,
• maximum flow rates for unbalanced
systems,
• isolation of garages, and
• duct tightness.
These requirements are defined as the minimum
requirements needed to accommodate ordinary
residential air contaminant sources. Meeting the
requirements of the Code does not guarantee that
air quality problems will not occur in a home. The
Code lists a number of possible causes:
a) The requirements of the Code were developed
to provide minimum requirements for typical
housing and occupants. However, there will be a
105
UM-SECTION 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS
range of conditions in houses which may result in
higher contaminant loads than typical, with the
result that a ventilation system which complies
with the Code may not be adequate to provide
good IAQ at all times. There is also a wide range
of susceptibility to various contaminants among
occupants. A person who is particularly sensitive
to a contaminant may perceive the air to be
unacceptable despite the proper installation and
operation of systems which comply with the
Code.
b) Research has shown that occupants who are
uncomfortable or under stress are extra
susceptible to indoor air quality issues, or their
discomfort may manifest itself in symptoms
which are commonly associated with poor indoor
air quality.
c) When the outdoor air experiences high
contamination levels, the ventilation system can
introduce contaminated air that may result in
poorer indoor air quality. A common example is
when a house is located near a pollution source,
such as a busy highway.
d) A building that meets the Code may have the
ventilation equipment turned off, broken, or
performing poorly due to lack of maintenance.
The Code only requires that information on
proper operation and maintenance of the system
be provided to the owner or occupant. The
occupant’s use of that information is outside the
scope of the Code.
e) On occasion, there may be releases of
contaminants which are either very odorous,
especially toxic, or just released in large amounts.
Such cases may overwhelm ventilation systems
designed in accordance with the Code. For
example, certain hobby activities, heavy spraying
of pesticides, food burned while cooking, indoor
barbequing, operation of internal combustion
equipment such as backup generators, etc. would
all be considered “high-polluting events.”
Activities such as these may release air
contaminants in such large amounts that systems
designed to meet minimum ventilation standards
will not be able to control them.
SBC 602-CC-18
UM-8.3 Whole-Building Ventilation
(8.3)
Background
As houses become tighter and more man-made
materials are used, there is increased need to
control ventilation to account for changes in the
chemicals in homes.
Thousands of chemicals have been introduced
into houses through building materials, finishes,
packaging, furniture, carpets, clothing and other
products. This is in addition to the allegens,
bioaerosols, and occupant generated VOCs that
have always been present in the indoor air.
This increase in household pollutants and
decrease in unintended infiltration and
exfiltration has led to houses that need
mechanical ventilation.
UM-8.3.1 Ventilation Rate (8.3.1)
Whole building ventilation is required by the
Code in all cases.
In most cases, ventilation must be provided
mechanically by a system of fans (see Section
8.3.2). Whole-building ventilation is intended to
dilute and remove the general air contaminants
that are generated by the house, furnishings, wall
and floor coverings, and normal occupant
activities. The required ventilation rate is based
on the size of the house and the number of
expected occupants.
The required ventilation in liters/sec is:
𝐿/𝑠 = 𝐹𝑙𝑜𝑜𝑟 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 ∗ 0.05 +
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑂𝑐𝑐𝑢𝑝𝑎𝑛𝑡𝑠 𝑥 3.5
Equation 8.1a
where the floor area is in square meters.
The required ventilation rates are 0.05 L/s per m²
plus 3.5 L/s per occupant.
Equations 8.1a presented in tabular form in
Tables UM8.1a below.
106
UM-SECTION 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS

Table UM8.1a - Ventilation Air Requirements - l/s (SI)

Floor Area People
2
(m ) 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
<140 18 21 25 28 32 35 39 42 46 49 53
140.1–280 25 28 32 35 39 42 46 49 53 56 60
280.1–420 32 35 39 42 46 49 53 56 60 63 67
420.1–560 39 42 46 49 53 56 60 63 67 70 74
560.1–700 46 49 53 56 60 63 67 70 74 77 81
>700 53 56 60 63 67 70 74 77 81 84 88

Using Table 8.1a to determine the fan size yields

Example 8.1 Determination of Floor Area for
Use in Determining Ventilation Rate
Corresponding section: Ventilation Rate (8.3.1)
Q unit rated at 42 L/s or 45 L/s. If the next available
A house construction project is planned. How
must the floor area be measured to determine
the value to be used in finding the required
ventilation rate?
A Example 8.8.
The Code does not specify how the floor area
is measured, although it needs to include all
occupiable space, meaning all the spaces
which people are expected to regularly enter.
You can certainly use the gross floor area
found by measuring the outside of the house.
You can also measure the inside of all the
rooms, including hallways and closets, which
will give a lower floor area and therefore a
lower ventilation rate requirement.
When selecting a fan to meet this requirement,
the fan and its installation must comply with the
requirements of Section 8, as discussed later.
Also, the required airflow capacity must be
rounded up. See Example 8.2.
Example 8.2 Selecting a Fan Capacity
Corresponding section: Ventilation Rate (8.3.1)
Q
A house has a floor area of 372 m² and 6
occupants. The calculations come out to 40 L/s.
42 L/s. Can a 38 L/s fan be used?
A
No, a 38 L/s fan does not meet the Code. The
next larger fan size must be selected, such as a
fan size provides more than the required airflow,
using a multispeed fan may improve the match
between provided and required flow. A further
option may be to use a larger fan with a timer to
cycle the fan, matching the required flow through
the use of the calculations in Section 4.5. See
UM-8.3.1.1 Different Occupant Density
(8.3.1.1). The adjustment in the ventilation rate
is 3.5 L/s per occupant.
Example 8.3 Change of Occupancy
Corresponding section: Ventilation Rate (8.3.1)
Q
If the occupancy of the house of Example 8.2
increases to 8, what is the revised ventilation
requirement?
A
Adding 2 occupants adds 7 L/s to the
requirement. The calculations thus come out to
47 L/s. Using Table UM8.1a to determine the fan
size yields 49 L/s.
UM-8.3.2 System Type (8.3.2)
Section 8.3.2 requires that the home include a
whole-building ventilation system designed to
meet the ventilation rates found in Section 8.3.1.
The system includes:

SBC 602-CC-18 107

UM-SECTION 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS
• the fan or fans,
• the ducts and fittings,
• the terminal device, and
• the controls for the system.
This ventilation system is intended to provide
adequate mechanical ventilation whenever the
home is occupiable, not just when occupied. This
means the system must be capable of providing
the desired ventilation 24 hours a day, 365 days a
year.
This can be met with continuous or intermittent
ventilation. If by intermittent, then increased fan
airflow must compensate for the reduced run
time. Section 8.3.3 below will address how to
calculate the increase in flow rate that would be
required to decrease the operating time.
The ventilation system can use:
• supply ventilation only,
• exhaust ventilation only, or
• a combination of supply and exhaust.
A combination system may or may not include
heat and/or energy recovery.
The Code sets limits on this in Section 8.3.4
below. In addition to the whole-building
ventilation system, Section 8.4 of the Code
requires local exhaust systems.
Possible options for a 372 square meter, 6
occupants house needing 40 L/s of outdoor air
would include
• a 40 L/s quiet bath exhaust fan
• two 20 L/s bath fans
• a single inline fan set to 40 L/s
• an inline fan with two 20 L/s pickups
• an inline fan or blending ventilator used
to bring in 40 L/s (supply)
• an HRV or ERV with a continuous
setting of 40 L/s
• a duct connection to the outside from the
return air plenum sized to provide 40 L/s
while the air handler operates
continuously
• a duct connection sized to bring in 80 L/s
with the air handler operating at least half
the time.
SBC 602-CC-18
Supply ventilation can be provided through
dedicated supply fans or through the central
HVAC system air handler. Dedicated supply fans
can be mounted on the exterior of the house or
dwelling unit or can be mounted inline in the
garage, attic, basement, or mechanical room to
pull in outdoor air and supply it to the dwelling
unit either directly or through the HVAC ducting.
Some supply fans include a filter and/or a return
from the house to provide some air cleaning or
tempering. There are a variety of products that
can clean the air or dehumidify it before it is
introduced into the house.
The HVAC air handler can be used as a supply
ventilation system with the addition of a direct
duct connection to the return air duct from the
outside. See Figure 8.1 for an example of this type
of system. This strategy uses the negative
pressure in the return plenum to pull in outdoor
air and then push it through the air handler.
Design considerations include:
• If the “fan-on” setting of a conventional
thermostat is used, excessive fan energy
may be used.
Use of a timer control could lessen this problem,
if the system meets the ventilation airflow as
calculated under section 8.3.4, below. For
example, if the timer operates the fan for 20
minutes per hour, then the delivered ventilation
rate when the fan is operating must be three times
greater than the calculated continuous ventilation
rate from Section 8.3.1.
• Proper design and implementation of this
system is important. Proper outside
airflow should be verified, and timer
controls should be used and set to operate
the system the designed minimum
amount of time.
For either type of supply system, the location of
the inlet must comply with Section 6.8 which
prohibits their placement within specified
distances from specific contaminant sources. In
addition to the sources listed in Section 6.8,
placement of the outdoor air inlet should also
avoid sources of contaminants or odors, such as
the garage, barbeque areas, and chimneys,
although this is not a requirement of the Code.
108
UM-SECTION 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS

Care must also be taken to avoid uncomfortable Supply ventilation systems depend on normal
conditions that might be created by introducing leaks in the building envelope and exhaust fans as
too much outdoor air into one location. “escape routes” for the indoor air.

Outside air

Exhaust
air
Return Supply
air air Kitchen Bath

Dryer
exhaust

Figure 8.1 Example Supply Only Ventilation System

Exhaust ventilation can be provided by quiet
ceiling-mounted bath fans or remote mounted
inline or exterior-mounted fans.
When selecting an exhaust fan, the sone rating for
a local exhaust fan must be 3 sones or less, unless
the local exhaust fan is located remotely (no sone
requirement), or is also used for providing
continuous or whole-building ventilation (must
be 1.0 sone or less). Many high quality bath fans
are available in the 14 to 71 L/s range that are
rated at 1.0 sone or less (See Section 8.1 below).
Most dwelling units will only need 24 to 42 L/s
of ventilation, so it is possible to use a fan rated
at 0.5 sone or less. This can be a dedicated whole-
building ventilation fan or it can be one of the
bath fans in the house that is used for both whole-
building ventilation and local exhaust. See Figure
8.2 for an example system. The Code explicitly
allows the use of a local exhaust fan as part of the
ventilation system.

Bath
Kitchen
Fan
Range
Hood

Figure 8.2 Example of Dedicated Exhaust Fans

SBC 602-CC-18 109

UM-SECTION 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS
Inline fans, either single pickup or multipoint
pickup, can be a very effective method of
providing quiet exhaust ventilation from one or
several bathrooms.
Inline fans can be mounted remotely in the
garage, attic, basement, or mechanical room.
8.3 Example of Exhaust Ventilation System using a Central Exhaust Fan with Multiple Pickups
An exhaust only ventilation system would result
in a negative indoor pressure, and insure that any
leaks in the exterior of the home would introduce
unfiltered outdoor air and dust.
Design considerations include:
• Because the source of incoming outdoor
air is not known, particular attention
must be given to avoiding drawing air
from or through areas with contaminated
air such as garages, crawlspaces, attics,
and slabs or walls with soil contact. In
multi-family dwellings, special attention
must be given to air sealing between
adjacent units.
• Exhaust ventilation contributes to
depressurization of the building with
respect to outdoors.
• Using an isolated bathroom exhaust fan,
such as a fan located in a master
bathroom, to provide whole-building
ventilation may not achieve distribution
of ventilation air.
Combination ventilation systems can be used as
well to meet the ventilation requirement. Often,
SBC 602-CC-18
Exterior mounted fans can be mounted on the
exterior wall or on the roof. See Figure 8.3 for an
example of this type of system. There is no sound
rating required for remote fans as long as there is
at least four feet of duct between the pickup grille
and the fan.
Figure
combination systems are integrated devices that
have two airstreams to provide both exhaust and
supply ventilation. The two airstreams are
normally fairly equal, so making the system
“balanced” to avoid either pressurization or
depressurization, but the Code does not require
this. Some integrated balanced systems can
provide heat or energy recovery from one air
stream into the other by using a Heat Recovery
core or wheel to move heat or an Energy
Recovery core or wheel to recover both sensible
heat and the latent heat of evaporation or
condensation. Heat and Energy Recovery
Ventilators (HRVs and ERVs) are used in hot
climates to cool the incoming air with the cooled
air from the house. Energy Recovery Ventilators
(ERVs)
also transfer moisture between the air streams,
from higher water vapor concentration to lower.
See Figure 8.4 for an example system
configuration of HRV operation, while Figure 8.5
presents the ERV operation. The HRV or ERV
can be connected to the central air handler for
whole-building ventilation, along with
continuously operating exhaust pickups in the
bathrooms, and a range hood in the kitchen.
110
UM-SECTION 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS

Cool Heat Cold Warm Heat Hot

Blowers Exchanger Blowers Outdoor
Exhaust Outdoor Exhaust Exchanger
Air to Air Air to Air
Outdoors Outdoors

Heated Warm Cooled Cool

Air to Indoor Air to Indoor
House Air House Air

Heating Season Cooling Season

Figure 8.4 Example HRV

Cool Cold Warm Moisture Hot Warm Hot

Exhaust Outdoor Exhaust Returned Outdoor Exhaust Outdoor
Air to Air Air to Outdoors Air Air to Air
Outdoors Outdoors Outdoors

Energy Energy Energy

Exchanger Exchanger Exchanger

Heated Warm Cooled Cool Cooled Cool

Air to Indoor Air to Indoor Air to Indoor
House Moisture Air House Air House Air
Moisture
Returned to House Returned to House
Heating Season Cooling Season, Humid Climate Cooling Season, Dry Climate
Figure 8.5 Example ERV

Design considerations include: the home’s HVAC system ductwork do

• Designs that remove air from the HVAC
duct system and supply outdoor air to
that same duct system require that the
HVAC system fan operate whenever the
balanced system operates to avoid short-
circuiting. This can significantly increase
the energy impact of this ventilation
strategy.
• Designs that de-couple one or both sides
of the balanced system’s ducting from
not need to rely on the HVAC fan.
Combination systems can also consist of a
mixture of supply fans and exhaust fans. It may
be as simple as a quiet continuous bathroom
exhaust fan matched to an outdoor air connection
that introduces air into the return air plenum of a
continuously operating air handler. Dedicated
systems can also be used that include filtration or
tempering of the incoming air. In any case, the

SBC 602-CC-18 111

UM-SECTION 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS
two airstreams are often the same nominal air
flow to maintain a balanced flow of supply and
exhaust air.
UM-8.3.3 Control and Operation (8.3.3)
Section 8.3.3 has two main requirements, one of
which has an exception. First, the Code requires
that the ventilation system have an override
control which is readily accessible to the
occupants. The “fan-on” switch on a typical
thermostat controlling the HVAC system and the
wall switch for an exhaust fan are both explicitly
allowed as acceptable controls. This control must
be “readily accessible” defined as: capable of
being quickly and easily reached for operation,
maintenance, and inspection. This means it must
be capable of being accessed without having to
remove panels or doors.
It can be as simple as a labeled wall switch by the
electrical panel. It may be integrated in a labeled
wall-mounted control or in the air moving device
that requires the removal of the cover plate, but it
cannot be buried in the insulation in the attic or
the inside of the fan. The occupant must be able
to modify the settings or override the system if
they so choose. While the Code requires the
whole-building ventilation system, the occupant
has the option of choosing not to operate the
system.
The second requirement in the section has to do
with the controls of the ventilation system.
Section 8.3.4 is written for ventilation systems
that will operate continuously, but it also includes
an exception which allows the use of
intermittently operating fans. If intermittent fans
are used, they must be controlled by a timer, and
they must have an increased airflow rate to
compensate for the off time. The system must
operate for at least 2.4 hours per day (10% of the
time), and must operate at least once per day. The
airflow rate of the intermittent system is
determined in Section 8.3.4. If it is intended to
operate intermittently, all components of the
system must be designed for the increased airflow
rate.
Time-of-day timers or duty cycle timers can be
used to provide intermittent whole-building
ventilation. Manual crank timers cannot be used,
SBC 602-CC-18
since the system must have the capacity to
operate automatically without intervention by the
occupant. Some controls “look back” over a set
time interval to see if the air handler has already
operated for heating or cooling before it turns on
the air handler for ventilation only operation.
Example 8.4 Control Options
Corresponding section: Control and Operation
(8.3.3)
Q
It is planed to use a bathroom exhaust fan to
provide the ventilation for a house. The fan is
designed to be operated by a typical wall switch.
Does it need a label on the wall plate to comply
with the requirement that controls be
“appropriately labeled”?
A
Yes. If the exhaust fan were serving only the local
exhaust requirement for the bathroom, then a
label would not be required. Since the fan is
providing whole-building ventilation, a label is
needed to inform the occupant of that.
UM-8.3.4 Delivered Ventilation (8.3.4)
The ventilation rate determined in Section 8.3.1
is the rate required from a continuously operating
system. Section 8.3.4 clarifies the ventilation rate
provided by a combination ventilation system,
and also specifies the airflow required from an
intermittently operating ventilation system.
The first part of Section 8.3.4 simply states that
when a combination ventilation system is used,
meaning that both supply and exhaust fans are
installed, the ventilation rate is the larger of the
total supply airflow or the total exhaust airflow.
The airflow rates of the supply and exhaust fans
cannot be added together to get credit for a higher
ventilation rate.
Example 8.5 Thermostatic Control
Corresponding section: Delivered Ventilation
(8.3.4)
Q
It is planed to provide ventilation air by a duct from
the outdoors to the return side of the central air
handler. Ventilation will be provided whenever the
air handler operates. According to estimates, the
system will run on calls for cooling about 40% of
the time, averaged over the year. If a safety factor
is provided by assuming that it only runs 25% of
112
UM-SECTION 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS
the time, and size the airflow accordingly, can the
system run only under thermostatic control?
A 8.1a)
No. A system under thermostatic control will go
through periods with little or no operation when
the outdoor temperature is near the indoor
setpoint. An intermittently operating ventilation
system MUST be controlled by a timer in order to
assure that adequate ventilation is provided
regardless of outdoor conditions.
As mentioned in the text, there are timer based
controls available which keep track of when the
system operates thermostatically, and only turn
on the fan when it has not already operated
enough to provide the desired ventilation.
Certain system designs that rely on the cooling
system to provide ventilation have a significant
energy penalty. This would occur if the design of
the system is such that the system fan must run
continuously or if the system does not have a
damper that prevents over-ventilation during
extreme weather conditions.
Controllers exist that can monitor and cycle the
system fan and, if properly used, can significantly
reduce or eliminate these forms of energy
penalty.
The second part of Section 8.3.4 states that the
airflow values from Section 8.3.1 shall be
provided during each hour of operation, implying
that a continuously operating ventilation system
is installed. There is an exception to this,
however. If the ventilation system runs
intermittently based on a timer (see Section 8.3.3
on Control and Operation), then an equation
provides a means of calculating a larger airflow
that would be provided during the “on-cycle.”
Exception to 8.3.4.
Ventilation fans can be run intermittently rather
than continuously. To qualify for this exception
the fan powered airflow must be larger than that
required by Equation 8.1a of the Code. Greater
airflow is needed to account for the time the fan
is turned off and the fact that contaminant
concentrations will be higher during the time the
fan is turned off. The exception provides an
equation to calculate the size of the fan flow
required:
𝑄𝑓 = 𝑄𝑟 / (𝜀 𝑓) (8.2)
where
SBC 602-CC-18
Qf = fan flow rate during the on-cycle, L/s
Qr = ventilation air requirement (from Equation
ε = ventilation effectiveness (from Table 8.1 of
the Code)
f = fractional on time, defined as the on-time for
one cycle divided by the cycle time
The equation (8.2) is designed to provide fan
flows that will result in contaminant exposures
that are equivalent to those provided by a
continuously operating ventilation system that
meets the flows given in Table 8.1 of the Code. It
results in significantly larger fan flow
requirements when the cycle time is more than 8
hours, especially when the fractional on-time is
low.
In addition, the Code requires that the fractional
on-time must be at least 0.1, and the Cycle Time
cannot be more than 24 hours. In other words, the
ventilation system must run at least once per day.
Example 8.6 Delivered Ventilation
Corresponding section: Delivered Ventilation
(8.3.4)
Q
In a 372 m² house with 3 bathrooms and 6
occupants, the exhaust fans running continuously
in the two bathrooms provide a total exhaust flow
rate of 30 L/s in accordance with Table 8.3. 40
L/s is required by Section 8.3.1. What are the
options for providing the required 40 L/s?
A
The required 40 L/s could be provided by adding
a ventilation system that blows 40 L/s of outdoor
air into the building, which would then also meet
the requirements of Section 8.4.3 for a net
positive house pressure.
Example 8.7 Flowrate for Intermittent Fan
Corresponding section: Delivered Ventilation
(8.3.4)
Q1
For the example 372 m² house with 6 occupants,
the required ventilation rate is 40 L/s. If the
ventilation fan runs 80% of the time, with a cycle
time of 1 hour, what must the airflow rate be?
A1
Since f is 0.8 (80%) and the cycle time is less
than 4 hours, then the ventilation effectiveness, ε,
113
UM-SECTION 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS
from Table 8.1 is 1. Qf equals 40/(0.8 x 1) = 50
L/s. This is a fairly small increase in fan size.
Q2
For the same house, if the fan runs half the day
(12 hours per day), what is the required airflow?
A2
The fractional on-time is 0.5 (50%) and the cycle
time is 24 hours, so ε is 0.52 from Table 8.1. The
fan size, Qf = 40/(0.52 x 0.5) = 154 L/s. This is a
much larger increase in fan size.
Example 8.7 Flowrate for Intermittent Fan
(cont)
Corresponding section: Delivered Ventilation
(8.3.4)
Q3
For the example 372 m² house with 6 occupants,
with an electronic timer system set to have the
system run 2 hours in the morning and 8 hours in
the evening (6 a.m. – 8 a.m. and 4 p.m. to
midnight). In addition, the timer is set operate the
fan for 1 minute every hour. What flow rate is
required?
A3
The 1 minute every hour does not count. The
system must have a fractional on-time of at least
0.1, which is at least 6 minutes per hour, if it ran
every hour. However, in this case, the cycle time
is 24 hours, and the minimum allowed fractional
on-time from Table 8.1 is 0.4. This 0.4 is applied
to the total day, so the required on time is 0.4 x
60 minutes per hour x 24 hours per day = 576
minutes. When this time is distributed over the
desired 10 hours of operation, the result is 57
minutes and 36 seconds of operation each of
those hours. For a cycle time of 24 hours, with a
fractional on-time of 0.4, the effectiveness is 0.20.
The required flow rate, Qf, is 40/(0.4 x 0.2) = 500
L/s . This is a very large flow rate, and indicates
that the proposed operating strategy can be
substantially improved.
Example 8.8 Run Time for Intermittent Fan
Corresponding section: Delivered Ventilation
(8.3.4)
Q Bath
In Example 8.2, the required ventilation rate for a
residence was calculated to be 40 L/s. A 38 L/s
SBC 602-CC-18
fan does not meet the Code, and the next
available fan size is 45 L/s. If a timer system is
installed to cycle the fan, how much time each
hour must it operate to meet the Code?
A
Since it is assumed that the fan will cycle once
per hour, the ventilation effectiveness, ε, is 1. The
fractional on time is Qr/(ε. Qf) which is 40/(1 x 45)
= 0.89 hours. Multiplying by 60 gives an on time
of 53.4 minutes per hour, or 53 minutes and 24
seconds.
UM-8.4 Local Ventilation (8.4)
UM-8.4.1 Local Mechanical Exhaust
(8.4.1)
Background
Local exhaust (sometimes called spot ventilation)
has long been used for bathrooms and kitchens to
deal with odors at the source.
The Code requires that each kitchen and
bathroom have a local exhaust system installed.
Usually this will mean an exhaust fan, although
systems which exhaust from multiple rooms are
allowed. The Code defines kitchens as any room
containing cooking appliances, and bathrooms
are rooms containing a bathtub, shower, spa, or
other similar source of moisture. Note that a room
containing only a toilet and sink is not required
by the Code to have mechanical exhaust.
The Code allows the designer the choice of
intermittent operation or continuous operation of
the local exhaust ventilation system. Intermittent
systems must meet requirements in Section 8.4.2
of the Code, and continuous systems must meet
the requirements in Section 8.4.3. As will be seen
in Sections 8.4.2.2 and 8.4.3.2 below, the
ventilation rates are different because the
ventilation effectiveness is different for an
intermittent fan than a continuous fan. Just like
whole-building ventilation in Section 8.3, a larger
fan is required for intermittent use rather than a
smaller fan that is operated continuously.
Example 8.9 Local Exhaust Required for Half
Corresponding section: Local Mechanical
Exhaust (8.4.1)
114
UM-SECTION 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS
Q1
A house has 2½ baths. The half bath consists of
a room with a toilet and sink. Is local exhaust
required for the half bath?
A1
No. Local exhaust is required only for bathrooms,
which are defined by the Code as rooms with a
bathtub, shower, spa or some other similar
source of moisture. This does not include a
simple sink for occasional hand washing.
Q2
The master bath suite in a house has a bathroom
with a shower, spa and sinks. The toilet is in a
separate, adjacent room with a full door. Where
do the local exhaust fans need to be installed?
A2
The Code only requires local exhaust in the
bathroom, not the separate toilet room.
UM-8.4.2 Intermittent Local Exhaust
(8.4.2)
The Code requires that intermittent exhaust fans
be designed to be operated by the occupant. This
usually means that a wall switch or some other
type of control is accessible and obvious. There is
no requirement stating where the control or
switch must to be located. Obviously, bath fan
controls are generally located next to the light
switch and range hood or downdraft fan controls
are generally integrated into the hood or mounted
on the wall or counter.
Bathrooms can use a variety of exhaust strategies.
They can have typical ceiling bath fans or just one
or two pickups for remote inline or exterior-
mounted fans or HRV/ERV products. They can
be integrated with the whole-building ventilation
system to provide both functions. Kitchens can
have range hoods, downdraft exhausts, ceiling
exhaust fans, wall fans, or pickups for remote
inline or exterior-mounted fans.
Generally, HRV/ERV manufacturers will not
allow kitchen pickups to avoid the issue of grease
buildup in the heat exchange core.
SBC 602-CC-18
Example 8.10 Ducting Kitchen Exhaust Outdoors
Corresponding section: Air Flow Rating (8.6.3)
Q
What kind of duct is needed to vent a kitchen
exhaust outdoors?
A
Kitchen range hood or downdraft duct is generally
smooth metal duct that is sized to match the
outlet of the ventilation device. It is often 150 or
175 mm round duct or the range hood may have
a rectangular discharge. If it is rectangular, the
fan will typically have a rectangular-to round
adapter included. Always use a terminal device
on the roof or wall that is sized to be at least as
large as the duct. See Section 8.6.3 below for
duct sizing requirements.
UM-8.4.2.1 Control and Operation
(8.4.2.1). The choice of control is left to the
designer.
It can be an automatic control like an occupancy
sensor or a manual switch. Some products have
multiple speeds and some switches have a
delayed shutoff function that continues the
exhaust fan flow for a set time after the occupant
leaves the bathroom.
In some cases, humidistats are used to
automatically run exhaust fans based on local
humidity levels.
New control strategies continue to come to the
market.
The only restriction on controls is that they must
not impede occupant control.
UM-8.4.2.2 Ventilation Rate (8.4.2.2).
Section 8.4.2.2 simply requires the ventilation
rate of intermittently operating local exhaust to
meet the airflow rate shown in Table 8.2 of the
Code, which is reproduced below.
The kitchen exhaust requirement can be met with
either a ceiling or wall mounted exhaust fan or
with a vented range hood.
Recirculating range hoods do not provide any
ventilation and cannot be used to meet the
requirements of the Code. If the kitchen exhaust
115
UM-SECTION 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS

flowrate is less than 5 air changes per hour, then For example, if the whole-building exhaust is
a separate vented range hood (or integrated provided by a continuously operating exhaust fan
microwave/range hood unit) is required. located in the bathroom, this fan also satisfies the
The 50 L/s requirement for the range hood or local exhaust requirement for the bathroom. The
microwave/hood combination is the minimum to continuous local exhaust may also be part of the
adequately provide capture of the moisture and continuous whole-building ventilation system,
other products of cooking. Most range hoods such as a pickup for a remote fan or HRV/ERV
provide more than one speed, with the high speed system.
at 75 L/s or more – sometimes much more. Range In total there needs to be more ventilation brought
hoods with high flow rates are often specified in than is exhausted so that the overall ventilation
when large commercial-style stoves are installed. system maintains a minimum positive building
These systems can create significant pressure pressure of 0 Pa, and a maximum of 12.5 Pa with
imbalances in the residence and generate any intermittent local mechanical exhaust devices
unfiltered infiltration. off.
This requirement is intended to minimize the
TABLE 8.2 Intermittent Local Ventilation infiltration of dust.
Exhaust Airflow Rates SI
Applic Airf UM-8.4.3.1 Control and Operation
Notes
ation low (8.4.3.1). All continuous fans, both local
Vented range hood exhaust and whole-building systems, must be
(including appliance-range designed to operate whenever the residence is
Kitch 50 hood combinations) occupied. However, the occupant must have a
en L/s required if exhaust fan flow readily accessible way of overriding or turning
rate is less than 5 kitchen off the system. Controls commonly used to
ach. operate intermittent fans such as occupant
Bathr 25 sensors, humidity sensors, or shutoff timers
oom L/s cannot be used to operate continuous exhaust
fans.

UM-8.4.3 Continuous Mechanical
Ventilation (8.4.3)
The Code requires the designer to install a
ventilation system that operates continuously and
automatically. This is generally done when the
local exhaust ventilation system is combined with
a continuous whole-building ventilation system
as required by Section 8.4.1 above.
The Code requires that local exhaust systems be
installed, but the occupant has the option of
choosing not to operate the system.
UM-8.4.3.2 Ventilation Rate (8.4.3.2).
Section 8.4.3.2 simply requires the ventilation
rate of continuously operating local exhausts to
meet the airflow rate shown in Table 8.3 of the
Code, which is reproduced below.

TABLE 8.3 Continuous Local Ventilation Exhaust Airflow Rates

Application Airflow Notes
Kitchen 5 ach Based on kitchen volume
Bathroom 10 L/s

The requirement that a continuous kitchen exhaust have a capacity to provide 5 air changes per hour is due
to the difficulty of a non-hood exhaust to adequately capture and remove contaminants released during
cooking from kitchens which may be quite large, have an open-plan design, or have high ceilings.

SBC 602-CC-18 116

UM-SECTION 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS

The Code does not dictate how the volume of the kitchen is calculated. It is up to the designer to decide
what the kitchen volume is and to decide if a continuous approach is appropriate.

Example 8.11 Is an Intermittent Range Hood A

Required?
Corresponding section: Ventilation Rate (8.4.3.2)
Q
In a house with a kitchen that is 7 m x 5 m with a
3 m ceiling. What size exhaust fan is required?
A as shown in Table 8.4 of the Code, which is
The kitchen volume is 7 m x 5 m x 3 m = 105 cubic
meters. 5 air changes is a flowrate of 105 m3
*1000 l/ m3 * 5/hr / 3600 sec/hr = 146 l/S. So this
kitchen must have a ceiling or wall exhaust fan of
146 L/s or a 50 L/s vented range hood
Example 8.12 Continuous Kitchen Exhaust
Corresponding section: Ventilation Rate (8.4.3.2)
Q The table only gives a limited number of airflow
The kitchen in a new house opens into the family
room. There is no wall between the rooms. How
is the kitchen volume measured?
It is up to the designer (and code official) to
determine where the kitchen ends and the living
room begins. However, basing the design on a
larger volume would be a conservative choice.
The second part of the prescriptive approach to
system design is the use of minimum duct sizes
reproduced below. Using 62.5 Pa of static
pressure for the fan and calculated pressure
drops, a table of minimum duct sizes and
maximum duct lengths at various design airflows
as a guide for the designer and the inspector
have been developed. As can be seen, the higher
the flow, the larger in diameter, or shorter in
length the duct has to be. Also note that smooth
duct can be used to manage longer duct runs.
ratings, but the designer and/or installer may
interpolate between columns for different airflow
values.

Table 8.4 Prescriptive Duct Sizing

Duct Type Flex Duct Smooth Duct
Fan Rating
25 40 50 65 25 40 50 65
L/s @ 62.5 Pa
Diameter, mm Maximum Length, m
75 X X X X 2 X X X
100 21 1 X X 32 11 2 X
125 NL 21 11 7 NL 42 26 17
150 NL NL 42 29 NL NL NL 45
175 and above NL NL NL NL NL NL NL NL

Example 8.13 Prescriptive Duct Sizing
Corresponding section: Ventilation Rate (8.4.3.2)
Q1
From Table 8.3, it is found that 37 L/s of
continuous ventilation is required to provide 5 ach
to a kitchen. It is planned to connect the fan to a
roof vent termination using flex duct. The duct will
be about 2.4 m long, with no real elbows,
However some slight bends in the duct. What size
duct is required?
A1
From Table 8.4, using the 40 L/s, flex duct
column, it is found that the maximum length with
100 mm duct is 1 m, so 100 mm duct cannot be
used. With 125 mm duct the maximum length is
21 m, so that will clearly be adequate. Even if the
bend in the duct is treated as an elbow, the
allowable length only drops to 17 m, more than
adequate for the 2.4 m required.
Q2
For the situation in Question 1, again providing 37
L/s, what size duct is required if smooth metal
duct were used? In this case the total length

SBC 602-CC-18 117

UM-SECTION 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS
would increase to about 3 m, and there would be
2 elbows.
A2
Using the 40 L/s, smooth duct column of Table
8.4, we find that the maximum length of 100 mm
duct is 11 m. Subtracting 4.5 m for each of the 2
elbows leaves us with 2 m, which is not long
enough. But 40 L/s is a higher airflow than we
Example 8.13 Prescriptive Duct Sizing (cont)
Q3
A 50 L/s range hood is planned. There are two
possible duct routings. One is 4.6 m long and will
require 3 elbows. The other is 10.7 m long but
only requires one elbow. What size flex duct will
be required?
A3
First, compare the two routings and add in the
correction for the elbows. Elbow corrections can
be either added to the desired length or
subtracted from the allowable length.
UM-8.5 Other Requirements (8.5)
UM-8.5.1 Transfer Air (8.5.1)
The Code requires that the air used for ventilation
purposes comes from the outdoors. Air may not
be drawn in as transfer air from other spaces that
are outside the occupiable space of the dwelling
unit. This is to prevent airborne pollutants
originating in those other spaces from
contaminating the living area. For example,
drawing ventilation air from the garage could
introduce VOCs, or pesticides into the indoor air.
Drawing ventilation air from an unconditioned
crawlspace could cause elevated allergen
concentrations in the dwelling such as mold
spores, or insect or rodent allergens. Likewise,
drawing air from an adjacent dwelling could
introduce unwanted contaminants such as
cooking products or cigarette smoke into the unit.
In addition to designing the ventilation system to
draw air from the outdoors, the Code also requires
that measures be taken to prevent air movement
between adjacent dwelling units and between the
SBC 602-CC-18
need, so we are allowed to interpolate between
the 40 L/s and 25 L/s columns. At 25 L/s, 100 mm
duct can be 32 m. Interpolating to 37 L/s we get
((22.8-15.2)/(24.4-15.2))x(10.7-32)+32= 14.2 m.
Subtracting 9 m for the two elbows, we get 5.2 m,
which is more than the 3 m needed, 100 mm
smooth metal duct can be used.
In the first case, the desired length is known, so
add the elbows. Four and one half meters plus 3
times 4.5 m for a total of 18.1 m, or 10.7 m plus
4.5 m equals 15.2 m.
Looking at Table 8.4, in the 50 L/s, flex duct
column, we find that the maximum length with
125 mm duct is 11 m, which is less than the
adjusted length for either routing. With 150 mm
duct, the maximum length is 42 m, longer than
either adjusted length. 150 mm duct would need
to be used for either routing. Note: the building
code may not allow flex duct to be used for the
range hood, in which case smooth duct would be
required. For smooth duct, 125 mm would be
acceptable.
dwelling unit and other adjacent spaces, such as
garages.
UM-8.5.2 Instructions and Labeling
(8.5.2)
In addition to the requirement for mechanical
ventilation, there is a responsibility to provide the
occupant and/or owner with information on what
the ventilation system is supposed to do and how
to operate it. A number of ventilation systems
have worked in the past that worked initially but
failed due to lack of information for the occupant
or lack of maintenance. So the Code requires that
the installer or builder provide written
information on the basic ventilation concept
being used and the expected performance of the
system. These instructions must include the
method of operating the system and the type of
maintenance required.
UM-8.5.2.1 Operations (8.5.2.1). Because
the concept of a designed whole-building
ventilation system may be new to many
occupants, the Code requires that ventilation
118
UM-SECTION 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS
system controls be labeled as to their function. No
specific wording is mandated, but the wording
needs to make clear what the control is for and
the importance of operating the system. This may
be as simple as “Ventilation Control” or might
include wording such as “Operate whenever the
house is in use” or “Keep on except when gone
over 7 days”. If the system is designed to operate
with a timer as an intermittent system, the
labeling may need to be more complex. One
option that has worked well is to affix a label to
the electrical panel that provides some basic
system operation information.
Design Parameters (8.5.2.1.1). lists the specific
information that should be included in the design
parameters documentation.
Ventilation Equipment and Controls (8.5.2.2.1).
lists the specific information that should be
included to document the final as installed
ventilation and control system.
UM-8.5.2.2 Maintenance (8.5.2.2)
Ventilation Equipment and Controls (8.5.2.2.1).
lists information that should be included to help
keep the ventilation and control system
operating as intended.
Building Envelope (8.5.2.2.4). goes on to
encourage maintenance of the building
envelope. Whether intended or otherwise, the
building envelope is part of the ventilation
system. The building envelope should be
maintained to operate as intended.
Without proper maintenance, the building
envelope tightness may degrade over time.
Excessive building leakage can cause increased
energy use and can unbalance some mechanical
ventilation systems.
UM-8.5.3 Clothes Dryers (8.5.3)
The requirement of this section of the Code is
very simple, “Clothes dryers shall be exhausted
directly to the outdoors.”
This means that all laundry rooms must be built
with a duct to the outdoors, designed to be
connected to the dryer to avoid adding large
amounts of water to the indoor air.
An exception to this requirement is for
condensing clothes dryers, which collect the
SBC 602-CC-18
water from the exhaust air and then release the
resulting airstream into the space. These units
must be plumbed to a drain.
UM-8.5.4 Reserved
UM-8.5.5 Airtightness Requirements
(8.5.5)
Garages often contain numerous sources of
contaminants. These include gasoline and
exhaust from vehicles, pesticides, paints and
solvents, etc. Air flowing from the garage into
occupied space can carry these contaminants into
the dwelling, resulting in poor indoor air quality.
Air handling units located in the garage can be a
particular problem when there are leaks in the
return side of the unit or in the return ducts
pulling contaminated air into the dwelling.
Because of the larger pressure differences across
these leaks, compared to leaks between the
garage and the dwelling, significantly larger
contaminant levels can result.
UM-8.5.5.1 Garages (8.5.5.1). The Code
requires that when garages are attached to the
house, contaminants must be prevented from
entering the house. This section specifies air
sealing requirements for any wall, ceiling or floor
assemblies separating occupiable space from a
garage.
Specifically, all:
• Joints,
• Seams,
• Penetrations,
• Openings between door assemblies and
their respective jambs and framing, and
• Other sources of air leakage through the
assembly must be sealed by being:
o Caulked,
o Gasketed,
o Weather-stripped,
o Wrapped, or
o Otherwise sealed to limit air
movement.
119
UM-SECTION 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS
In addition, doors must be weather stripped or
gasketed.
UM-8.5.5.2 Space-Conditioning System
Ducts (8.5.5.2). It is not allowed for air
handling systems which serve occupiable space
to supply air to the garage or return air from the
Example 8.14 Garages
Corresponding section: Garages (8.5.5.1)
Q1
A home has the air handler located in the garage.
The air handler installed has an un-ducted return.
Is this acceptable?
A1
No, this design is not allowed because an un-
ducted return would draw all return air from the
garage.
Background
MERV 6 efficiency filters are required by the
Code because field research has demonstrated
that less than this level of efficiency does not
significantly deter the accumulation of particulate
contamination on the HVAC heat exchange
equipment components and related distribution
system surfaces over the lifetime of the
equipment. Such accumulation can impair the
operating efficiency of the system resulting in
excessive energy usage and it can become a
potential reservoir for odor and moisture, as well
as a nutrient source for fungal growth.
Improved filtration also lessens the amount of
recirculated particulate matter in the home,
keeping the space cleaner of nuisance
housekeeping dust and sand, as well as reducing
respirable particles that are potentially harmful or
irritating to occupants--resulting in improved
indoor air quality. MERV 6 is the required
minimum efficiency level. "MERV" stands for
Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value and the
"6" is a performance level based on ASHRAE
Standard 52.217.
The limitation of the filtration requirement to
systems with 3 m of ductwork is to avoid undue
requirements in units having little distribution
SBC 602-CC-18
garage. If space conditioning is provided to the
garage, it must be a separate system.
If ducts are located outside the pressure boundary
(including in the garage, attic or a crawl space),
that ductwork must be sealed.
Q2
The home has the air handler located in the
garage. The main return trunk from the dwelling
is connected to the air handler. Is this
acceptable?
A2
Yes, provided that the duct system is sealed.
UM-8.5.6 Reserved for numbering
consistency
UM-8.5.7 Minimum Filtration (8.5.7)
ductwork and having neither the space nor the
airflow capacity for better filters, such as window
units.
The particulate filter must be installed such that
all of the air circulated through the air handler is
filtered prior to passing through the thermal
conditioning portion of the system. In addition,
the Code requires that the filter be located and
installed for easy access and service by the
homeowner.
In addition to the minimum filtration efficiency
rating, the selection and sizing of the filter is
critical to avoid excessive air restriction and
related harm to the HVAC equipment.
MERV 6 filters are normally 1" thick with a
pleated media configuration to attain the proper
efficiency and airflow performance. Allowable
filters will be labeled with a MERV 6
designation. Note that electrostatic air cleaners do
not meet the requirements of the Code as none of
them are evaluated to carry a MERV designation.
However, they may be installed downstream of a
MERV 6 prefilter.
The filter retainer section must be easily
accessible by the homeowner to assure continued
monitoring and replacement. The filter bank may
120
UM-SECTION 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS
be located in the air handler; in the return air
plenum near the air handler; in the return air
plenum with a deep pleat cartridge; angled across
the return air plenum to enhance cross-section; or
situated in a wall return grille.
The MERV 6 pleated filter provides enhanced
particulate arrestance, but also provides longer
service life than the conventional low efficiency
flat panel filter. Typically, the pleated type filter
will last three months or longer because of its
increased surface area, depending upon operating
conditions, as compared to the typical one-month
life cycle of disposable fiberglass filters. The
deeper pleated versions will typically provide
even longer life cycles, up to one year or more.
To assist the homeowner to properly monitor and
maintain the filter system as required in Section
8.5.2.2, a service label such as the example shown
in Figure 8.6 can be applied to the ductwork near
the filter rack. Such a label is not required by the
Code, but may be helpful to the occupant to get
the best performance from the filtration system.
FILTER SERVICE RECORD
For Filter Service or Replacement Cartridges,
Contact:
Installation Date:
Pressure Drop:
Service/Monitor Date:
Figure 8.6 Example Filter Label for Application
on Filter Housing
UM-8.5.8 Air Inlets (8.5.8)
When the ventilation system is designed with air
inlets, the inlets must be located away from
locations that can be expected to be sources of
contamination. The minimum separation is 3 m.
The Code lists some likely sources of
contaminants. These include:
• exhaust fan outlets,
• locations where vehicles may be idling
for any significant length of time, and
• any other locations where contaminants
will be generated.
SBC 602-CC-18
The Code also requires that air intakes be placed
so that they will not become obstructed by plants,
or other material. Forced air inlets must also be
equipped with insect/rodent screens, where the
mesh is no larger than 13 mm. There are two
exceptions to the separation requirements.
a. Windows or ventilation openings in the
wall can be as close as 1 m to sources of
contamination which exit through the
roof or to dryer exhausts.
b. There is no minimum distance between
windows and the outlet of a local exhaust
outlet from kitchens or bathrooms.
UM-8.5.9 Ventilation Control (8.5.9)
requires that each mechanical ventilation system
(supply or exhaust or both) shall be equipped with
a readily accessible switch or other means for
shutoff so that the system can be turned off during
extended periods when the dwelling is not
occupied.
The section goes on to require that manual or
automatic dampers installed for the purpose of
isolating outside air intakes and exhausts from the
air distribution system shall be designed for tight
shutoff so that unwanted infiltration of air and
dust is minimized.
UM-8.6 Air-Moving Equipment (8.6)
This section presents the sound and ducting
requirements of the ventilation system to insure
an effective installation.
UM-8.6.1 Selection and Installation
(8.6.1)
Background
Ventilation systems often do not provide the level
of ventilation that was intended. Occupants
sometimes choose not to use (or even disable) the
ventilation system because they are too loud.
Duct systems impose higher static pressure than
what is assumed at the typical rating point, so the
121
UM-SECTION 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS
airflow provided is lower than expected.
Particular fans or devices may not always achieve
rated performance.
To avoid these problems, the Code requires that
the products be rated for both airflow and sound.
The test results should be certified by a third-
party organization, not just by the manufacturer.
This section of the Code requires that equipment
used to comply with the Code is selected based
on rated performance for airflow and sound.
In addition, the Code requires that the fans be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions. The installer must review the
installation instructions and other literature
shipped with the fan, and make sure that the
installation complies with those instructions.
UM-8.6.2 Sound Ratings for Fans
(8.6.2)
One common reason for not using ventilation
equipment, particularly local exhaust fans, is the
noise they create. To address this, the Code
requires that certain fans be rated for sound and
have ratings below specified limits. The rating
must be done at an airflow that is no less than the
airflow the fan must provide to meet the Code.
The sound limits are specified in two subsections.
There is an exception to the requirements for
sound ratings. Fans which are mounted outside
the habitable space and outside any bathroom,
toilets or hallway, and have at least 1 m of
ductwork between the fan and the intake grille, do
not need to meet any sound rating requirements.
Because of the variables in length and type of
duct and grille, there is no clearly repeatable way
to specify a sound level for ventilation devices
that are not mounted in the ceiling or wall surface.
Consequently, air handlers, HRV/ERVs, inline
fans and remote fans are exempted from the
sound rating requirements that apply to surface
mounted fans. However, to reduce the amount of
fan and/or motor noise that could come down the
duct to the grille, the Code sets a minimum of 1
m of ductwork between the grille and the
ventilation device. This may still produce an
undesirable amount of noise for the occupant,
especially if hard metal duct is used. Flexible
insulated duct or a sound attenuator to will reduce
the transmitted sound into the space.
SBC 602-CC-18
UM-8.6.2.1 Continuous Ventilation Fans
(8.6.2.1)
Background
There have been many complaints about the noise
level of both bath fans and range hoods over the
past 25 years. The experience over the past
twenty years is that the occupant is more willing
to operate a fan when it is quieter. The Code
requires that all continuous ventilation fans be
rated and certified as producing no more than 1.0
sone. Fans are available that are rated at less than
0.3 sone.
Fans which are installed to meet continuous
ventilation requirements must be rated at 1.0 sone
or less. This applies to both whole building
ventilation fans and continuous local exhaust
fans.
UM-8.6.2.2 Intermittent Fans (8.6.2.2).
Fans which are installed to meet ventilation
requirements as intermittent fans, whether the
whole-building or local exhaust requirements,
must be rated at 3.0 sone or less, unless the
maximum rated airflow is greater than 200 L/s.
The Code extends the concept of quiet fans to
range hoods and regular bath fans, not just the
whole-building ventilation system, but it sets
different limits. While the whole-building fan or
other combined systems that operate
continuously must be rated at 1.0 sone or less, the
intermittent local exhaust fans must be rated at
3.0 sones or less at their rating point. So the bath
fans must be rated at a maximum of 3.0 sones,
somewhat quieter than the typical bath fan that
would have a sone rating of 4.0 sones or higher.
Range hoods must also be rated at 3.0 sones or
less, but this is at their required “working speed”
of 50 L/s or so. Most range hoods have maximum
speeds of much more than 50 L/s, but 50 L/s is
the minimum airflow that is required by the Code.
A range hood that is rated at 8 sones at its highest
speed of 300 L/s may be only 1.5 sones or less at
its lowest “working speed” of 50 L/s. This data is
available from the manufacturer and/or from the
HVI (Home Ventilation Institute) website
(www.hvi.org).
Background
Sound tests are performed in a reverberant sound
room or chamber that is acoustically isolated
122
UM-SECTION 8—INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS
from its surroundings. The fan is mounted in a
manner that is required by the test procedure so
that the test is the same for all fans of similar type.
The sound measurements are taken with a
specialized microphone and the data is sent to a
calibrated sound analyzer computer. The
background sound of the chamber is measured, as
well as a reference sound source with known
acoustic characteristics. The fan is run at its rating
point and sound measurements are taken at 24
frequencies.
Logarithmic data in decibels is then recalculated
to sones, a linear measurement that reflects the
human response to sound levels. The sone data at
all the frequencies is then reduced to a single sone
level that can be compared in a linear fashion. A
2.0 sone fan sounds twice as loud to the human
ear as a 1.0 sone fan.
UM-8.6.3 Airflow Rating (8.6.3)
The airflows required by the Code refer to the
delivered airflow of the system as installed and
tested using a flow hood, flow grid, or other
airflow measuring device. Alternatively, the
airflow rating at a pressure of 62.5 Pa may be
used, provided the duct sizing meets the
prescriptive requirements of Table 8.4 of the
Code, or manufacturers design criteria.
Collector Box Roof Exhaust Fan
Exhaust Point
Figure 8.7 Diagram of a Remote Multipoint Exhaust Fan System
SBC 602-CC-18
UM-8.6.4 Multi-Branch Exhaust
Ducting (8.6.4)
The Code contains restrictions on several
situations where multiple exhausts are connected
through a combined duct system.
These restrictions are intended to prevent one
exhaust fan from sending air into a space served
by a different fan.
The first restriction is that if more than one
exhaust fan in a dwelling shares a common duct,
then each fan must be equipped with a backdraft
damper. The system designer does not want to
blow moisture or odors from one bathroom into
another, so the Code addresses this with a
requirement for backdraft dampers.
The other restriction applies to multiple dwelling
units. Sometimes a single remote fan or
HRV/ERV will exhaust from several locations in
a house or unit or from several units in a
multifamily building. See Figure 8.7 below. This
section does not preclude the use of that type of
system, but it does require that either the shared
exhaust fan operate continuously so that air
exhausted from one bathroom or unit is not
allowed to go into another, or that backdraft
dampers are used.
Makeup Air
123
UM-SECTION 8—
UM-8.7 Noise Level (8.7)
This section addresses the expected sound level
of air-moving systems, with the Testing (8.7.3)
section below in this user’s manual listing the
steps to be used to measure and quantify the noise
level.
UM-8.7.1 Room Criteria (8.7.1)
Ventilation and air conditioning systems must be
designed to operate quietly. Ventilation and air
conditioning-related sound in rooms should be
between room criteria (RC) 25 to 35 (35-45
dBA). The permissible overall sound pressure
level is specified in terms of room criteria to take
into account both the loudness and quality of the
sound.
UM-8.7.2 Necessary Equipment (8.7.2)
Sound attenuators, acoustic lining, insulation
panels, vibration isolations, and other shall be
provided where necessary to achieve the above
criteria. The corrective action required to reduce
an excessive sound level will depend on
identifying the source and the path of the
objectionable sound.
UM-8.7.3 Testing (8.7.3)
When taking field measurements to determine
where the space complies with the above criteria,
the test precautions presented in ASHRAE
handbook-Applications18 must be followed:
SBC 602-CC-18
* Measure the noise with an integrating sound
level meter with a real-time frequency analyzer
meeting type 1 or 2 specifications. The meter
should have been calibrated by an accredited
calibration laboratory, with some assurance that
the calibration accuracy has been maintained.
* Set the meter to display and save the equivalent
energy sound pressure level (Leq) with the
desired frequency filtering (e.g., octave bands, A-
weighted, etc.). Each measurement should be 15
s long.
* Place the measurement microphone in potential
listening locations at least 1 m from room
boundaries and noise sources and at least 0.5 m
from furniture. More than one location may be
measured, and the microphone may be moved
during measurement; movement shall not exceed
0.15 m/s.
* Note the operational conditions of the
ventilation and air conditioning systems at the
time of the test. Turn off all non- ventilation and
air conditioning system noises during the test.
Measure in a normally furnished, unoccupied
room.
* The test may be repeated with the entire
ventilation and air conditioning system turned
off, to determine whether the room’s ambient
noise level from non- ventilation and air
conditioning sources is contaminating the results.
* Record the sound level meter make, model, and
serial number, the measured sound pressure
levels, the ventilation and air conditioning
system’s operating conditions, and the
microphone location(s).
124
UM-SECTION 9—LIGHTING
UM-SECTION 9—LIGHTING
UM-9.1 General Information (9.1)
UM-9.1.1 Scope (9.1.1)
The Code encourages the use of energy-efficient
lighting equipment and design practices by
assigning lighting power allowances to interior
lighting systems. A space or building complies
with the Code when its installed lighting power is
less than or equal to the lighting power allowance.
This approach promotes design flexibility while
ensuring a minimum level of efficiency. In
addition, the Code specifies requirements for
lighting controls to limit or prevent lighting use
when it is not needed.
With new buildings as well as additions, the
Prescriptive Requirements must always be met.
After that, the Building Area Method is used to
determine the interior lighting power allowance.
UM-9.1.2 Lighting Alterations (9.1.2)
The lighting power allowance requirements apply
to alterations to interior spaces for existing
buildings that affect 10% or more of the installed
lighting power in the space or area. In these cases,
the lighting power allowance (9.3.1) is triggered.
A renovation that involves less than 10% of the
installed lighting power in a space or area is not
required to comply with the Code unless it
increases installed lighting power.
Routine maintenance or replacement of lamps or
ballasts does not trigger this requirement, as long
as the replacement lamps and/or ballasts are the
same as the old ones. However, replacement with
a different type of lamp or ballast does constitute
a lighting alteration and the requirements of
Section 9.3.1 apply. Replacement of lamps and
ballasts does not constitute a lighting alteration
but rather is considered a repair.
UM-9.1.3 Installed Lighting Power
(9.1.3)
To determine the installed or connected lighting
power, you must include not just the lamp, but
also the power used by the ballast, the control
SBC 602-CC-18
(when applicable), transformers and any other
power draws associated with the lighting system.
Most of the time, it is only necessary to include
the power used for the lamp and ballast, as the
power required for controls is either zero or so
small that it can be ignored. Some types of
lighting applications are exempt and,
consequently, do not have to be considered.
Exempt interior lighting applications are listed in
the exceptions to 9.2.2.2 of the Code.
Some lighting applications have multiple systems
that are not intended for simultaneous operation.
If controls are provided so that it is not possible
to turn on both lighting systems at the same time,
then it is only necessary to look at the lighting
system with the greatest installed power when
determining compliance with the Code.
UM-9.1.4 Luminaire Wattage (9.1.4)
Except for incandescent sources, fixture input
wattage is not the same thing as lamp wattage. It
is important that input wattage be determined, if
possible, by using data supplied by the lighting
fixture and/or ballast manufacturer. The
Advanced Lighting Guidelines published by the
New Buildings Institute has power data for
common lamp/ballast combinations. See
www.newbuildings.org/advanced-lighting-
guidelines.
With many types of luminaires, designers may be
uncertain about the input watts to use in
compliance calculations. This is particularly true
for luminaires that can accept different wattages
and for track lighting where additional luminaires
can easily be added. This section of the Code
explains how the wattage is determined for these
special cases.
Incandescent and Tungsten-Halogen
Luminaires without Permanently Installed
Ballasts
This type of luminaire can accept lamps of many
different wattages. Compliance calculations shall
use the maximum input watts of any permitted
lamp shown on the manufacturer’s fixture label.
This means that a luminaire labeled for 150 W is
calculated at 150 W for lighting power allowance
compliance purposes. This applies regardless of
125
UM-SECTION 9—LIGHTING
whether the specified lamp is 75 W incandescent
or 13 W screw-in compact fluorescent, since the
luminaire does not contain permanently installed
ballasts.
Luminaires with Permanently Installed
Ballasts
Luminaires with permanently installed or remote
ballasts shall use the maximum input watts of any
permitted lamp/ballast combination shown on the
fixture label.
Line-Voltage Track Lighting
Track lighting is a very common lighting
technique for display lighting. It consists of a
line-voltage, plug-in busway that allows the
addition or relocation of luminaires without
having to change the wiring system. It is very
easy to add fixtures to the track after the final
occupancy permit has been issued. When
accounting for track lighting that operates at line
voltage, the designer must assume at least 98
W/linear m of track, the wattage limit of the
system’s circuit breaker, or the wattage limit of
other permanent current limiting devices on the
system. If the plans and specifications show more
than 98 W/linear m, the greater installed power
must be used for compliance purposes.
Low-Voltage Track Lighting
Some track lighting systems use a transformer to
energize the busway at 12 or 24 volts. Examples
include decorative fixtures that have exposed
conductors. These systems allow fixtures to be
easily added, removed or relocated without
having to modify the wiring system. When these
systems are used for interior lighting, the wattage
used for compliance calculations is the maximum
wattage of the transformer that supplies power to
the system.
Other
For all other types of luminaires not specifically
addressed above, the wattage shall be the
specified wattage of the lighting equipment,
taken from the plans and specifications
UM-9.2 Compliance Paths (9.2)
Lighting systems and equipment must comply
with the General (9.1), Prescriptive Requirements
(9.2.2) and the Building Area Method (9.3). The
exceptions to Section 9.2.2.2 identify the lighting
SBC 602-CC-18
systems for which the lighting power allowance
requirements do not apply.
UM-9.2.1 Compliance Procedure
Corresponding section: Compliance Paths (9.2)
The following steps provide a methodology for
achieving compliance with the requirements of
Section 9.
Step 1
9.1.2 – Determine if the building project under
consideration and its associated lighting systems
need to comply.
Step 2
9.3.1.a – Recognize that the interior lighting
power allowance under the Building Area
Method is 10 watts/m2.
Step 3
9.3.1.b – Determine the gross lighted floor area in
square meter of the building area.
Step 4
9.3.1.c – Multiply the lighting power allowance
by the gross lighted floor area.
Step 5
9.1.3-9.1.4 – Determine the total installed interior
lighting power.
Step 6
Confirm that the total installed interior lighting
power is no more than the interior lighting power
allowance.
Step 7
9.2.2 – Meet the Prescriptive requirements
UM-9.2.2 Prescriptive Requirements
(9.2.2)
The prescriptive lighting requirements limit the
installed electric wattage for interior building
lighting.
The prescriptive lighting requirements are one of
the most important features of the Code. As with
the other sections of the Code, however, these
lighting requirements are minimum
requirements. Designers working on specific
projects may often be able to design more
efficient lighting systems.
UM-9.2.2.1 The Building Area Method
(9.2.2.1). for determining the interior lighting
power allowance, described in Building Area
126
UM-SECTION 9—
Method Compliance Path (9.3), is a simplified
approach for demonstrating compliance.
UM-9.2.2.2 Interior Lighting Power
(9.2.2.2). The key to interior lighting power is
simply that: a) The interior lighting power
allowance for a building or a separately metered
or permitted portion of a building shall be
determined by the Building Area Method
described in 9.3, and b) The installed interior
lighting power identified in accordance with
9.1.3 shall not exceed the interior lighting power
allowance developed in accordance with 9.3.
Exceptions to 9.2.2.2
Most interior lighting systems are covered by the
Code. However, some specialized lighting
applications are exempt. Exceptions include
lighting for plant growth and maintenance,
lighting in spaces specifically designed for use by
SBC 602-CC-18
the visually impaired, and lighting in interior
spaces that have been specifically designated as a
registered interior historic landmark.
UM-9.3 Building Area Method
Compliance Path (9.3)
Building Area Method of Calculating
Interior Lighting Power Allowance
(9.3.1) uses the following steps to determine the
interior lighting power allowance:
a. The lighting power density for residential
building area types is 10 watts/m2.
b. Determine the gross lighted floor area in
square meter of the building area.
c. Multiply the gross lighted floor areas of
the building area times the lighting power
density.
127
UM-SECTION 10—CLIMATIC DATA

UM-SECTION 10—CLIMATIC DATA

14.2 10.1 General.

The Code considers Saudi Arabia to be made up of 3 climate zones as presented in Figure 10.1 in the Code,
and also presented below as Figure 10.1. Selected cities are then listed by zone in Table 10.1 of the Code,
and presented below as Table 10.1. The climatic data contained in section 10 applies to Sections 5 for a
given geographic location.

Figure 10.1 Saudi Arabia Climate Zones

SBC 602-CC-18 128

UM-SECTION 10—CLIMATIC DATA

Table 10.1 Saudi Arabia Climate Data by City

10 year (SI)

Zone Elevation DB 1% DB max CDD18.3 CDD10

Latitude Longitude m C C

ABHA 18.23N 42.65E 3 2093 30.3 34 768 3289

AL-AHSA 25.30N 49.48E 1 178 46 49.8 3573 6389

AL-BAHA 20.30N 41.65E 2 1652 35.2 39 1925 4781

AL-JOUF 29.78N 40.10E 2 689 41.8 46.7 2279 4612

AL-MADINAH 24.55N 39.70E 1 636 44.2 47.7 3757 6715

AL-QAISUMAH 28.32N 46.13E 1 358 45.2 50.4 3156 5706

AL-TAIF 21.48N 40.55E 2 1453 36.1 41 1972 4804

AL-WEJH 26.20N 36.48E 2 24 34.2 44.7 2483 5493

ARAR 30.90N 41.13E 2 549 42.3 47.3 2315 4571

BISHA 19.98N 42.63E 1 1162 39.8 42.8 2701 5640

DHAHRAN 26.27N 50.17E 1 17 44 49.3 3398 6258

GASSIM 26.30N 43.77E 2 648 44 48.1 2918 5545

GIZAN 16.88N 42.58E 1 7 37.9 42.3 4409 7451

GURIAT 31.40N 37.28E 3 504 39.1 45.4 1603 3729

HAIL 27.43N 41.68E 2 1002 40.9 45.2 2166 4547

JEDDAH (KING ABDUL AZIZ INTL) 21.70N 39.18E 1 17 39.8 48.3 3762 6803

JUBAIL 27.00N 49.67E 1 5 40.0 49.3* 3398* 6258*

K.F.I.A. (KING FAHA 26.45N 49.82E 1 12 44.6 49.2 3444 6274

KHAMIS MUSHAIT 18.30N 42.80E 3 2056 31.1 36.9 1009 3710

KING KHALED INT. AI 24.93N 46.72E 1 614 43.9 47.6 3054 5756

MAKKAH 21.43N 39.77E 1 240 44.1 49.2 4758 7800

NAJRAN 17.62N 44.42E 1 1212 39.2 42.7 2717 5643

RAFHA 29.62N 43.48E 2 444 43.7 48.2 2616 5007

RIYADH OBS. (O.A.P.) 24.70N 46.73E 1 620 43.9 47.2 3342 6107

SHARORAH 17.47N 47.10E 1 725 42.2 45.1 3602 6579

TABUK 28.38N 36.60E 2 768 39.8 44.2 2102 4508

TURAIF 31.68N 38.73E 3 852 38.8 43.8 1523 3542

WADI AL-DAWASSER AI 20.50N 45.25E 1 622 44 47.8 3647 6591

YENBO 24.13N 38.07E 1 10 42.2 48.9 3596 6626

* DHAHRAN data used

SBC 602-CC-18 129

APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A
APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A
(This is a normative appendix and is part of the Code.)
RATED R-VALUE OF INSULATION AND
ASSEMBLY U-FACTOR, C-FACTOR, AND
F-FACTOR DETERMINATIONS
General
A1.1 Pre-Calculated Assembly
U-Factors, C-Factors, F-Factors, or Heat
Capacities. The U-factors, C-factors, F-
factors, and heat capacities for typical
construction assemblies are included in
Sections A2 through A8. These values shall
be used for all calculations unless otherwise
allowed by Section A1.2. Interpolation
between values in a particular table in
Normative Appendix A is allowed for rated R-
values of insulation, including insulated
sheathing. Extrapolation beyond values in a
table in Normative Appendix A is not allowed.
A1.2 Applicant-Determined
Assembly U-Factors, C-Factors, F-
Factors, or Heat Capacities. If the building
official determines that the proposed
construction assembly is not adequately
represented in Sections A2 through A8, the
applicant shall determine appropriate values
for the assembly using the assumptions in
Section A9. An assembly is deemed to be
adequately represented if the interior
structure, hereafter referred to as the base
assembly, for the class of construction is the
same as described in Sections A2 through
A8 and changes in exterior or interior surface
building materials added to the base
assembly do not increase or decrease the R-
value by more than 2 from that indicated in
the descriptions in Sections A2 through A8.
Insulation, including insulated sheathing, is
TABLE A2.2 Assembly U-Factors for Roofs with Insulation Entirely Above Deck SI
SBC 602-CC-18
not considered a building material.
Roofs
A2.1 General. The buffering effect of
suspended ceilings or attic spaces shall not
be included in U-factor calculations.
A2.2 Roofs with Insulation Entirely
Above Deck
A.2.2.1 General. For the
purpose of Section A1.2, the base assembly
is continuous insulation over a structural
deck. The U-factor includes R-0.03 m2·°C/W
for exterior air film, R-0 m2·°C/W for metal
deck, and R-0.11 m2·°C/W for interior air film
heat flow up. Added insulation is continuous
and uninterrupted by framing. The framing
factor is zero.
A.2.2.2 Rated R-Value of Insulation. For
roofs with insulation entirely above deck, the
rated R-value of insulation is for continuous
insulation.
Exception: Interruptions for framing and
pads for mechanical equipment are
permitted with a combined total area not
exceeding one percent of the total opaque
assembly area.
A.2.2.3 U-Factor. U-factors for roofs with
insulation entirely above deck shall be taken
from Table A2.2. It is not acceptable to use
these U-factors if the insulation is not entirely
above deck or not continuous.
130
APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

Rated R-Value of Overall U-Factor for

Insulation Alone Entire Assembly
m2·°C/W W/m2·°C
R-0 U-7.28
R-0.2 U-3.19
R-0.4 U-2.04
R-0.5 U-1.50
R-0.7 U-1.19
R-0.9 U-0.98
R-1.1 U-0.84
R-1.2 U-0.73
R-1.4 U-0.65
R-1.6 U-0.58
R-1.8 U-0.53
R-1.9 U-0.48
R-2.1 U-0.44
R-2.3 U-0.41
R-2.5 U-0.38
R-2.6 U-0.36
R-2.8 U-0.34
R-3.0 U-0.32
R-3.2 U-0.30
R-3.3 U-0.29
R-3.5 U-0.27
R-3.7 U-0.26
R-3.9 U-0.25
R-4.0 U-0.24
R-4.2 U-0.23
R-4.4 U-0.22
R-4.6 U-0.21
R-4.8 U-0.20
R-4.9 U-0.20
R-5.1 U-0.19
R-5.3 U-0.18
R-6.2 U-0.16
R-7.0 U-0.14
R-7.9 U-0.12
R-8.8 U-0.11
R-9.7 U-0.10
R-10.4 U-0.09

SBC 602-CC-18 131

APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A
ABOVE-GRADE WALLS
A3.1 Mass Wall
A.3.1.1 General. For the purpose of Section
A1.2, the base assembly is a masonry or
concrete wall. Continuous insulation is
installed within the masonry units, or it is
installed on the interior or exterior of the
concrete. The U-factors include R-0.03
m2·°C/W for exterior air film and R-0.12
m2·°C/W for interior air film, vertical
surfaces. For insulated walls, the U-factor
also includes R-0.08 m2·°C/W for 13 mm
gypsum board. U-factors are provided for the
following configurations:
a. Concrete wall: 200 mm normal weight
concrete wall with a density of 2320
kg/m3 .
b. Solid grouted concrete block wall: 200
mm medium weight ASTM C9020
concrete block with a density of 1840
kg/m3 and solid grouted cores.
c. Partially grouted concrete block wall:
200 mm medium weight ASTM C9020
concrete block with a density of 1840
kg/m3 having reinforcing steel every 400
mm vertically and every 1200 mm
horizontally, with cores grouted in those
areas only. Other cores are filled with
insulating material only if there is no
other insulation.
A.3.1.2 Mass Wall Rated R-
Value of Insulation
A.3.1.2.1 Mass wall HC shall be
determined from Table A3.1B or A3.1C.
A.3.1.2.2 The rated R-value of
insulation is for continuous insulation
uninterrupted by framing other than 20
gauge 25 mm metal clips spaced no closer
SBC 602-CC-18
than 600 mm on center horizontally and 400
mm on center vertically.
A.3.1.2.3 Where other framing,
including metal studs, is used, compliance
shall be based on the maximum assembly U-
factor.
A.3.1.2.4 Where rated R-value of
insulation is used for concrete sandwich
panels, the insulation shall be continuous
throughout the entire panel.
A.3.1.3 Mass Wall U-Factor
A.3.1.3.1 U-factors for mass walls shall
be taken from Table A3.1A or determined by
the procedure in this subsection. It is
acceptable to use the U-factors in Table
A3.1A for all mass walls, provided that the
grouting is equal to or less than that
specified. HC for mass walls shall be taken
from Table A3.1B or A3.1C.
A.3.1.3.2 Determination of Mass Wall
U-Factors. If not taken from Table A3.1A,
mass wall U-factors shall be determined from
Tables A3.1B, A3.1C, or A3.1D using the
following procedure:
1. If the mass wall is uninsulated or only
the cells are insulated:
a. For concrete walls, determine the U-
factor from Table A3.1B based on the
concrete density and wall thickness.
b. For concrete block walls, determine the
U-factor from Table A3.1C based on the
block size, concrete density, degree of
grouting in the cells, and whether the
cells are insulated.
2. If the mass wall has additional insulation:
a. For concrete walls, determine the Ru from
Table A3.1B based on the concrete
density and wall thickness. Next,
determine the effective R-value for the
insulation/framing layer from Table
132
APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A
A3.1D based on the rated R-value of
insulation installed, the thickness of the
insulation, and whether it is installed
between metal framing or with no
framing. Then, determine the U-factor by
adding the Ru and the effective R-value
together and taking the inverse of the
total.
b. For concrete block walls, determine the
Ru from Table A3.1C based on the block
size, concrete density, degree of grouting
SBC 602-CC-18
in the cells, and whether the cells are
insulated. Next, determine the effective
R-value for the insulation/framing layer
from Table A3.1D based on the rated R-
value of insulation installed, the
thickness of the insulation, and whether
it is installed between metal framing or
with no framing. Then, determine the U-
factor by adding the Ru and the effective
R-value together and taking the inverse
of the total.
133
 APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

TABLE A3.1A Assembly U-Factors for Above-Grade Concrete Walls and Masonry Walls (SI)
Assembly U-Factors
Framing Rated R-Value 200 mm 200 mm 200 mm Medium Weight
Type and of Insulation Normal Weight Medium Weight 1840 kg/m3 Concrete
Depth Alone 2320 kg/m3 1840 kg/m3 Block Walls:
Solid Concrete Partially Grouted (cores
Concrete Walls Block Walls: uninsulated except
Solid Grouted where specified)
2 2 2
m ·°C/W W/m ·°C W/m ·°C W/m2·°C
R-0 U-4.20 U-3.29 U-2.73
Ungrouted Cores
No Framing Filled with Loose- N.A. N.A. U-1.99
Fill Insulation
Continuous metal framing at 610 mm on center horizontally
25 mm R-0.00 U-2.35 U-2.04 U-1.80
25 mm R-0.67 U-1.84 U-1.64 U-1.49
25 mm R-0.88 U-1.78 U-1.59 U-1.45
25 mm R-1.15 U-1.73 U-1.55 U-1.41
38 mm R-1.94 U-1.51 U-1.38 U-1.26
51 mm R-1.34 U-1.30 U-1.20 U-1.12
51 mm R-1.76 U-1.24 U-1.15 U-1.07
51 mm R-2.29 U-1.19 U-1.11 U-1.03
76 mm R-2.01 U-1.01 U-0.95 U-0.89
76 mm R-2.65 U-0.95 U-0.90 U-0.84
76 mm R-3.35 U-0.91 U-0.86 U-0.82
89 mm R-1.94 U-0.95 U-0.90 U-0.85
89 mm R-2.29 U-0.91 U-0.86 U-0.82
89 mm R-2.64 U-0.88 U-0.83 U-0.80
114 mm R-3.01 U-0.76 U-0.72 U-0.69
114 mm R-3.96 U-0.70 U-0.68 U-0.65
114 mm R-4.44 U-0.69 U-0.66 U-0.64
127 mm R-3.35 U-0.69 U-0.66 U-0.64
127 mm R-4.40 U-0.65 U-0.62 U-0.60
127 mm R-4.93 U-0.64 U-0.61 U-0.59
127 mm R-5.64 U-0.62 U-0.60 U-0.57
140 mm R-3.35 U-0.67 U-0.64 U-0.62
140 mm R-3.69 U-0.65 U-0.62 U-0.60
140 mm R-3.70 U-0.64 U-0.62 U-0.60
140 mm R-4.85 U-0.60 U-0.58 U-0.56
140 mm R-5.43 U-0.59 U-0.57 U-0.55
152 mm R-4.01 U-0.60 U-0.58 U-0.56
152 mm R-5.28 U-0.56 U-0.54 U-0.52
152 mm R-5.92 U-0.55 U-0.53 U-0.51
165 mm R-4.36 U-0.56 U-0.55 U-0.52
178 mm R-4.69 U-0.53 U-0.51 U-0.49
191 mm R-5.03 U-0.50 U-0.48 U-0.47
203 mm R-5.36 U-0.47 U-0.46 U-0.45

SBC 602-CC-18 134

APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

TABLE A3.1A (cont) Assembly U-Factors for Above-Grade Concrete Walls and Masonry Walls (SI)
Assembly U-Factors
Framing Rated R-Value 200 mm 200 mm 200 mm Medium Weight
Type and of Insulation Normal Weight Medium Weight 1840 kg/m3 Concrete
Depth Alone 2320 kg/m3 1840 kg/m3 Block Walls:
Solid Concrete Partially Grouted (cores
Concrete Walls Block Walls: uninsulated except
Solid Grouted where specified)
2 2 2
m ·°C/W W/m ·°C W/m ·°C W/m2·°C
25 mm metal clips at 610 mm on center horizontally and 400 mm vertically
25 mm R-0.67 U-1.19 U-1.11 U-1.03
25 mm R-0.88 U-1.05 U-0.98 U-0.92
25 mm R-0.99 U-0.99 U-0.93 U-0.87
38 mm R-1.00 U-0.91 U-0.86 U-0.81
38 mm R-1.32 U-0.78 U-0.74 U-0.71
38 mm R-1.48 U-0.73 U-0.70 U-0.67
51 mm R-1.34 U-0.73 U-0.70 U-0.67
51 mm R-1.76 U-0.62 U-0.60 U-0.58
51 mm R-1.97 U-0.59 U-0.56 U-0.55
64 mm R-1.67 U-0.62 U-0.59 U-0.57
64 mm R-2.20 U-0.52 U-0.51 U-0.49
64 mm R-2.46 U-0.49 U-0.47 U-0.45
76 mm R-2.01 U-0.53 U-0.51 U-0.50
76 mm R-2.64 U-0.44 U-0.43 U-0.42
76 mm R-2.96 U-0.41 U-0.40 U-0.39
89 mm R-2.34 U-0.47 U-0.45 U-0.44
89 mm R-3.08 U-0.39 U-0.38 U-0.37
89 mm R-3.45 U-0.36 U-0.35 U-0.35
102 mm R-2.68 U-0.41 U-0.40 U-0.40
102 mm R-3.52 U-0.34 U-0.34 U-0.33
102 mm R-3.94 U-0.32 U-0.31 U-0.31
127 mm R-4.93 U-0.26 U-0.26 U-0.26
152 mm R-5.92 U-0.22 U-0.22 U-0.22
178 mm R-6.90 U-0.19 U-0.19 U-0.19
203 mm R-7.89 U-0.17 U-0.17 U-0.16
229 mm R-8.87 U-0.15 U-0.15 U-0.15
254 mm R-9.86 U-0.14 U-0.14 U-0.14
279 mm R-10.8 U-0.12 U-0.12 U-0.12

SBC 602-CC-18 135

 APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

TABLE A3.1A (cont) Assembly U-Factors for Above-Grade Concrete Walls and Masonry Walls (SI)
Assembly U-Factors
Framing Rated R-Value 200 mm 200 mm 200 mm Medium Weight
Type and of Insulation Normal Weight Medium Weight 1840 kg/m3 Concrete
Depth Alone 2320 kg/m3 1840 kg/m3 Block Walls:
Solid Concrete Partially Grouted (cores
Concrete Walls Block Walls: uninsulated except
Solid Grouted where specified)
2 2 2
m ·°C/W W/m ·°C W/m ·°C W/m2·°C
Continuous insulation uninterrupted by framing
No Framing R-0.18 U-2.41 U-2.08 U-1.84
No Framing R-0.35 U-1.69 U-1.53 U-1.39
No Framing R-0.53 U-1.31 U-1.20 U-1.12
No Framing R-0.70 U-1.06 U-0.99 U-0.93
No Framing R-0.88 U-0.89 U-0.85 U-0.80
No Framing R-1.06 U-0.77 U-0.73 U-0.70
No Framing R-1.23 U-0.68 U-0.65 U-0.62
No Framing R-1.41 U-0.61 U-0.59 U-0.56
No Framing R-1.58 U-0.55 U-0.53 U-0.51
No Framing R-1.76 U-0.50 U-0.48 U-0.47
No Framing R-1.94 U-0.46 U-0.45 U-0.43
No Framing R-2.11 U-0.43 U-0.41 U-0.40
No Framing R-2.29 U-0.40 U-0.39 U-0.37
No Framing R-2.46 U-0.37 U-0.36 U-0.35
No Framing R-2.64 U-0.35 U-0.34 U-0.34
No Framing R-2.82 U-0.33 U-0.32 U-0.31
No Framing R-2.99 U-0.31 U-0.30 U-0.30
No Framing R-3.17 U-0.30 U-0.29 U-0.28
No Framing R-3.35 U-0.28 U-0.27 U-0.27
No Framing R-3.52 U-0.27 U-0.26 U-0.26
No Framing R-3.70 U-0.26 U-0.25 U-0.24
No Framing R-3.87 U-0.24 U-0.24 U-0.24
No Framing R-4.05 U-0.23 U-0.23 U-0.23
No Framing R-4.23 U-0.22 U-0.22 U-0.22
No Framing R-4.40 U-0.22 U-0.21 U-0.21
No Framing R-5.28 U-0.18 U-0.18 U-0.18
No Framing R-6.16 U-0.16 U-0.15 U-0.15
No Framing R-7.04 U-0.14 U-0.14 U-0.14
No Framing R-7.92 U-0.12 U-0.12 U-0.12
No Framing R-8.80 U-0.11 U-0.11 U-0.11
No Framing R-9.68 U-0.10 U-0.10 U-0.10
No Framing R-10.56 U-0.09 U-0.09 U-0.09

SBC 602-CC-18 136

APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

TABLE A3.1A (cont) Assembly U-Factors for Above-Grade Concrete Walls and Masonry Walls (SI)
Assembly U-Factors
Framing Rated R-Value 200 mm 200 mm 200 mm Medium Weight
Type and of Insulation Normal Weight Medium Weight 1840 kg/m3 Concrete
Depth Alone 2320 kg/m3 1840 kg/m3 Block Walls:
Solid Concrete Partially Grouted (cores
Concrete Walls Block Walls: uninsulated except
Solid Grouted where specified)
2 2 2
m ·°C/W W/m ·°C W/m ·°C W/m2·°C
Continuous insulation uninterrupted by framing with stucco and continuous metal framing
at 610 mm on center horizontally
25 mm R-0.00+R-3.35 c.i. U-0.27 U-0.26 U-0.25
25 mm R-0.67+R-3.35 c.i. U-0.26 U-0.25 U-0.25
25 mm R-0.88+R-3.35 c.i. U-0.26 U-0.25 U-0.25
25 mm R-1.15+R-3.35 c.i. U-0.26 U-0.25 U-0.25
38 mm R-1.94+R-3.35 c.i. U-0.25 U-0.24 U-0.24
51 mm R-1.76+R-3.35 c.i. U-0.24 U-0.24 U-0.23
51 mm R-2.29+R-3.35 c.i. U-0.24 U-0.23 U-0.23
51 mm R-1.06+R-3.35 c.i. U-0.24 U-0.23 U-0.23
76 mm R-2.01+R-3.35 c.i. U-0.23 U-0.23 U-0.22
76 mm R-2.65+R-3.35 c.i. U-0.23 U-0.22 U-0.22
76 mm R-3.44+R-3.35 c.i. U-0.23 U-0.22 U-0.22
89 mm R-1.94+R-3.35 c.i. U-0.23 U-0.22 U-0.22
89 mm R-2.29+R-3.35 c.i. U-0.23 U-0.22 U-0.22
127 mm R-3.35+R-3.35 c.i. U-0.21 U-0.21 U-0.20
127 mm R-4.41+R-3.35 c.i. U-0.20 U-0.20 U-0.20
127 mm R-5.73+R-3.35 c.i. U-0.20 U-0.20 U-0.19
140 mm R-3.35+R-3.35 c.i. U-0.20 U-0.20 U-0.20
140 mm R-3.70+R-3.35 c.i. U-0.20 U-0.20 U-0.20

SBC 602-CC-18 137

 APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

TABLE A3.1B Assembly U-Factors, C-Factors, Ru, Rc, and HC for Concrete (SI)
Concrete
Density, Property Wall Thickness, mm
kg/m3 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300
U-factor W/m2·°C 1.24 0.97 0.80 0.68 0.59 0.52 0.47 0.43 0.39 0.36
C-factor W/m2·°C 1.52 1.14 0.91 0.76 0.65 0.57 0.51 0.46 0.41 0.38
2
320 Ru m ·°C/W 0.81 1.03 1.25 1.47 1.69 1.91 2.13 2.35 2.56 2.78
Rc m2·°C/W 0.66 0.88 1.10 1.32 1.54 1.76 1.98 2.20 2.42 2.63
2
HC kJ/m ·°C 20 27 34 41 48 54 61 68 75 82
U-factor W/m2·°C 1.59 1.27 1.06 0.90 0.79 0.70 0.63 0.57 0.52 0.48
C-factor W/m2·°C 2.09 1.57 1.25 1.04 0.89 0.78 0.70 0.63 0.57 0.52
480 Ru m2·°C/W 0.63 0.79 0.95 1.11 1.27 1.43 1.59 1.75 1.91 2.07
2
Rc m ·°C/W 0.48 0.64 0.80 0.96 1.12 1.28 1.44 1.60 1.76 1.92
HC kJ/m2·°C 31 41 51 61 71 82 92 102 112 123
2
U-factor W/m ·°C 1.90 1.54 1.29 1.11 0.97 0.87 0.78 0.71 0.65 0.60
C-factor W/m2·°C 2.66 1.99 1.59 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.89 0.80 0.72 0.66
640 Ru m2·°C/W 0.53 0.65 0.78 0.90 1.03 1.15 1.28 1.40 1.53 1.66
2
Rc m ·°C/W 0.38 0.50 0.63 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.38 1.51
HC kJ/m2·°C 41 54 68 82 95 109 123 136 150 163
2
U-factor W/m ·°C 2.18 1.78 1.50 1.30 1.15 1.02 0.93 0.85 0.78 0.72
C-factor W/m2·°C 3.23 2.42 1.94 1.61 1.38 1.21 1.08 0.97 0.88 0.81
2
800 Ru m ·°C/W 0.46 0.56 0.67 0.77 0.87 0.98 1.08 1.18 1.29 1.39
Rc m2·°C/W 0.32 0.41 0.52 0.62 0.72 0.83 0.93 1.03 1.14 1.24
2
HC kJ/m ·°C 51 68 85 102 119 136 153 170 187 204
U-factor W/m2·°C 3.66 3.19 2.83 2.52 2.29 2.10 1.93 1.79 1.67 1.56
C-factor W/m2·°C 8.11 6.11 4.90 4.06 3.48 3.05 2.72 2.44 2.22 2.04
2
1360 Ru m ·°C/W 0.27 0.31 0.35 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64
Rc m2·°C/W 0.12 0.16 0.20 0.25 0.29 0.33 0.37 0.41 0.45 0.49
2
HC kJ/m ·°C 87 116 145 174 203 232 261 290 319 348
U-factor W/m2·°C 4.09 3.64 3.26 2.96 2.70 2.49 2.31 2.15 2.02 1.90
C-factor W/m2·°C 10.52 8.00 6.38 5.31 4.54 3.97 3.53 3.17 2.90 2.65
1520 Ru m2·°C/W 0.24 0.27 0.31 0.34 0.37 0.40 0.43 0.46 0.49 0.53
2
Rc m ·°C/W 0.10 0.13 0.16 0.19 0.22 0.25 0.28 0.32 0.35 0.38
HC kJ/m2·°C 97 129 162 194 227 259 291 324 356 389
2
U-factor W/m ·°C 4.47 4.03 3.66 3.34 3.09 2.87 2.68 2.51 2.37 2.27
C-factor W/m2·°C 13.71 10.14 8.11 6.68 5.74 5.03 4.47 4.03 3.66 3.30
1680 Ru m2·°C/W 0.22 0.25 0.27 0.30 0.32 0.35 0.37 0.40 0.42 0.45
2
Rc m ·°C/W 0.07 0.10 0.12 0.15 0.17 0.20 0.22 0.25 0.27 0.30
HC kJ/m2·°C 107 143 179 215 251 286 322 358 394 429

SBC 602-CC-18 138

 APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

TABLE A3.1B Assembly U-Factors, C-Factors, Ru, Rc, and HC for Concrete (cont) (SI)
Concrete
Density, Property Wall Thickness, mm
kg/m3 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300
2
U-factor W/m ·°C 4.77 4.37 4.00 3.71 3.44 3.23 3.04 2.85 2.70 2.57
C-factor W/m2·°C 16.71 12.62 9.96 8.35 7.10 6.24 5.57 4.98 4.54 4.18
1840 Ru m2·°C/W 0.21 0.23 0.25 0.27 0.29 0.31 0.33 0.35 0.37 0.39
Rc m2·°C/W 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20 0.22 0.24
HC kJ/m2·°C 118 157 196 235 274 313 353 392 431 470
U-factor W/m2·°C 5.03 4.66 4.34 4.03 3.79 3.57 3.38 3.19 3.04 2.90
C-factor W/m2·°C 20.29 15.35 12.35 10.14 8.74 7.68 6.84 6.11 5.57 5.12
2000 Ru m2·°C/W 0.20 0.21 0.23 0.25 0.26 0.28 0.30 0.31 0.33 0.35
Rc m2·°C/W 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.10 0.11 0.13 0.15 0.16 0.18 0.20
HC kJ/m2·°C 128 170 213 256 298 341 383 426 469 511
2
U-factor W/m ·°C 5.31 4.94 4.66 4.37 4.15 3.92 3.74 3.55 3.40 3.25
C-factor W/m2·°C 25.82 18.93 15.35 12.62 10.92 9.47 8.48 7.57 6.93 6.31
2160 Ru m2·°C/W 0.19 0.20 0.21 0.23 0.24 0.26 0.27 0.28 0.29 0.31
Rc m2·°C/W 0.04 0.05 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.14 0.16
HC kJ/m2·°C 138 184 230 276 322 368 414 460 506 552
2
U-factor W/m ·°C 5.46 5.16 4.90 4.62 4.40 4.21 4.03 3.84 3.69 3.55
C-factor W/m2·°C 29.89 22.72 18.32 14.95 12.91 11.36 10.14 9.02 8.23 7.57
2320 Ru m2·°C/W 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.22 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.27 0.28
Rc m2·°C/W 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.10 0.11 0.12 0.13
HC kJ/m2·°C 147 196 245 294 344 393 442 491 540 589
The U-factors and Ru include standard air film resistances.
The C-factors and Rc are for the same assembly without air film resistances.
Note that the following assemblies do not qualify as a mass wall or mass floor:
76 mm thick concrete with densities of 1360, 1520, 1680, and 1840 kg/m3

SBC 602-CC-18 139

 APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

Table A3.1C Assembly U-Factor, Ru, Rc, and Heat Capacity for Concrete Block Walls (SI)
Concrete Block Grouting and Cell Treatment
Product Block Partly Partly Unreinforced, Unreinforced,
Size: Density: Properties Solid Grouted, Grouted, Cells Cells
Cells Cells
mm kg/m3 Grouted Empty Insulated Empty Insulated
2
U-factor W/m ·°C 3.24 2.61 1.91 2.25 1.11
C-factor W/m2·°C 6.30 4.28 2.68 3.40 1.33
2
1360 Ru m ·°C/W 0.31 0.38 .52 0.44 0.90
Rc m2·°C/W 0.16 0.23 0.37 0.29 0.75
2
HC kJ/m ·°C 224 138 143 86 95
U-factor W/m2·°C 3.44 2.76 2.07 2.39 1.23
C-factor W/m2·°C 7.07 4.71 2.99 3.71 1.51
2
1520 Ru m ·°C/W 0.29 0.36 0.48 0.42 0.81
Rc m2·°C/W 0.14 0.21 0.33 0.27 0.66
2
HC kJ/m ·°C 233 147 153 95 104
2
U-factor W/m ·°C 3.61 2.91 2.22 2.51 1.36
C-factor W/m2·°C 7.86 5.15 3.32 4.02 1.71
2
1680 Ru m ·°C/W 0.29 0.36 0.48 0.42 .81
Rc m2·°C/W 0.14 0.21 0.33 0.27 0.66
150 mm HC kJ/m2·°C 243 156 162 105 114
2
block U-factor W/m ·°C 3.77 3.40 2.36 2.63 1.50
C-factor W/m2·°C 8.66 5.58 3.64 4.34 1.93
2
1840 Ru m ·°C/W 0.27 0.33 0.42 0.38 0.67
Rc m2·°C/W 0.12 0.18 0.27 0.23 0.52
HC kJ/m2·°C 252 166 171 114 123
2
U-factor W/m ·°C 3.95 3.20 2.55 2.78 1.68
C-factor W/m2·°C 9.65 6.14 4.12 4.75 2.25
2
2000 Ru m ·°C/W 0.25 0.31 0.39 0.36 0.59
Rc m2·°C/W 0.10 0.16 0.24 0.21 0.45
HC kJ/m2·°C 262 175 181 124 132
2
U-factor W/m ·°C 4.16 3.41 2.81 2.99 1.97
C-factor W/m2·°C 11.05 6.96 4.84 5.4 2.78
2
2160 Ru m ·°C/W 0.24 0.29 0.36 0.33 0.51
2
Rc m ·°C/W 0.09 0.14 0.21 0.19 0.36
HC kJ/m2·°C 271 185 190 133 142
2
U-factor W/m ·°C 2.80 2.34 1.60 2.08 .86
C-factor W/m2·°C 4.82 3.60 2.11 3.03 .98
1360 Ru m2·°C/W 0.36 0.43 0.62 0.48 1.17
Rc m2·°C/W 0.21 0.28 0.47 0.33 1.02
HC kJ/m2·°C 306 184 192 111 123
200 mm 2
U-factor W/m ·°C 2.98 2.49 1.74 2.21 0.96
block
C-factor W/m2·°C 5.39 3.96 2.35 3.30 1.12
1520 Ru m2·°C/W 0.34 0.40 0.57 0.43 1.04
2
Rc m ·°C/W 0.19 0.25 0.43 0.28 0.89
HC kJ/m2·°C 318 196 204 123 136
2
1680 U-factor W/m ·°C 3.15 2.62 1.87 2.33 1.07

SBC 602-CC-18 140

APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

C-factor W/m2·°C 5.95 4.32 2.60 3.57 1.27

Ru m2·°C/W 0.32 0.38 0.53 0.43 0.84
Rc m2·°C/W 0.17 0.23 0.38 0.28 0.69
HC kJ/m2·°C 330 208 216 135 150
U-factor W/m2·°C 3.29 2.74 2.00 2.44 1.19
C-factor W/m2·°C 6.50 4.66 2.86 3.85 1.44
1840 Ru m2·°C/W 0.30 0.36 0.50 0.41 0.84
Rc m2·°C/W 0.15 0.21 0.35 0.26 0.69
HC kJ/m2·°C 342 220 228 147 160
U-factor W/m2·°C 3.46 2.90 2.17 2.58 1.35
C-factor W/m2·°C 7.20 5.12 3.22 4.20 1.69
2000 Ru m2·°C/W 0.29 0.35 0.46 0.39 0.74
Rc m2·°C/W 0.14 0.20 0.31 0.24 0.59
HC kJ/m2·°C 354 233 240 159 172
U-factor W/m2·°C 3.68 3.10 2.41 2.77 1.60
C-factor W/m2·°C 8.19 5.78 3.78 4.74 2.11
2160 Ru m2·°C/W 0.27 0.32 0.41 0.36 0.62
Rc m2·°C/W 0.12 .17 0.26 0.21 0.47
HC kJ/m2·°C 367 245 253 172 184

SBC 602-CC-18 141

 APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

Table A3.1C Assembly U-Factor, Ru, Rc, and Heat Capacity for Concrete Block Walls (cont) (SI)
Concrete Block Grouting and Cell Treatment
Product Block Partly Partly Unreinforced, Unreinforced,
Size: Density: Properties Solid Grouted, Grouted, Cells Cells
Cells Cells
mm kg/m3 Grouted Empty Insulated Empty Insulated
2
U-factor W/m ·°C 2.48 2.17 1.40 2.00 0.72
2
C-factor W/m ·°C 3.95 3.22 1.77 2.85 0.81
1360 Ru m2·°C/W 0.40 0.46 0.71 0.50 1.39
Rc m2·°C/W 0.25 0.31 0.56 0.35 1.24
2
HC kJ/m ·°C 388 229 239 134 150
U-factor W/m2·°C 2.65 2.31 1.52 2.12 0.82
C-factor W/m2·°C 4.38 3.53 1.97 3.11 0.93
2
1520 Ru m ·°C/W 0.38 0.43 0.66 0.47 1.22
Rc m2·°C/W 0.23 0.28 0.51 0.32 1.07
HC kJ/m2·°C 402 244 254 149 165
2
U-factor W/m ·°C 2.79 2.44 1.65 2.24 0.92
C-factor W/m2·°C 4.80 3.84 2.19 3.36 1.07
1680 Ru m2·°C/W 0.36 0.41 0.61 0.45 1.09
2
Rc m ·°C/W 0.21 0.26 0.46 0.30 0.94
250 mm HC kJ/m2·°C 417 259 269 163 183
block U-factor W/m2·°C 2.93 2.56 1.77 2.35 1.03
C-factor W/m2·°C 5.22 4.14 2.40 3.63 1.22
1840 Ru m2·°C/W 0.34 0.39 0.57 0.43 0.97
Rc m2·°C/W 0.19 0.24 0.42 0.28 .82
2
HC kJ/m ·°C 432 273 284 178 194
U-factor W/m2·°C 3.09 2.70 1.93 2.49 1.18
C-factor W/m2·°C 5.75 4.53 2.71 3.96 1.44
2
2000 Ru m ·°C/W 0.32 0.37 0.52 0.40 0.85
Rc m2·°C/W 0.17 0.22 0.37 0.25 0.70
HC kJ/m2·°C 447 288 298 193 209
2
U-factor W/m ·°C 3.29 2.89 2.15 2.68 1.42
C-factor W/m2·°C 6.50 5.11 3.17 4.46 1.80
2160 Ru m2·°C/W 0.30 0.35 0.46 0.37 0.70
2
Rc m ·°C/W 0.15 0.20 0.32 0.22 0.55
HC kJ/m2·°C 462 303 313 208 224
U-factor W/m2·°C 2.24 2.05 1.24 1.94 0.60
C-factor W/m2·°C 3.38 2.96 1.52 2.73 0.66
1360 Ru m2·°C/W 0.45 0.49 0.81 .52 1.66
Rc m2·°C/W 0.30 0.34 0.66 0.37 1.51
2
HC kJ/m ·°C 472 273 285 153 174
300 mm
U-factor W/m2·°C 2.39 2.18 1.35 2.06 0.68
block
C-factor W/m2·°C 3.72 3.24 1.69 2.97 0.76
2
1520 Ru m ·°C/W 0.42 .46 0.74 0.49 1.47
Rc m2·°C/W 0.27 0.31 0.59 0.34 1.32
HC kJ/m2·°C 489 290 302 170 191
2
1680 U-factor W/m ·°C 2.52 2.30 1.46 2.17 0.77

SBC 602-CC-18 142

APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

C-factor W/m2·°C 4.05 3.51 1.86 3.21 0.87

Ru m2·°C/W 0.40 0.43 0.69 0.46 1.29
Rc m2·°C/W 0.25 0.28 0.54 0.31 1.14
HC kJ/m2·°C 506 307 319 187 208
U-factor W/m2·°C 2.65 2.41 1.56 2.28 0.87
C-factor W/m2·°C 4.38 3.77 2.04 3.46 1.00
1840 Ru m2·°C/W 0.38 0.41 0.64 0.44 1.15
Rc m2·°C/W 0.23 0.27 0.49 0.29 1.00
HC kJ/m2·°C 523 323 336 204 225
U-factor W/m2·°C 2.79 2.55 1.70 2.41 1.00
C-factor W/m2·°C 4.79 4.12 2.28 3.77 1.18
2000 Ru m2·°C/W 0.36 0.39 0.59 0.42 1.00
Rc m2·°C/W 0.21 0.24 0.44 0.27 0.85
HC kJ/m2·°C 540 340 353 221 242
U-factor W/m2·°C 2.98 2.73 1.91 2.59 1.22
C-factor W/m2·°C 5.37 4.62 2.67 4.23 1.49
2160 Ru m2·°C/W 0.34 0.37 0.52 0.39 0.82
Rc m2·°C/W 0.19 0.22 0.37 0.24 0.67
HC kJ/m2·°C 557 357 370 238 259

SBC 602-CC-18 143

 APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

TABLE A3.1D Effective R-Values for Insulation/Framing Layers Added to Above-Grade Mass Walls and
Below-Grade Walls (SI)
Depth Framing Rated R- Value of Insulation - m2·°C/W
(mm) Type 0.00 0.18 0.35 0.53 0.70 0.88 1.06 1.23 1.41 1.58 1.76 1.94 2.11
Effective R-value if continuous insulation uninterrupted by framing (includes gypsum board)
- m2·°C/W
None 0.08 0.26 0.43 0.61 0.78 0.96 1.14 1.31 1.49 1.66 1.84 2.02 2.19
Effective R-value if insulation is installed in cavity between framing (includes gypsum
board) - m2·°C/W
13 Metal 0.16 0.16 0.19 0.20 0.21 na na na na na na na na
19 Metal 0.18 0.18 0.22 0.24 0.26 0.27 0.27 na na na na na na
25 Metal 0.18 0.19 0.25 0.28 0.30 0.31 0.32 0.33 0.34 na na na na
38 Metal 0.19 0.21 0.28 0.33 0.36 0.39 0.41 0.42 0.44 0.45 0.45 0.46 0.47
51 Metal 0.20 0.22 0.31 0.37 0.41 0.45 0.48 0.50 0.52 0.53 0.55 0.56 0.57
64 Metal 0.21 0.22 0.32 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.53 0.56 0.59 0.61 0.63 0.64 0.66
76 Metal 0.21 0.23 0.34 0.42 0.48 0.54 0.58 0.62 0.65 0.67 0.70 0.72 0.74
89 Metal 0.21 0.23 0.35 0.44 0.51 0.57 0.62 0.66 0.70 0.73 0.76 0.79 0.81
102 Metal 0.22 0.23 0.36 0.45 0.53 0.60 0.66 0.71 0.76 0.76 0.82 0.85 0.87
114 Metal 0.22 0.24 0.36 0.47 0.55 0.62 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93
127 Metal 0.22 0.24 0.37 0.48 0.57 0.65 0.71 0.77 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.95 0.99
140 Metal 0.22 0.24 0.37 0.49 0.58 0.67 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 1.00 1.04

TABLE A3.1D Effective R-Values for Insulation/Framing Layers Added to Above-Grade Mass Walls and
Below-Grade Walls (SI) (cont)
Depth Framing Rated R- Value of Insulation - m2·°C/W
(mm) Type 2.29 2.46 2.64 2.82 2.99 3.17 3.35 3.52 3.70 3.87 4.05 4.23 4.40
Effective R-value if continuous insulation uninterrupted by framing (includes gypsum
board) - m2·°C/W
None 2.37 2.54 2.72 2.90 3.07 3.25 3.42 3.60 3.78 3.95 4.13 4.30 4.48
Effective R-value if insulation is installed in cavity between framing (includes gypsum
board) - m2·°C/W
13 Metal na na na na na na na na na na na na na
19 Metal na na na na na na na na na na na na na
25 Metal na na na na na na na na na na na na na
38 Metal na na na na na na na na na na na na na
51 Metal 0.58 0.58 0.59 0.60 na na na na na na na na na
64 Metal 0.67 0.68 0.69 0.70 0.71 0.71 0.72 0.73 na na na na na
76 Metal 0.75 0.77 0.78 0.79 0.80 0.81 0.82 0.83 0.84 na na na na
89 Metal 0.83 0.85 0.86 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.91 0.92 0.93 0.94 0.95 0.96 0.97
102 Metal 0.90 0.92 0.94 0.95 0.97 0.99 1.00 1.01 1.02 1.04 1.05 10.6 1.06
114 Metal 0.96 0.98 1.01 1.03 1.05 1.06 1.08 1.10 1.11 1.12 1.14 1.15 1.16
127 Metal 1.02 1.05 1.07 1.09 1.12 1.14 1.16 1.17 1.19 1.21 1.22 1.23 1.25
140 Metal 1.07 1.10 1.13 1.16 1.18 1.21 123 1.25 1.27 1.28 1.30 1.31 1.33

SBC 602-CC-18 144

APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A
Below-Grade Walls
b. If the mass wall has additional
A4.1 General. For the purpose of Section A1.2,
The base assembly is 200 mm medium-weight
concrete block with a density of 1840 kg/m3 and
solid grouted cores. Continuous insulation is
installed on the interior or exterior. In contrast to
the U-factor for above-grade walls, the C-factor
for below-grade walls does not include R-values
for exterior or interior air films or for soil. For
insulated walls, the C-factor does include R-0.08
m2·°C/W for 13 mm gypsum board.
A4.2 C-Factors for Below-Grade Walls
A4.2.1 C-factors for below-grade walls shall be
taken from Table A4.2 or determined by the
procedure described in this subsection.
A4.2.2 It is acceptable to use the C-factors in
Table A4.2 for all below-grade walls.
A4.2.3 If not taken from Table A4.2, below-
grade wall C-factors shall be determined from
Tables A3.1B, A3.1C, or A3.1D using the
following procedure:
a. If the below-grade wall is uninsulated
or only the cells are insulated:
1. For concrete walls, determine the
C-factor from Table A3.1B based
on the concrete density and wall
thickness.
2. For concrete block walls, determine
the C-factor from Table A3.1C
based on the block size, concrete
density, degree of grouting in the
SBC 602-CC-18
cells, and whether the cells are
insulated.
insulation:
1. For concrete walls, determine the Rc
from Table A3.1B based on the
concrete density and wall thickness.
Next, determine the effective R-
value for the insulation/framing layer
from Table A3.1D based on the rated
R-value of insulation installed, the
thickness of the insulation, and
whether it is installed between metal
framing or with no framing. Then,
determine the C-factor by adding the
Rc and the effective R-value together
and taking the inverse of the total.
2. For concrete block walls, determine
the Rc from Table A3.1C based on
the block size, concrete density,
degree of grouting in the cells, and
whether the cells are insulated. Next,
determine the effective R-value for
the insulation/framing layer from
Table A3.1D based on the rated R-
value of insulation installed, the
thickness of the insulation, and
whether it is installed between metal
framing or with no framing. Then,
determine the C-factor by adding the
Rc and the effective R-value together
and taking the inverse of the total.
145
APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

TABLE A4.2 Assembly C-Factors for Below-Grade Walls SI

Specified C-Factors (Wall
Framing Type and Depth Rated R-Value
Only,
of Insulation Alone without Soil and Air Films)
m2·°C/W W/m2·°C
No Framing R-0 C-6.48
Exterior Insulation, Continuous and Uninterrupted by Framing
No Framing R-0.88 C-0.97
No Framing R-1.32 C-0.68
No Framing R-1.76 C-0.52
No Framing R-2.20 C-0.43
No Framing R-2.64 C-0.36
No Framing R-3.08 C-0.31
No Framing R-3.52 C-0.27
No Framing R-4.40 C-0.22
No Framing R-5.28 C-0.18
No Framing R-6.16 C-0.16
No Framing R-7.04 C-0.14
No Framing R-7.92 C-0.12
No Framing R-8.80 C-0.11
Continuous Metal Framing at 610 mm on Center Horizontally
89 mm R-1.94 C-1.03
89 mm R-2.29 C-0.99
89 mm R-2.64 C-0.95
140 mm R-3.35 C-0.71
140 mm R-3.70 C-0.68
25 mm Metal Clips at 610 mm on Center Horizontally and 406 mm Vertically
25 mm R-0.67 C-1.32
25 mm R-0.88 C-1.14
25 mm R-0.99 C-0.95
38 mm R-1.00 C-0.98
38 mm R-1.32 C-0.83
38 mm R-1.48 C-0.78
51 mm R-1.34 C-0.78
51 mm R-1.76 C-0.66
51 mm R-1.97 C-0.61
64 mm R-1.67 C-0.65
64 mm R-2.20 C-0.55
64 mm R-2.46 C-0.51
76 mm R-2.01 C-0.56
76 mm R-2.64 C-0.47
76 mm R-2.96 C-0.43
89 mm R-2.34 C-0.48
89 mm R-3.08 C-0.40
89 mm R-3.45 C-0.37
89 mm R-2.68 C-0.43
89 mm R-3.52 C-0.36
89 mm R-3.94 C-0.33

SBC 602-CC-18 146

APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A
Floors
A5.1 General. The buffering effect of
unconditioned spaces shall not be included in U-
factor calculations. See Section A6 for slab-on-
grade floors.
A5.2 Mass Floors
A5.2.1 General. For the purpose of Section A1.2,
the base assembly is continuous insulation over
or under a solid concrete floor. The U-factors
include R-0.16 m2·°C/W for interior air film-heat
flow down, R-0.22 m2·°C/W for carpet and
rubber pad, R-0.09 m2·°C/W for 203 mm
concrete, and R-0.08 m2·°C/W for semi-exterior
air film. Added insulation is continuous and
uninterrupted by framing. Framing factor is zero.
A5.2.2 Rated R-Value of Insulation for Mass
Floors
A5.2.2.1 The rated R-value of insulation is for
continuous insulation uninterrupted by framing.
SBC 602-CC-18
A5.2.2.2 Where framing, including metal joists,
is used, compliance shall be based on the
maximum assembly U-factor rather than the
minimum rated R-value of insulation.
A5.2.2.3 For waffle-slab floors, the floor shall be
insulated either on the interior above the slab or
on all exposed surfaces of the waffle.
A5.2.2.4 For floors with beams that extend below
the floor slab, the floor shall be insulated either
on the interior above the slab or on the exposed
floor and all exposed surfaces of the beams that
extend 600 mm and less below the exposed floor.
A5.2.3 U-Factors for Mass Floors
A5.2.3.1 The U-factors for mass walls shall be
taken from Table A5.2.
A5.2.3.2 It is not acceptable to use the U-factors
in Table A5.2 if the insulation is not continuous.
147
APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

TABLE A5.2 Assembly U-Factors for Mass Floors (SI)

Framing Cavity Overall Overall U-Factor for Assembly of Base

Type Insulation U-Factor Wall Plus
and R-Value: for Entire Continuous Insulation (uninterrupted by
Spacing Rated Base framing) - W/m2·°C
Width (Effective Floor
(Actual Installed) Assembly
Rated R-Value of Continuous Insulation - m2·°C/W
Depth) m2·°C/W W/m2·°C
0.18 0.35 0.53 0.71 0.88 l.06 l.23 l.41 l.59 l.76
Concrete Floor with Rigid Foam
None (0.00) 1.82 1.38 1.11 0.93 0.80 0.70 0.62 0.56 0.51 0.47 0.43
Concrete Floor with Pinned Boards
R-0.74 0.78 0.68 0.61 0.55 0.50 0.46 0.43 0.40 0.37 0.35 0.33
R-1.11 0.61 0.55 0.50 0.46 0.42 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.33 0.31 0.29
R-1.46 0.50 0.46 0.42 0.39 0.37 0.34 0.32 0.31 0.29 0.28 0.26
R-1.83 0.42 0.39 0.36 0.34 0.32 0.31 0.29 0.28 0.26 0.25 0.24
R-2.20 0.36 0.34 0.32 0.30 0.29 0.27 0.26 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.22
R-2.57 0.32 0.30 0.29 0.27 0.26 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.22 0.21 0.20
R-2.95 0.29 0.27 0.26 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.22 0.21 0.20 0.20 0.19
Concrete Floor with Spray-on Insulation
25mm R-0.71 0.80 0.70 0.62 0.56 0.51 0.47 0.43 0.40 0.38 0.35 0.33
51 mm R-l.41 0.51 0.47 0.43 0.40 0.38 0.35 0.33 0.31 0.30 0.28 0.27
76mm R-2.12 0.38 0.35 0.33 0.31 0.30 0.28 0.27 0.26 0.25 0.24 0.23
102mm R-2.82 0.30 0.28 0.27 0.26 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.22 0.21 0.20 0.19
127mm R-3.53 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.22 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.19 0.18 0.18 0.17
152mm R-4.23 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.19 0.18 0.18 0.17 0.17 0.16 0.16 0.15

SBC 602-CC-18 148

APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

TABLE A5.2 (cont) Assembly U-Factors for Mass Floors (SI)

Framing Overall Overall U-Factor for Assembly of Base

Cavity Wall Plus
Type U-Factor
Insulation R-
and for Entire Continuous Insulation (uninterrupted by
Value: Rated
Spacing Base framing) - W/m2·°C
(Effective
Width Floor
Installed)
(Actual Assembly
m2·°C/W Rated R-Value of Continuous Insulation - m2·°C/W
Depth) W/m2·°C
l.94 2.12 2.29 2.47 2.65 3.53 4.41 5.29 6.17 7.05
Concrete Floor with Rigid Foam
None (0.00) 1.82 0.40 0.38 0.35 0.33 0.31 0.25 0.20 0.17 0.15 0.13
Concrete Floor with Pinned Boards
R-0.74 0.78 0.31 0.29 0.28 0.27 0.25 0.21 0.18 0.15 0.13 0.12
R-1.11 0.61 0.28 0.27 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.19 0.16 0.14 0.13 0.11
R-1.46 0.50 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.22 0.21 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.11
R-1.83 0.42 0.23 0.22 0.21 0.21 0.20 0.17 0.15 0.13 0.12 0.11
R-2.20 0.36 0.21 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.19 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.11 0.10
R-2.57 0.32 0.20 0.19 0.18 0.18 0.17 0.15 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.10
R-2.95 0.29 0.18 0.18 0.17 0.17 0.16 0.14 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.09
Concrete Floor with Spray-on Insulation
25mm R-0.71 0.80 0.31 0.30 0.28 0.27 0.26 0.21 0.18 0.15 0.13 0.12
51 mm R-l.41 0.51 0.26 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.22 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.11
76mm R-2.12 0.38 0.22 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.19 0.16 0.14 0.13 0.11 0.10
102mm R-2.82 0.30 0.19 0.18 0.18 0.17 0.17 0.14 0.13 0.12 0.10 0.10
127mm R-3.53 0.25 0.17 0.16 0.16 0.15 0.15 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.09
152mm R-4.23 0.21 0.15 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08

SBC 602-CC-18 149

APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A
SLAB-ON-GRADE FLOORS
A6.1 General. For the purpose of Section A1.2,
the base assembly is a slab floor of 150 mm
concrete poured directly on to the earth, the
bottom of the slab is at grade line, and soil
conductivity is 1.30 W/m2K. In contrast to the U-
factor for floors, the F-factor for slab-on-grade
floors is expressed per linear foot of building
perimeter. F-factors are provided for unheated
slabs. Unheated slab-on-grade floors do not have
heating elements within or beneath the slab. F-
factors are provided for three insulation
configurations:
1. Horizontal Insulation: continuous
insulation is applied directly to the
underside of the slab and extends inward
horizontally from the perimeter for the
distance specified or continuous
insulation is applied downward from the
top of the slab and then extends
horizontally to the interior or the exterior
from the perimeter for the distance
specified.
2. Vertical Insulation: continuous
insulation is applied directly to the slab
exterior, extending downward from the
top of the slab for the distance specified.
3. Fully Insulated Slab: continuous
insulation extends downward from the
top of the slab and along the entire
perimeter and completely covers the
entire area under the slab.
SBC 602-CC-18
A6.2 Rated R-Value of Insulation for
Slab-on-Grade Floors
A6.2.1 The rated R-value of insulation shall
be installed around the perimeter of the
slab-on-grade floor to the distance
specified.
Exception: For a monolithic slab-on-
grade floor, the insulation shall extend
from the top of the slab-on-grade to the
bottom of the footing.
A6.2.2 Insulation installed inside the foundation
wall shall extend downward from the top of the
slab a minimum of the distance specified or to
the top of the footing, whichever is less.
A6.2.3 Insulation installed outside the
foundation wall shall extend from the top of the
slab or downward to at least the bottom of the
slab and then horizontally to a minimum of the
distance specified. In all climates, the horizontal
insulation extending outside of the foundation
shall be covered by pavement or by soil a
minimum of 250 mm thick.
A6.3 F-Factors for Slab-on-Grade Floors
A6.3.1 F-factors for slab-on-grade floors shall
be taken from Table A6.3.
A6.3.2 These F-factors are acceptable for all
slab-on-grade floors.
150
 APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

TABLE A6.3 Assembly F-Factors for Slab-on-Grade Floors (SI)

Rated R-Value of Insulation - m2·°C/W
Insulation Description 0 0.9 1.3 1.8 2.6 3.5 4.4 5.3 6.2 7 7.9 8.8 9.7
None 1.26
300 mm horizontal 1.24 1.23 1.23 1.23
600 mm horizontal 1.21 1.21 1.2 1.19
900 mm horizontal 1.18 1.17 1.15 1.14
1200 mm horizontal 1.16 1.13 1.11 1.09
300 mm vertical 1.05 1.03 1.01 0.99 0.98 0.98 0.98
600 mm vertical 1.00 0.97 0.93 0.90 0.88 0.87 0.87
900 mm vertical 0.97 0.93 0.88 0.84 0.82 0.80 0.80
1200 mm vertical 0.93 0.88 0.83 0.78 0.75 0.73 0.72
Fully insulated slab 0.80 0.71 0.62 0.52 0.45 0.40 0.37 0.34 0.32 0.30 0.29 0.28

Fenestration

Opaque Doors All fenestration with U-factors, SHGC, or visible

All opaque doors with U-factors determined,
certified, and labeled in accordance with NFRC
1009, or equivalent, shall be assigned those U-
factors.
A7.1 Unlabeled Opaque Doors. Unlabeled
opaque doors shall be assigned the following U-
factors:
a. Uninsulated double-layer metal doors:
4.0
b. Insulated metal doors: 2.8
c. Wood doors, minimum nominal
thickness of 44 mm , including panel
doors with minimum panel thickness of
28 mm solid core flush doors, and hollow
core flush doors: 2.8.
d. Any other wood door: 3.4
light transmittance determined, certified, and
labeled in accordance with NFRC 1009, 20019,
and 3008, or equivalent, respectively, shall be
assigned those values.
A8.1 Unlabeled Skylights. Unlabeled skylights
shall be assigned the U-factors in Table A8.1A
and are allowed to use the SHGCs and VLTs in
Table A8.1B. The metal with thermal break
frame category shall not be used unless all frame
members have a thermal break equal to or greater
than 6 mm
A8.2 Unlabeled Vertical Fenestration.
Unlabeled vertical fenestration, both operable
and fixed, shall be assigned the U-factors, in
Table A8.2, and the SHGCs, and VLTs in Table
A8.3.

SBC 602-CC-18 151

 APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

TABLE A8.1A Assembly U-Factors for Unlabeled Skylights - W/m2·°C (SI)

Unlabeled Skylight with Curb Unlabeled Skylight without Curb
Frame Type (Includes glass/plastic, flat/domed,
(Includes glass/plastic, flat/domed, fixed/operable) fixed/operable)

Aluminu Aluminu Reinforced Aluminum Aluminum

m without m with Vinyl/Alumi Wood/ without with Structural
ID Glazing Type
Thermal Thermal num Clad Vinyl Thermal Thermal Glazing
Break Break Wood Break Break

Single Glazing
I 3 mm glass 11.24 10.73 9.96 8.34 7.73 7.09 7.09
2 6.4 mm aery Iie/polyearb 10.33 9.82 9.07 7.45 6.9 6.26 6.26
3 3 mm aerylie/polyearb 10.79 10.27 9.52 7.89 7.31 6.67 6.67
Double Glazing
4 6.4 mm airspace 7.44 6.32 5.94 4.79 4.64 3.99 3.74
5 12.7 mm airspace 7.39 6.27 5.9 4.74 4.59 3.95 3.7
6 6.4 mm argon space 7.19 6.06 5.7 4.54 4.4 3.75 3.5
7 12.7 mm argon space 7.19 6.06 5.7 4.54 4.4 3.75 3.5
Double Glazing, e = 0.60 on
surface 2 or 3
8 6.4 mm airspace 7.24 6.11 5.75 4.59 4.45 3.8 3.55
9 12.7 mm airspace 7.19 6.06 5.7 4.54 4.4 3.75 3.5
10 6.4 mm argon space 6.98 5.86 5.49 4.34 4.2 3.56 3.31
11 12.7 mm argon space 6.98 5.86 5.49 4.34 4.2 3.56 3.31
Double Glazing, e = 0.40 on
surface 2 or 3
12 6.4 mm airspace 7.09 5.96 5.59 4.44 4.3 3.66 3.41
13 12.7 mm airspace 7.03 5.91 5.54 4.39 4.25 3.61 3.36
14 6.4 mm argon space 6.73 5.6 5.24 4.09 3.96 3.32 3.07
15 12.7 mm argon space 6.83 5.7 5.34 4.19 4.06 3.41 3.16
Double Glazing, e= 0.20 on
surface 2 or 3
16 6.4 mm airspace 6.83 5.7 5.34 4.19 4.06 3.41 3.16
17 12.7 mm airspace 6.83 5.7 5.34 4.19 4.06 3.41 3.16
18 6.4 mm argon space 6.47 5.34 4.99 3.84 3.72 3.07 2.83
19 12.7 mm argon space 6.52 5.39 5.04 3.89 3.77 3.12 2.87
Double Glazing, e = 0.10 on
surface 2 or 3
20 6.4 mm airspace 6.73 5.6 5.24 4.09 3.96 3.32 3.07
21 12.7 mm airspace 6.73 5.6 5.24 4.09 3.96 3.32 3.07

SBC 602-CC-18 152

 APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

22 6.4 mm argon space 6.31 5.18 4.84 3.69 3.57 2.93 2.68
23 12.7 mm argon space 6.41 5.29 4.94 3.79 3.67 3.03 2.78
Double Glazing, e = 0.05 on
surface 2 or 3
24 6.4 mm airspace 6.62 5.5 5.14 3.99 3.87 3.22 2.97
25 12.7 mm airspace 6.67 5.55 5.19 4.04 3.91 3.27 3.02
26 6.4 mm argon space 6.21 5.08 4.73 3.58 3.48 2.83 2.58
27 12.7 mm argon space 6.31 5.18 4.84 3.69 3.57 2.93 2.68
Triple Glazing
28 6.4 mm airspaces 6.38 5.07 4.77 3.63 3.65 3.02 2.71
29 12.7 mm airspaces 6.22 4.92 4.62 3.48 3.51 2.88 2.56
30 6.4 mm argon spaces 6.17 4.86 4.56 3.43 3.46 2.83 2.51
31 12.7 mm argon spaces 6.07 4.76 4.46 3.33 3.36 2.73 2.41
Triple Glazing, e = 0.20 on
surface 2, 3, 4, or 5
32 6.4 mm airspaces 6.12 4.81 4.51 3.38 3.41 2.78 2.46
33 12.7 mm airspaces 5.96 4.65 4.36 3.22 3.26 2.63 2.32
34 6.4 mm argon spaces 5.81 4.5 4.21 3.07 3.11 2.49 2.17
35 12.7 mm argon spaces 5.75 4.44 4.15 3.02 3.07 2.44 2.12
Triple Glazing, e = 0.20 on
surfaces 2 or 3 and 4 or 5
36 6.4 mm airspaces 5.86 4.55 4.26 3.12 3.16 2.53 2.22
37 12.7 mm airspaces 5.75 4.44 4.15 3.02 3.07 2.44 2.12
38 6.4 mm argon spaces 5.6 4.29 4 2.86 2.92 2.29 1.97
39 12.7 mm argon spaces 5.49 4.18 3.9 2.76 2.82 2.19 1.87
Triple Glazing, e = 0.10 on
surfaces 2 or 3 and 4 or 5
40 6.4 mm airspaces 5.75 4.44 4.15 3.02 3.07 2.44 2.12
41 12.7 mm airspaces 5.65 4.34 4.05 2.91 2.97 2.34 2.02
42 6.4 mm argon spaces 5.44 4.13 3.84 2.71 2.77 2.14 1.82

43 12.7 mm argon spaces 5.38 4.07 3.79 2.66 2.72 2.09 1.78
Quadruple Glazing, e = 0.10 on
surfaces 2 or 3 and 4 or 5
44 6.4 mm airspaces 5.49 4.18 3.9 2.76 2.82 2.19 1.87
45 12.7 mm airspaces 5.33 4.02 3.74 2.6 2.67 2.04 1.73
46 6.4 mm argon spaces 5.28 3.97 3.69 2.55 2.62 1.99 1.68
47 12.7 mm argon spaces 5.17 3.86 3.59 2.45 2.52 1.9 1.58
48 6.4 mm krypton spaces 5.01 3.7 3.43 2.29 2.38 1.75 1.43

SBC 602-CC-18 153

 APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

TABLE A8.1B Assembly SHGCs and Assembly Visible Light Transmittances (VLTs) for Unlabeled Skylights SI
Unlabeled Skylights (Includes glass/plastic, flat/domed,
Glazing Type: fixed/operable)
Glass
Type Number of glazing layers Metal with
Metal without Wood/ Vinyl/
Number and emissivity of coatings Frame: Thermal
Thermal Break Fiberglass
(Glazing is glass except where noted) Break
Characteristic: SHGC VLT SHGC VLT SHGC VLT
Single glazing, 3 mm glass 0.82 0.76 0.78 0.76 0.73 0.73
Single glazing, 6 mm glass 0.78 0.75 0.74 0.75 0.69 0.72
Single glazing, acrylic/polycarbonate 0.83 0.92 0.83 0.92 0.83 0.92
Double glazing 0.68 0.66 0.64 0.66 0.59 0.64
Double glazing, E = 0.40 on surface 2 or 3 0.71 0.65 0.67 0.65 0.62 0.63
Double glazing, E = 0.20 on surface 2 or 3 0.66 0.61 0.62 0.61 0.57 0.59
Double glazing, E = 0.10 on surface 2 or 3 0.59 0.63 0.55 0.63 0.51 0.61
Double glazing, acrylic/polycarbonate 0.77 0.89 0.77 0.89 0.77 0.89
Triple glazing 0.60 0.59 0.56 0.59 0.52 0.57
Clear
Triple glazing, E = 0.40 on surface 2, 3, 4, or 5 0.64 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.56 0.57
Triple glazing, E = 0.20 on surface 2, 3, 4, or 5 0.59 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.51 0.53
Triple glazing, E = 0.10 on surface 2, 3, 4, or 5 0.54 0.56 0.50 0.56 0.46 0.54
Triple glazing, E = 0.40 on surfaces 3 and 5 0.62 0.57 0.58 0.57 0.53 0.55
Triple glazing, E = 0.20 on surfaces 3 and 5 0.56 0.51 0.52 0.51 0.48 0.49
Triple glazing, E = 0.10 on surfaces 3 and 5 0.47 0.54 0.43 0.54 0.40 0.52
Triple glazing, acrylic/polycarbonate 0.71 0.85 0.71 0.85 0.71 0.85
Quadruple glazing, E = 0.10 on surfaces 3 and 5 0.41 0.48 0.37 0.48 0.33 0.46
Quadruple glazing, acrylic/polycarbonate 0.65 0.81 0.65 0.81 0.65 0.81
Single glazing, 3 mm glass 0.70 0.58 0.66 0.58 0.62 0.56
Single glazing, 6 mm glass 0.61 0.45 0.56 0.45 0.52 0.44
Single glazing, acrylic/polycarbonate 0.46 0.27 0.46 0.27 0.46 0.27
Double glazing 0.50 0.40 0.46 0.40 0.42 0.39
Double glazing, E = 0.40 on surface 2 or 3 0.59 0.50 0.55 0.50 0.50 0.48
Double glazing, E = 0.20 on surface 2 or 3 0.47 0.37 0.43 0.37 0.39 0.36
Double glazing, E = 0.10 on surface 2 or 3 0.43 0.38 0.39 0.38 0.35 0.37
Double glazing, acrylic/polycarbonate 0.37 0.25 0.37 0.25 0.37 0.25
Triple glazing 0.42 0.22 0.37 0.22 0.34 0.21
Tinted
Triple glazing, E = 0.40 on surface 2, 3, 4, or 5 0.53 0.45 0.49 0.45 0.45 0.44
Triple glazing, E = 0.20 on surface 2, 3, 4, or 5 0.42 0.33 0.38 0.33 0.35 0.32
Triple glazing, E = 0.10 on surface 2, 3, 4, or 5 0.39 0.34 0.35 0.34 0.31 0.33
Triple glazing, E = 0.40 on surfaces 3 and 5 0.51 0.43 0.47 0.43 0.43 0.42
Triple glazing, E = 0.20 on surfaces 3 and 5 0.40 0.31 0.36 0.31 0.32 0.29
Triple glazing, E = 0.10 on surfaces 3 and 5 0.34 0.32 0.30 0.32 0.27 0.31
Triple glazing, acrylic/polycarbonate 0.30 0.23 0.30 0.23 0.30 0.23
Quadruple glazing, E = 0.10 on surfaces 3 and 5 0.30 0.29 0.26 0.29 0.23 0.28
Quadruple glazing, acrylic/polycarbonate 0.27 0.25 0.27 0.25 0.27 0.25

SBC 602-CC-18 154

 APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

TABLE A8.2 Assembly U-Factors for Unlabeled Vertical Fenestration - W/m2·°C (SI)

Product Type Operable (including sliding and swinging glass doors) Fixed
Aluminum Aluminum Reinforced Aluminum Aluminum Reinforced
Frame Type Without with Vinyl/ Insulated Without with Vinyl/ Insulated
Thermal Thermal Aluminum Wood/ Fiberglass/ Thermal Thermal Aluminum Wood/ Fiberglass/
Clad Clad
Glazing Type Break Break Wood Vinyl Vinyl Break Break Wood Vinyl Vinyl
Double Glazing
6 mm air space 4.60 3.63 3.23 3.12 2.84 3.86 3.52 3.18 3.18 3.12
12 mm air space 4.31 3.29 2.95 2.84 2.55 3.52 3.18 2.84 2.84 2.72
6 mm argon
space 4.43 3.46 3.06 2.95 2.67 3.69 3.35 3.01 2.95 2.89
12 mm argon
space 4.14 3.18 2.84 2.72 2.44 3.40 3.01 2.72 2.67 2.55
Double Glazing, e = 0.20 on surface 2 or 3
6 mm air space 4.14 3.18 2.84 2.72 2.44 3.40 3.01 2.72 2.67 2.55
12 mm air space 3.69 2.72 2.44 2.33 2.10 2.89 2.55 2.21 2.21 1.99
6 mm argon
space 3.86 2.89 2.55 2.44 2.21 3.06 2.67 2.38 2.38 2.16
12 mm argon
space 3.46 2.55 2.21 2.16 1.87 2.67 2.33 1.99 1.99 1.70
Double Glazing, e = 0.10 on surface 2 or 3
6 mm air space 4.03 3.06 2.72 2.61 2.33 3.23 2.89 2.55 2.55 2.38
12 mm air space 3.57 2.61 2.33 2.21 1.93 2.78 2.38 2.10 2.10 1.82
6 mm argon
space 3.69 2.72 2.44 2.33 2.10 2.89 2.55 2.21 2.21 1.99
12 mm argon
space 3.35 2.38 2.10 2.04 1.76 2.50 2.16 1.87 1.82 1.53
Double Glazing, e = 0.05 on surface 2 or 3
6 mm air space 3.97 3.01 2.67 2.55 2.33 3.18 2.84 2.50 2.50 2.33
12 mm air space 3.46 2.55 2.21 2.16 1.87 2.67 2.33 1.99 1.99 1.70
6 mm argon
space 3.63 2.67 2.38 2.27 1.99 2.78 2.44 2.16 2.10 1.87
12 mm argon
space 3.23 2.33 2.04 1.93 1.70 2.44 2.04 1.76 1.76 1.42
Triple Glazing
6 mm air space 3.80 2.78 2.44 2.44 2.16 3.01 2.67 2.38 2.38 2.16
12 mm air space 3.46 2.50 2.16 2.16 1.93 2.67 2.33 2.04 2.04 1.76
6 mm argon
space 3.57 2.61 2.33 2.27 2.04 2.84 2.50 2.16 2.16 1.93
12 mm argon
space 3.35 2.38 2.10 2.04 1.82 2.55 2.27 1.93 1.93 1.65
Triple Glazing, e = 0.20 on surface 2 and 5
6 mm air space 3.52 2.55 2.27 2.21 1.99 2.78 2.44 2.10 2.10 1.87
12 mm air space 3.18 2.21 1.93 1.87 1.65 2.38 2.04 1.76 1.76 1.42
6 mm argon
space 3.29 2.33 2.04 2.04 1.76 2.55 2.21 1.87 1.87 1.59
12 mm argon
space 3.06 2.10 1.82 1.76 1.53 2.21 1.87 1.59 1.59 1.25

SBC 602-CC-18 155

 APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

Triple Glazing, e = 0.10 on surfaces 2 and 5

6 mm air space 3.29 2.27 2.04 1.99 1.76 2.50 2.16 1.82 1.82 1.53
12 mm air space 2.84 1.93 1.65 1.59 1.42 2.04 1.70 1.42 1.42 1.02
6 mm argon
space 3.01 2.04 1.76 1.76 1.53 2.16 1.87 1.53 1.53 1.19
12 mm argon
space 2.67 1.70 1.48 1.48 1.25 1.82 1.53 1.19 1.19 0.79

SBC 602-CC-18 156

 APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

Table A8.3 Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC) and Visible Transmittance (Tv) for Window Systems
Total Window SHGC Total Window Tv at
at Normal Incidence Normal Incidence
Aluminum Other Frames Aluminum Other Frames
Glazing System Glass Thickness Operable Fixed Operable Fixed Operable Fixed Operable Fixed
Double Glazing mm
CLR CLR 3 0.69 0.70 0.62 0.67 0.72 0.73 0.65 0.72
CLR CLR 6 0.64 0.64 0.57 0.62 0.69 0.70 0.62 0.70
BRZ CLR 3 0.57 0.57 0.50 0.55 0.55 0.56 0.50 0.56
BRZ CLR 6 0.45 0.45 0.40 0.43 0.42 0.42 0.38 0.42
GRN CLR 3 0.55 0.55 0.49 0.53 0.67 0.68 0.60 0.67
GRN CLR 6 0.45 0.45 0.40 0.43 0.61 0.61 0.54 0.61
GRY CLR 3 0.55 0.55 0.49 0.53 0.50 0.50 0.45 0.50
GRY CLR 6 0.43 0.43 0.38 0.42 0.36 0.37 0.33 0.37
BLUGRN CLR 6 0.46 0.46 0.41 0.44 0.60 0.60 0.54 0.60
HI-P GRN CLR 6 0.36 0.36 0.32 0.35 0.53 0.53 0.47 0.53
Reflective Double Glazing
SS on CLR 8%,
CLR 6 0.13 0.13 0.11 0.12 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.07
SS on CLR 14%,
CLR 6 0.17 0.16 0.14 0.15 0.12 0.12 0.10 0.12
SS on CLR 20%,
CLR 6 0.21 0.21 0.18 0.20 0.16 0.16 0.14 0.17
SS on GRN 14%,
CLR 6 0.16 0.16 0.14 0.14 0.10 0.10 0.09 0.11
TI on CLR 20%,
CLR 6 0.20 0.20 0.18 0.19 0.16 0.16 0.14 0.17
TI on CLR 30%,
CLR 6 0.27 0.27 0.24 0.26 0.24 0.24 0.22 0.25
Low-e Double Glazing, e = 0.2 on surface 2
LE CLR 3 0.59 0.60 0.53 0.58 0.68 0.68 0.61 0.68
LE CLR 6 0.55 0.55 0.49 0.53 0.65 0.66 0.58 0.65
Low-e Double Glazing, e = 0.2 on surface 3
CLR LE 3 0.64 0.64 0.57 0.62 0.68 0.68 0.61 0.68
CLR LE 6 0.59 0.60 0.53 0.58 0.65 0.66 0.58 0.65
BRZ LE 3 0.52 0.52 0.46 0.51 0.52 0.52 0.46 0.52
BRZ LE 6 0.42 0.42 0.37 0.40 0.40 0.41 0.36 0.41
GRN LE 3 0.50 0.51 0.45 0.49 0.62 0.63 0.56 0.63
GRN LE 6 0.38 0.38 0.34 0.36 0.54 0.55 0.49 0.55
GRY LE 3 0.50 0.50 0.44 0.48 0.47 0.48 0.42 0.48
GRY LE 6 0.36 0.36 0.32 0.35 0.33 0.33 0.30 0.34
BLUGRN LE 6 0.42 0.42 0.37 0.40 0.55 0.56 0.50 0.56
HI-P GRN LE 6 0.32 0.32 0.28 0.30 0.49 0.50 0.44 0.49
Low-e Double Glazing, e = 0.1 on surface 2
LE CLR 3 0.59 0.60 0.53 0.58 0.68 0.68 0.61 0.68
LE CLR 6 0.55 0.55 0.49 0.53 0.64 0.65 0.58 0.64

SBC 602-CC-18 157

 APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

Low-e Double Glazing, e = 0.1 on surface 3

CLR LE 3 0.55 0.55 0.49 0.53 0.67 0.68 0.60 0.67
CLR LE 6 0.51 0.52 0.46 0.50 0.64 0.65 0.58 0.64
BRZ LE 3 0.44 0.44 0.39 0.43 0.51 0.51 0.46 0.51
BRZ LE 6 0.36 0.36 0.32 0.35 0.40 0.41 0.36 0.41
GRN LE 3 0.42 0.43 0.38 0.41 0.61 0.61 0.54 0.61
GRN LE 6 0.34 0.34 0.30 0.32 0.54 0.55 0.49 0.55
GRY LE 3 0.42 0.43 0.38 0.41 0.46 0.47 0.42 0.47
GRY LE 6 0.32 0.32 0.28 0.30 0.33 0.33 0.30 0.34
BLUGRN LE 6 0.36 0.36 0.32 0.35 0.55 0.56 0.50 0.56
HI-P GRN W/LE
CLR 6 0.29 0.29 0.26 0.28 0.51 0.51 0.46 0.51
Low-e Double Glazing, e = 0.05 on surface 2
LE CLR 3 0.38 0.38 0.34 0.36 0.64 0.65 0.58 0.64
LE CLR 6 0.34 0.34 0.30 0.33 0.62 0.63 0.56 0.63
BRZ W/LE CLR 6 0.25 0.25 0.22 0.23 0.37 0.38 0.34 0.38
GRN W/LE CLR 6 0.29 0.29 0.26 0.28 0.53 0.54 0.48 0.54
GRY W/LE CLR 6 0.23 0.23 0.20 0.21 0.31 0.32 0.28 0.32
BLUE W/LE CLR 6 0.26 0.25 0.22 0.24 0.40 0.41 0.36 0.41
HI-P GRN W/LE
CLR 6 0.26 0.25 0.22 0.24 0.47 0.48 0.42 0.48
Triple Glazing 6
CLR CLR CLR 3 0.62 0.62 0.55 0.60 0.66 0.67 0.59 0.66
CLR CLR CLR 6 0.56 0.56 0.50 0.54 0.62 0.63 0.56 0.63
HI-P GRN CLR
CLR 6 0.30 0.30 0.26 0.29 0.47 0.48 0.42 0.48
Triple Glazing, e = 0.2 on surface 2
LE CLR CLR 3 0.55 0.55 0.49 0.53 0.61 0.61 0.54 0.61
LE CLR CLR 6 0.49 0.49 0.43 0.47 0.57 0.58 0.51 0.57
Triple Glazing, e = 0.2 on surface 5
CLR CLR LE 3 0.57 0.57 0.50 0.55 0.61 0.61 0.54 0.61
CLR CLR LE 6 0.51 0.52 0.46 0.50 0.57 0.58 0.51 .57
Triple Glazing, e = 0.1 on surface 2 and 5
LE CLR LE 3 0.38 0.38 0.34 0.36 0.55 0.56 0.50 0.56
LE CLR LE 6 0.34 0.34 0.30 0.32 0.53 0.53 0.47 0.53

SBC 602-CC-18 158

APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

DETERMINATION OF ALTERNATE ASSEMBLY U-FACTORS, C-

FACTORS, F-FACTORS, or HEAT CAPACITIES

A9.1 General. Component U-factors for other opaque assemblies shall be determined
in accordance with Section A9 only if approved by the building official in accordance with Section
A1.2. The procedures required for each class of construction are specified in Section A9.2.
Testing shall be performed in accordance with Section A9.3. Calculations shall be performed in
accordance with Section A9.4.
A9.2 Required Procedures. Two- or three-dimensional finite difference and finite
volume computer models shall be an acceptable alternative method to calculating the thermal
performance values for all assemblies and constructions listed below. The following procedures
shall also be permitted to determine all alternative U-factors, F-factors, and C-factors.
a. Roofs
1. Roofs with insulation entirely above deck: testing or series calculation method.
2. Attic roofs, concrete joists: testing or parallel path calculation method if concrete is solid and
uniform or isothermal planes calculation method if concrete has hollow sections.
3. Other attic roofs and other roofs: testing or two-dimensional calculation method.
b. Above-Grade Walls
1. Mass walls: testing or isothermal planes calculation method or two-dimensional calculation
method. The parallel path calculation method is not acceptable.

c. Below-Grade Walls
1. Mass walls: testing or isothermal planes calculation method or two-dimensional calculation
method. The parallel path calculation method is not acceptable.
2. Other walls: testing or two-dimensional calculation method.

d. Floors
1. Mass floors: testing or parallel path calculation method if concrete is solid and uniform or
isothermal planes calculation method if concrete has hollow sections.
2. Other floors: testing or two-dimensional calculation method.

e. Slab-on-Grade Floors
No testing or calculations allowed.

SBC 602-CC-18 159

APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

TABLE A9.2A Effective Insulation/Framing Layer R-Values for Roof and Floor
Insulation Installed Between Metal Framing (1.2 m (4 ft) on Center) SI
Rated R-Value Correction Framing/Cavity Rated R-Value Correction Framing/Cavity
of Insulation Factor R-Value of Insulation Factor R-Value
2 2
m ·°C/W m ·°C/W m2·°C/W m2·°C/W
0.00 1.00 0.00 3.52 0.85 2.99
0.70 0.97 0.68 3.70 0.84 3.11
0.88 0.96 0.85 4.23 0.82 3.46
1.41 0.94 1.32 4.40 0.81 3.57
1.76 0.92 1.62 5.28 0.79 4.17
1.94 0.91 1.76 6.16 0.76 4.68
2.11 0.90 1.90 6.69 0.74 4.95
2.29 0.90 2.06 7.04 0.73 5.14
2.64 0.88 2.32 7.92 0.71 5.63
2.82 0.87 2.45 8.80 0.69 6.07
3.35 0.86 2.88 9.68 0.67 6.49

TABLE A9.2B Effective Insulation/Framing Layer R-Values for Wall Insulation Installed Between Steel
Framing SI
Nominal Depth Actual Depth Rated R-Value Effective Framing/Cavity R-Value
of Cavity, of Cavity, of Airspace at 406 mm at 610 mm
mm mm or Insulation on Center
m2·°C/W m2·°C/W m2·°C/W
Empty Cavity, No Insulation
100 89 R-0.16 0.14 0.16
Insulated Cavity
100 89 R-1.9 1.0 1.2
100 89 R-2.3 1.1 1.3
100 89 R-2.6 1.1 1.4
150 152 R-3.3 1.3 1.5
150 152 R-3.7 1.3 1.6
200 203 R-4.4 1.4 1.7

A9.3 Testing Procedures For concrete, the oven-dried conductivity shall

be multiplied by 1.2 to reflect the moisture
A.9.3.1 Building Material
content as typically installed.
Thermal Properties. If building material R-
A9.3.2 Assembly U-Factors. If assembly U-
values or thermal conductivities are
factors are determined by testing, ASTM C13636
determined by testing, one of the following
test procedures shall be used.
test procedures, or equivalent, shall be used:
Product samples tested shall be production line
a. ASTM C1774 material or representative of material as
b. ASTM C5185 purchased by the consumer or contractor. If the
c. ASTM C13636 assembly is too large to be tested at one time in
its entirety, then either a representative portion
shall be tested or different portions shall be tested
separately and a weighted average determined.

SBC 602-CC-18 160

APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A
To be representative, the portion tested shall
include edges of panels, joints with other panels,
typical framing percentages, and thermal bridges.
A9.4 Calculation Procedures and
Assumptions. The following procedures and
assumptions shall be used for all calculations. R-
values for air films, insulation, and building
materials shall be taken from Sections A9.4.1
through A9.4.3, respectively. In addition, the
appropriate assumptions listed in Sections A2
through A8, including framing factors, shall be
used.
A9.4.1 Air Films. Prescribed R-values for air
films shall be as follows:
R-Value Condition
0.03 m2·°C/W All exterior surfaces
0.08 m2·°C/W All semi-exterior surfaces
0.11 m2·°C/W Interior horizontal surfaces,
heat flow up
0.17 m2·°C/W Interior horizontal surfaces,
heat flow down
0.12 m2·°C/W Interior vertical surfaces
A9.4.1.1 Exterior surfaces are areas exposed to
the wind.
A9.4.1.2 Semi-exterior surfaces are protected
surfaces that face attics, unconditioned spaces
with natural or mechanical ventilation.
A9.4.1.3 Interior surfaces are surfaces within
enclosed spaces.
SBC 602-CC-18
A9.4.1.4 The R-value for cavity airspaces shall
be taken from Table A9.4A based on the
emissivity of the cavity from Table A9.4B. No
credit shall be given for airspaces in cavities that
contain any insulation or are less than 13 mm.
The values for 89 mm cavities shall be used for
cavities of that width and greater.
A9.4.2 Insulation R-Values. Insulation R-values
shall be determined as follows:
a. For insulation that is not compressed,
the rated R-value of insulation shall be
used.
b. For calculation purposes, the effective
R-value for insulation that is
uniformly compressed in confined
cavities shall be taken from Table
A9.4C.
A9.4.3 Building Material Thermal Properties.
R-values for building materials shall be taken
from Table A9.4D. Concrete block R-values shall
be calculated using the isothermal planes method
or a two-dimensional calculation program,
thermal conductivities from Table A9.4E, and
dimensions from ASTM C9020. The parallel path
calculation method is not acceptable.
Exception: R-values for building materials
or thermal conductivities determined from
testing in accordance with Section A9.3.
161
APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

TABLE A9.4A R Values for Cavity Air Spaces

R-Value - m2·°C/W
Airspace
Component Effective Emissivity
Thickness mm
0.03 0.05 0.20 0.50 0.82
13 0.44 0.41 0.29 0.19 0.14
Roof 19 0.63 0.58 0.37 0.21 0.15
(Heat Flow 38 1.07 0.94 0.49 0.25 0.17
Down) 89 1.89 1.44 0.60 0.28 0.18
140 2.07 1.63 0.63 0.28 0.18
13 0.44 0.41 0.29 0.19 0.14
19 0.62 0.57 0.37 0.21 0.15
Wall 38 0.67 0.63 0.42 0.26 0.18
89 0.64 0.6 0.41 0.25 0.18
140 0.66 0.61 0.38 0.22 0.15
13 0.38 0.36 0.28 0.20 0.15
19 0.41 0.39 0.30 0.20 0.15
Floor
(Heat Flow Up) 38 0.44 0.42 0.32 0.21 0.16
89 0.49 0.47 0.34 0.23 0.16
140 0.52 0.50 0.36 0.23 0.17

TABLE A9.4B Emittance Values of Various Surfaces and Effective Emittances of Air Spaces SI
Effective Emittance
Average e eff of Air Space
Surface
Emittance e One Surface e; Both Surfaces
Other, 0.9 Emittance e
Aluminum foil, bright 0.05 0.05 0.03
0.30 0.29 —
Aluminum foil, with condensate just visible (>0.5 g/m2)
Aluminum foil, with condensate clearly visible (>2.0 0.70 0.65 —
g/m2)
Aluminum sheet 0.12 0.12 0.06
Aluminum coated paper, polished 0.20 0.20 0.11
Steel, galv., bright 0.25 0.24 0.15
Aluminum paint 0.50 0.47 0.35
Building materials: wood, paper, masonry, 0.90 0.82 0.82
nonmetallic paints
Regular glass 0.84 0.77 0.72

SBC 602-CC-18 162

APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

TABLE A9.4C Effective R-Values for Fiberglass - m2·°C/W (SI)

Insulation R-Value at Standard Thickness
Rated R-Value 1.9 2.3 2.6 3.3 3.7 3.9 5.3 6.7
Standard Thickness, mm 90 90 90 155 140 170 240 300
Effective Insulation R-Values
Actual Depth of Cavity, mm
when Installed in a Confined Cavity
286 - - - - - - - 6.5
235 - - - - - - 5.3 5.6
184 - - - 3.3 3.7 3.9 4.6 4.8
140 - - - 3.2 3.7 3.5 3.7 -
89 1.9 2.3 2.6 2.3 2.6 2.5 - -
64 1.6 1.8 1.9 - - - - -
38 1.0 1.1 - - - - - -

TABLE A9.4D R-Values for Building Materials - m2·°C/W SI

Material Actual Size, mm R-Value

Carpet and rubber pad – 0.22

Concrete at R-000434/mm 50 0.02
100 0.04
150 0.07
200 0.09
250 0.11
300 0.13
Gypsum board 13 0.08
16 0.10
Roofing, built-up 9.5 0.06
Sheathing, vegetable fiber board, 20 mm 20 0.36
Soil at R-0.000723/mm 300 0.22
Steel, mild 25.4 0.0005601
Stucco 19 0.01

A9.4.4 Building Material Heat Capacities. The HC of assemblies shall be calculated using published
values for the unit weight and specific heat of all building material components that make up the assembly.

SBC 602-CC-18 163

APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

TABLE A9.4E Thermal Conductivity of Concrete Block Material SI

Concrete Block Thermal Conductivity,
Density, kg/m3 W/m·°C
1280 0.53
1360 0.60
1440 0.68
1520 0.73
1600 0.79
1680 0.88
1760 0.96
1840 1.04
1920 1.12
2000 1.28
2080 1.44
2160 1.70
2240 1.94

TABLE A9.4F Fiberglass Reference Properties (SI)

R-Value, Weight, Density, Thickness,
m2·°C/W kg/m2 kg/m3 m mm
1.76 0.727 9.680 0.075 7.5
1.94 0.820 10.080 0.081 8.1
2.29 0.971 10.048 0.097 9.7
2.82 1.186 10.144 0.117 11.7
3.34 1.449 10.448 0.138 13.8
4.40 2.084 11.872 0.175 17.5
5.28 2.538 12.256 0.207 20.7

A9.5 Building Materials Reference Properties. The properties of selected materials are provided in Table
A9.5. The data listed are taken from the ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals7, and should be consulted
for other materials not listed in Table A9.5.

SBC 602-CC-18 164

APPENDIX A NORMATIVE APPENDIX A

TABLE A9.5 Building Materials Reference Properties (SI)

Density, Conductivity Specific Heat
Material 3
kg/m W/m·°C kJ/kg·°C
Insulating Materials
Glass Fiber Batt 0.83
7.5 to 8.1 0.046 to 0.047 -
9.7 to 12 0.04 to 0.043 -
12.6 to 13.6 0.037 to 0.038 -
22.4 0.033 -

Loose Fill, Cellulose Fiber - attic application 0.33

up to 10 cm 16 to 19.2 0.044 to 0.046 -
> 10 cm 19.2 to 25.6 0.038 to 0.04 -

Loose Fill, Cellulose Fiber - wall application 0.33

densely packed 3.5 0.27 to 0.28 -

Polyurethane foam 0.35

low density, open cell 7.2 to 10.4 0.037 to 0.041 -
medium density, closed cell 30.4 to 51.2 0.02 to 0.028 -

Masonry Materials
Brick, fired clay 0.79
2400 1.21 to 1.46 -
2240 1.06 to 1.29 -
2080 0.92 to 1.12 -
1920 0.8 to 0.97 -
1760 0.7 to 0.85 -
1600 0.6 to 0.73 -
1440 0.51 to 0.61 -
1280 0.43 to 0.53 -
1120 0.36 to 0.44 -

Gypsum board 640 0.57 0.99

Steel
mild 7830 3.78 0.50
Data taken from ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals7

SBC 602-CC-18 165

APPENDIX B NORMATIVE APPENDIX B
APPENDIX B NORMATIVE APPENDIX B
BUILDING TIGHTNESS TESTING
General. Building tightness
testing must be performed on residential
dwellings. Testing shall be performed by a
fan pressurization technique in accordance
with ASTM E77921, EN 1382922, or
equivalent. Testing shall be performed by
agencies approved by the local authority
having jurisdiction as being qualified and
reliable to perform the testing and reporting.
Single Zone Buildings.
Single zone buildings (i.e. Single-family
detached structure or a multifamily structure
with a closed corridor connecting all units
within the building) shall be performed with a
single fan pressurization test and represent
the leakage rate for the entire structure.
Exception: Multi-family single zone buildings
shall be permitted to comply with tightness
requirements as a multi-zone building on a
dwelling unit, floor level or other practical means
of sub-dividing the building.
Multi-zone buildings. (i.e.
single-family attached, open corridor multi-
family or multi-story multi-family). Multi-zone
buildings shall be permitted to be tested
either an individual zone or by inducing equal
pressures in adjacent zones. Multi-zone
buildings shall have a random 20 percent of
all zones tested including a minimum of two
SBC 602-CC-18
zones and at least one of the zones shall
have at least three exterior sides (e.g. 2 wall
exposures and a floor). The average leakage
rate of all units tested shall determine
compliance.
Test Protocol.
B4.1 The test is conducted with
ventilation fans and exhaust fans turned off.
The contractor must provide a responsible
HVAC technician with the authority to place
the HVAC system in the correct mode for the
pressure test.The testing agency must have
unhindered access to mechanical rooms, air
handlers, exhaust fans and outdoor air and
exhaust dampers.
B4.2 Prior to testing the building (or
portion being tested) shall have (shall be
permitted to adjust) the following test
envelope conditions: Close, but do not seal
exterior doors, and all other operable
openings. Seal intentional openings (dryer
ducts, bath fans, fresh air ventilation
systems, plumbing traps- fill with water).
Open all interior doors. Heating and cooling
supply and return ducts shall not be sealed.
B4.3 The contractor shall ensure
that no sub-contractors are working in the
area of the fan pressurization test
equipment. During pressurization tests, air
will be blown into and/or out of the building at
high enough velocity that it will cause debris,
dust and litter to become air borne. When
exhausting nearby debris and litter may be
drawn to the fan guards or become
entangled in fan blades where it can block
airflow and result in erroneous
166
APPENDIX B NORMATIVE APPENDIX B
measurements.
B4.4 The fan pressurization test to
determine final compliance with the air
tightness requirement shall be conducted at
any point after the building has been
enclosed.
B4.5 Test shall be conducted at 50
Pascal pressure difference with respect to
outside (pressurize or depressurize) and be
determined by a single point averaged over
10 seconds shall represent the leakage rate
at 50 Pascals (L/s 50).
B4.6 Within the tested area, the
pressure shall not deviate more than +/-10%
from the average building pressure.
B4.7 If a 50 Pascal pressure
difference cannot be reached, then at least 5
test points covering a minimum of a 25
Pascal range and the highest reading must
be at least 40 Pascals and must be
conducted to allow extrapolation to a leakage
rate at 50 Pascals to determine the L/s50.
For the test to be considered valid, a
minimum correlation coefficient (r2) of 0.990
must be achieved for the recorded data
points.
SBC 602-CC-18
B4.8 Volume of house shall be
calculated by taking the conditioned square
meter area (footage) (per ANSI Z-76523 or
ANSI Z65.424, or equivalent, as applicable)
and multiplying by the average ceiling height
and be considered the Conditioned Volume
(CV). If the ceiling is not finished, the height
of the lower portion of the floor joist/rafter
shall be used to determine average ceiling
height.
B4.9 ACH50 shall be calculated
using Equation B-1.
𝐴𝐶𝐻50 = 3600 ∗ 𝐿/𝑠50/1000/𝐶𝑉 (m3)
B-1
SI Example: An 800 m2 house with 3 m ceilings
would have a volume of 2,400 m3
Equation B-1 gives 𝐴𝐶𝐻50 = 3600 ∗ 𝐿/𝑠50 /
1000 / 𝐶𝑉
Rearranging equation B-1 to solve for L/s50 at an
ACH50 of 4.0 yields:
𝐿/𝑠50 = 𝐴𝐶𝐻50 ∗ 1000 ∗ 𝐶𝑉 / 3600 =
4.0 ∗ 1000 ∗ 2400 / 3600 = 2,667 𝐿/𝑠.
167
APPENDIX C INFORMATIVE APPENDIX C
APPENDIX C INFORMATIVE APPENDIX C
HVAC AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS
(This appendix is not part of the Code. It is merely
informative and does not contain requirements
necessary for conformance to the Code.
INTRODUCTION
The professional may use different strategies
and systems to meet the requirements of the
Code. The professional should consider
occupant comfort, energy efficiency, ease of
use, service life, first and life-cycle cost,
value-added features, and indoor air quality
when selecting a strategy and system.
Ventilation systems and strategies that result
in discomfort (e.g., due to drafts) or
excessive energy usage may not be utilized
by occupants as intended, possibly resulting
in poor IAQ. This appendix addresses the
HVAC (and related) systems as potential
causes of poor IAQ and as a control
mechanism. Careful design, operations, and
maintenance are necessary to provide
optimal effectiveness.
DESIGN, INSTALLATION, AND
BUILD OUT
This section focuses on design issues related to
the HVAC system. System design cannot be
separated from envelope design or consideration
of other sources.
C2.1 Pressure in the Living Space. All
exhaust, supply, or air-handling fans have
the potential to change the pressure of the
living space relative to outside. High-volume
fans such as the air handler and some
cooking exhaust fans can cause high levels
of depressurization, particularly in tight
SBC 602-CC-18
construction. Consideration of these effects
is essential in the design process.
Depressurization of the living space relative
to outdoors may cause the migration of
contaminants (such as radon or other soil
gases, car exhaust, sand, etc.) into the living
space. Excessive pressure or
depressurization may best be prevented by
balanced ventilation systems combined with
tight ducting systems accompanied by
adequate return pathways for all supply air
on air-handling devices. When pressure-
relief openings are used instead of balanced
systems, their effect on comfort and energy
consumption should be considered. It should
also be considered that occupants may block
pressure-relief openings.
HVAC SYSTEM DESIGN,
INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE, AND
OPERATION
It is important that HVAC systems be
designed, built, operated, and maintained in
a way that discourages the growth of
biological contaminants. This means that
condensate drain pans need to be sloped to
the drain, condensate drains be maintained
free of obstructions, cooling coils be
maintained free of dirt and other
obstructions, and that any cause of moisture
inside ducts be investigated and eliminated.
It is particularly useful for any inside cooling
coils to be installed in a manner that makes
cleaning practical. It is also important that
HVAC systems be designed, built, operated,
and maintained in a way that reduces or
eliminates the migration of contaminants into
occupiable spaces. This means that the
pressurization of spaces with contaminants
168
APPENDIX C INFORMATIVE APPENDIX C
and the depressurization of adjacent spaces
are to be avoided. Return systems are linked
to powerful fans, and the flows are often
poorly controlled. Return systems that use
building cavities often draw air from multiple
unknown sources. When contaminants are
present in the residential unit, air-moving
equipment associated with heating or cooling
rapidly disperses the contaminants through
the home. This effect both lowers peak
concentrations and distributes the
contaminants to other spaces. This effect
must be taken into account when considering
source control.
C3.1 Mechanical Ventilation System
Design, Installation, Maintenance, and
Operation.
The concentration of indoor contaminants can
increase if ventilation systems are inadequately
designed, installed, maintained, or operated or if
strong local contaminant sources are not isolated,
spot-ventilated, or controlled. Manual switches
associated with a continuous ventilation system
should have a clear label such as, “This controls
the ventilation system of the residential unit.
Leave on except for severe outdoor
contamination.” Section 8.5 contains
requirements on operations and maintenance
procedures and documentation.
C3.2 Effect of Outdoor Conditions on
Moisture Removal.
During periods when the outdoor air has a higher
absolute humidity than the air to be exhausted,
neither natural ventilation nor mechanical
exhaust provide good moisture control. The best
and most cost-effective moisture control may be
the mechanical cooling system or a mechanical
dehumidification system. High outdoor air
moisture content suggests the elimination of
mechanical exhaust; however, typical mechanical
cooling systems do not provide for removal of
contaminants other than moisture. When these
conditions happen only occasionally, special
provisions may not be necessary.
SELECTING THE WHOLE-
SBC 602-CC-18
BUILDING VENTILATION SYSTEM
Whole-building ventilation is provided through
mechanical means. It is important to consider
where the outdoor air comes from, how it enters
the building, how it is distributed, and how it
leaves the building. Systems that are
uncomfortable, expensive to operate, unsafe,
noisy, or in other ways unacceptable to the
occupants are not likely to be used. There is no
air distribution requirement in the Code.
However, the distribution of exhaust and
outdoor air supply is an important consideration.
Air distribution can be provided by either a
distribution system provided for that purpose, a
ducted thermal distribution system, or the
connections between spaces when the spaces are
sufficiently linked to the air inlets and outlets.
Single or multiple fans may provide whole-
building ventilation. These fans may also be the
fans supplying the local exhaust ventilation.
C4.1 Sizing. The mechanical whole-
building systems may run continuously or
intermittently. The Code requires that
intermittent systems supply more ventilation
air; thus, they may cost more to temper the
outside air that is introduced and to run the
fans. The system can consist of supply,
exhaust, or a balanced combination of the
two. In all cases, fans consume electricity
and are potentially noisy. Fans that are noisy
are likely to be unacceptable to many
occupants and will be disabled; noise should
be reduced by using quiet fans or by remote
mounting of the system. Intermittent systems
require a larger flow rate than continuous
systems. The flow rate is related to the
fractional on-time as noted in the equation
below:
𝑄𝑓 = 𝑄𝑟 /
(𝜀 𝑓)
(C1)
where
Qf = fan flow rate, L/s
Qr = ventilation air requirement (from Equation
8.1a)
169
APPENDIX C INFORMATIVE APPENDIX C

ε = ventilation effectiveness (from Table 8.1 of • Example 1 - low-flow resistance duct,

the Code)
f = fractional on-time
Example: A fan operated 50% of the time with
cycle times of 24 hours (1 cycle per day) with a
ventilation air requirement of 19 L/s will have a
ventilation effectiveness of 0.52 (from Table 8.1
of the Code), and the fan flow will have to equal
or exceed 73 L/s.
19 𝐿/𝑠 / (0.52 𝑥 0.50) = 73 𝐿/𝑠
C4.2 Energy Consumption. The
professional should consider the energy
consumption of the mechanical ventilation
system and the factors that influence that
consumption. These factors include:
• Duct flow resistance (this is captured in the total
pressure, pt)
• Fan flow, Qf, which is dependent on the
fractional ontime (see Section C4.1)
• Fractional on time, f
• Combined fan/motor/cabinet efficiency, efm
These factors are related to the energy
consumption through the following relationships
(note that the energy consumption to temper
outside air is not included in these equations):
𝐹𝐻𝑃 = 𝑄𝑓 𝑝𝑡 / (1000000 𝑒𝑓𝑚)
(SI) (C2a)
where
FHP = fan horsepower, kw
Qf = fan flow, L/s
pt = total pressure, pa
efm = combined fan/motor/cabinet efficiency
𝐸𝑓 = 𝐹𝐻𝑃 8760 𝑁𝐷𝑆
(SI) (C3a)
where
Ef = fan energy consumption, kWh
8760 = annual hours
NDS = net duty cycle (fractional on-time for
single-duty fans)
C.4.2.1 Examples
continuous “high”-efficiency single-purpose fan
• Example 2 - higher flow resistance duct,
continuous “normal”-efficiency single-purpose
fan
• Example 3 - higher flow resistance duct,
intermittent operation (more than three hours
between the beginning of on-cycles), fractional
on-time 40%, “normal”-efficiency single-
purpose fan
• Example 4 - higher flow resistance duct,
intermittent operation (less than three hours
between the beginning of on-cycles), fractional
on-time 35%, “normal”-efficiency dual-purpose
fan (e.g., air conditioner fan), net duty cycle 15%
• Example 5 - higher flow resistance duct,
intermittent operation (less than three hours
between the beginning of on-cycles), fractional
on time 35%, “higher”-efficiency dual-purpose
fan (e.g., electronically commutated motor
[ECM] on air conditioner fan), net duty cycle
15%
• Example 6 - higher flow resistance duct,
continuous operation (high speed on cooling and
low speed for ventilation only), “higher”-
efficiency dual-purpose fan (e.g., ECM on air
conditioner fan), net duty cycle 80%
C.4.2.2 Discussion of Examples.
Each example uses a common ventilation air
requirement of 19 L/s.
Example 1 - A “higher”-efficiency bath fan has
about a 20% efficiency against a duct resistance
of 62 Pa. This is a relatively low-restriction duct
system for the field. The ventilation air
requirement of the Code requires very little
power delivered to the air and very little energy
consumption if the system is designed with low
resistance ducting and a higher efficiency
fan/motor assembly.
Example 2 - When a lower efficiency fan is used
and the ducts are somewhat more restricted, the
energy consumption increases.
Example 3 - If the system is changed to
intermittent and the time between on cycles is
over three hours, the fan size and flow must
increase significantly.
Example 4 - An air-handler fan designed for air
conditioning can be used to provide ventilation
by adding a duct with a calibration damper from

SBC 602-CC-18 170

APPENDIX C INFORMATIVE APPENDIX C

the return plenum to an outside air source. When
this type of system is used, the amount of air
moved by the ventilation system is much greater
than a single-purpose ventilation system. In this
example, a flow rate of 566 L/s is used as the
nominal flow of a 10.5 kW air-conditioner indoor
fan. The pressures regularly exceed 125 Pa, and
the efficiency (measured as energy provided
divided by work external to the air-handler
cabinet and coil) is regularly below 15%. With
this system, the fan is controlled to operate more
than needed for heating or cooling during
moderate weather conditions. This is estimated to
produce a duty cycle of 35% overall and an
increase of 15% above normal use over the whole
year. This system would need to be designed for
a flow of 54 L/s through the duct providing the
outside air.
Example 5 - When the system in Example 4 is
installed on a unit with a higher fan/motor
combined efficiency, as with an ECM, the fan
power draw and the annual energy consumption
drop proportionally.
Example 6 - When the system in Example 5
(ECM) is used in multi-speed operation (normal
speed for cooling, low speed for ventilation only),
duty cycle can be extended to 100%. This means
that the flow through the air duct from outdoors
can be reduced to 19 L/s. Low-speed operation
will reduce the duct pressures and the fan power
draw but increase the annual fan energy
consumption. In this example, the fan flow is cut
to 42% of normal. This design will need an
automatic flow-control device to maintain the
correct outside airflow when the fan speeds
change. Without a control, the flow from outside
would increase by 240% when the fan operates at
high speed. The professional should calculate the
electrical energy required to operate the system
and the energy required to temper the outside air
introduced through ventilation.
C4.3 Supply Ventilation. In a supply
ventilation system, there is usually a single
air intake for the ventilation air, which is then
dispersed through the building either by a
dedicated duct system or using the thermal
distribution system. A supply ventilation
system allows the filtration of outdoor air,
which can remove pollen and dust. Exhaust
pathways are normally provided by envelope
leakage and exhaust ducts. Supply
ventilation can result in indoor
pressurization, which can mitigate radon and
dust entry. Supply air, if delivered directly to
rooms without tempering, can cause thermal
discomfort or draft. Energy recovery from the
exiting air is not possible. When a dedicated
duct system is used, the cost of a supply
ventilation system is increased.
C4.4 Exhaust Ventilation. In an exhaust
ventilation system, there is usually a
mechanical exhaust, centrally located. Air
enters the building through envelope
leakage, open windows, or designed inlets.
Because the air intake is dispersed, there is
usually not any thermal discomfort
associated with the system. Energy recovery
can be provided with the addition of an
exhaust air heat pump but may not be
economical in many climates. The exhaust
fan depressurizes the building, which can
aggravate radon or dust problems.

Qr ε f Qf pt efm FHP NDS Ef

In SI units
Example 1 19 1 1 19 62.3 0.2 0.0058 1 51
Example 2 19 1 1 19 87.2 0.15 0.0110 1 96
Example 3 19 0.5 0.4 94 87.2 0.15 0.0547 0.4 191
Example 4 19 1 0.35 566 124.5 0.15 0.4702 0.15 615
Example 5 19 1 0.35 566 124.5 0.22 0.3194 0.15 420
Example 6 19 1 1 236 82.2 0.22 0.0859 0.8 602

Although air intake through building leaks filtration of outdoor air is not generally possible
reduces the particulate concentration somewhat, with exhaust ventilation.

SBC 602-CC-18 171

APPENDIX C INFORMATIVE APPENDIX C
C4.5 C4.5 Balanced Ventilation. In a
balanced ventilation system, there is usually
a mechanical exhaust either centrally located
or ducted from locations likely to have high
contaminant levels. There is a single outside
air intake for the ventilation air, which is then
dispersed through the building. The systems
are designed to produce equal supply and
exhaust flows. With equal flows, the system
creates neither pressurization nor
depressurization. Filtration and tempering of
the incoming air can be accomplished at the
central unit. Balanced systems can provide
either heat recovery or energy recovery.
Heat-recovery systems provide thermal
tempering of the incoming air using the
exiting air as a source for cooling. Energy-
recovery systems provide both thermal and
moisture tempering of the incoming air.
Energy recovery systems use the exiting air
as the source of the tempering. Because of
its energy-recovery potential, a balanced
system becomes more attractive as total
space-conditioning costs increase, such as
in severe climates. The balanced system is
initially the most costly of the three systems,
but total operating costs may be less,
particularly if high-efficiency fan/ motor
assemblies are used. In severe climates, the
amount of tempering in the recovery device
is generally limited. The designer needs to
carefully evaluate the locations for outside air
delivery registers to avoid discomfort.
C4.6 Demonstrated Ventilation
Alternatives. Many ventilations strategies
can be used in the Code if they follow good
engineering practice and can be
demonstrated to work appropriately for the
situation. The most common alternatives
involve the use of multiple intermittent fan
operations. The Code allows the use of
alternative systems within the context of a
demonstrated ventilation system.
SELECTING THE LOCAL
SBC 602-CC-18
VENTILATION SYSTEM
Local ventilation is used to remove pollutants
typically generated in the “wet rooms” of
kitchens, baths, toilets, etc. Moisture and
odor are major drivers, but potentially toxic
volatile compounds may also be present.
The local exhaust fans may be part of the
whole building ventilation system. Where
local fans are used there is always a potential
for significant depressurization if spaces can
be closed off from the remainder of the
building.
C5.1 Mechanical Exhaust. Exhaust fans
can be single or multiple speed and should
be ducted outside (not into buffer spaces). In
kitchens, especially those open to other
rooms in the building, hoods should be
considered to improve capture efficiency
over cooking surfaces. Mechanical exhaust
normally is balanced by transfer air from
other parts of the building. For the sizes
specified in the Code, they do not usually
induce much extra ventilation of the whole
building and thus have little impact on space-
conditioning costs. However, with large
exhaust flows, local exhaust can induce
extra infiltration or cause unacceptable
depressurization. Local exhaust fans usually
do not affect thermal comfort adversely.
Exhaust fans directly consume electricity and
represent an added cost of construction. Fan noise
can be an inhibiting factor in their use, but quiet
systems are available. Mechanical exhaust
systems also require some maintenance.
C5.2 Other Local Ventilation Systems. If
demonstrable, other systems can be used to
provide the local ventilation. Although not
used much, passive stacks and other forms
of designed natural ventilation are used in
some parts of the world to provide local
ventilation.
172
APPENDIX C INFORMATIVE APPENDIX C

SBC 602-CC-18 173

APPENDIX D NORMATIVE REFERENCES

APPENDIX D NORMATIVE REFERENCES

References
1. ASHRAE Guideline 0, The Commissioning Process, American Society of Heating, Refrigerating
and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 1791 Tullie Circle, N.E., Atlanta, GA 30329

2. NFRC 400-2010 Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Air Leakage, National
Fenestration Rating Council, 1300 Spring Street, Suite 500, Silver Springs, MD 20910

3. SASO/ASTM E283-2012, Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior
Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen,
Saudi Standards, Metrology and Quality Org. Riyadh - Al Muhammadiyah, PO. B 3437 Riyadh
11471 Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.

4. ASTM C177, Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal
Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus, American Society for
Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2859

5. ASTM C518, Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of
the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus, American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive,
West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2859

6. ASTM C1363, Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance of Building Materials and Envelope
Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus, American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr
Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2859

7. ASHRAE Handbook – Fundamentals, American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-

Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 1791 Tullie Circle, N.E., Atlanta, GA 30329

8. NFRC Standard 300, Test Method for Determining the Solar Optical Properties of Glazing
Materials and Systems, National Fenestration Rating Council, 6305 Ivy Lane, Suite 140, Greenbelt,
MD 20770

9. NFRC Standard 100, Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product U-factors, National
Fenestration Rating Council, 6305 Ivy Lane, Suite 140, Greenbelt, MD 20770

SBC 602-CC-18 174

APPENDIX D NORMATIVE REFERENCES

10. NFRC Standard 301, Standard Test Method for Emittance of Specular Surfaces Using
Spectrometric Measurements, National Fenestration Rating Council, 6305 Ivy Lane, Suite 140,
Greenbelt, MD 20770

11. DASMA Standard 105, Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and Air Infiltration of Garage
Doors, Door and Access Systems Manufacturer's Association, 1300 Sumner Avenue, Cleveland,
OH 44115

12. SASO 2663 Energy Labelling and Minimum Energy Performance Requirements for Air-
Conditioners, Saudi Standards, Metrology and Quality Org. Riyadh - Al Muhammadiyah, PO.
B3437 Riyadh 11471 Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

13. SASO 2874 Large Capacity Air Conditioners – Performance Requirements And Methods Of
Testing, Saudi Standards, Metrology and Quality Org. Riyadh - Al Muhammadiyah, PO. B3437
Riyadh 11471 Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

14. ISO 13790, Energy performance of buildings - Calculation of energy use for space heating and
cooling, International Organization for Standardization, ISO Central Secretariat, Chemin de
Blandonnet 8, CP 401, 1214 Vernier, Geneva, Switzerland

15. ASHRAE Guideline 4, Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building
Systems, American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 1791
Tullie Circle, N.E., Atlanta, GA 30329

16. SASO 2884 Water Heaters Energy Performance Requirements And Labelling, Saudi Standards,
Metrology and Quality Org. Riyadh - Al Muhammadiyah, PO. B3437 Riyadh 11471 Kingdom of
Saudi Arabia

17. ASHRAE Standard 52.2 Method of Testing General Ventilation Air-Cleaning Devices for Removal
Efficiency by Particle Size. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning
Engineers, Inc., 1791 Tullie Circle, N.E., Atlanta, GA 30329
18. ASHRAE Handbook-HVAC Applications, American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-
Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 1791 Tullie Circle, N.E., Atlanta, GA 30329

19. NFRC 200, Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Solar Heat Gain Coefficients and
Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence National Fenestration Rating Council, 1300 Spring
Street, Suite 500, Silver Springs, MD 20910

SBC 602-CC-18 175

APPENDIX D NORMATIVE REFERENCES

20. ASTM C90, Standard Specification for Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units, American Society
for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2859

21. ASTM E779, Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate by Fan Pressurization,
American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-
2859

22. EN 13829, Thermal performance of building - Determination of air permeability of buildings - Fan
pressurization method, CEN-CENELEC Management Centre, Avenue Marnix 17, 4th floor, B-
1000 Brussels

23. ANSI Z-765, Single-Family Residential Buildings - Square Footage - Method for Calculating,
American National Standards Institute, 25 West 43rd Street, New York, NY 10036

24. ANSI Z65.4, Multi-Unit Residential Buildings: Standard Methods of Measurement, American
National Standards Institute, 25 West 43rd Street, New York, NY 10036

SBC 602-CC-18 176

APPENDIX E LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDING COMPLIANCE FORMS
APPENDIX E LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDING
COMPLIANCE FORMS
General
Compliance forms are provided as an option to
assist in understanding and documenting the
compliance of low-rise residential buildings in
Saudi Arabia with the various building
requirements.
Low-rise residential refers to “residential
dwelling units” include single-family houses,
multi-family structures (of three stories or fewer
above grade), and modular houses. The Code
does not include “transient” housing, such as
hotels, motels, nursing homes, jails, and barracks,
or manufactured housing.
All pages of the compliance forms contain
general header information to be completed for
the building, and identifies the various pages to
be linked together by job, and to identify if
different designers are responsible for different
aspects of the building.
Header Information
Project Name: Enter the name of the residence or
project. This should agree with the name that is
used on the plans and specifications or the
common name used to refer to the project.
Project Address: Enter the street address of the
project.
Date: Enter the date when the specific
compliance form was completed.
Designer of Record/Telephone: Enter the name
and the telephone number of the designer of
record for the project. This may be a contractor,
architect, or engineer, etc., and may be different
for the different compliance segments.
Contact Person/Telephone: Enter the name and
telephone number of the person who should be
contacted if there are questions about the
compliance documentation.
City: The name of the city where the project is
located.
Climate Zone: The climate zone of this project.
SBC 602-CC-18
Building Envelope
The building envelope compliance forms are
organized on 3 pages.
Page 1 begins with a Mandatory Provisions
checklist which summarizes the mandatory
requirements for the design of the building
envelope. The mandatory measures are organized
on this form in the same order as they are in the
Code: Insulation, Fenestration and Doors and Air
Leakage. Checking a box indicates that the
mandatory requirement applies to the building
and that the building complies with the
requirement. If the requirement is not applicable,
leave the box unchecked.
Page 2 covers the opaque sections of the
prescriptive building envelope and a page 2
(marked 2A,2B, etc.) must be completed
separately for each space-conditioning category
in the building (i.e., conditioned and
unconditioned) if more than one category exists.
Multiple pages may also be used if additional
space is required. The schedule is a simple listing
of each unique construction type in the building.
Space Category: Check one of the option buttons
(i.e., conditioned or unconditioned) to indicate
the space-conditioning category for the opaque
constructions that follow.
Class (Opaque Surface): For each item in the list,
indicate the class of construction.
R-, U-, C-, or F-Value Option: For each item in
the list, indicate if compliance is being based on
R-value or U-, C-, or F-value. If the R-value
option is used, then the R-value of the insulation
should be entered in this column. For some
construction types, framed walls for instance,
insulation can be placed in the cavity but it can
also be applied in a continuous manner on the
exterior or interior of the framing. In these
instances, both R-values should be entered, e.g.,
“R-2.29 + R-0.70 c.i.” This notation means that
177
APPENDIX E LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDING COMPLIANCE FORMS
R-2.29 m2·°C/W is installed in the cavity and R-
0.70 m2·°C/W is installed in a continuous
manner. For continuous insulation, the “ci”
subscript should be used to distinguish it from
cavity insulation. C-factor is used for below-
grade walls; F-factor for slabs; and U-factor for
other constructions.
Source: Indicate if the R- or U-, C-, or F-value is
based on Appendix A values or independent
calculations if the construction is significantly
different from those used to generate the default
U-factor tables in Appendix A.
Envelope Color: Indicate if the exterior surface of
an exposed roof or wall has an SRI (solar
reflectance index) greater than 50.
Criteria: Enter the appropriate R- or U-value for
the subject class from Table 5.1 corresponding to
the buildings climate zone. If either exposed roof
and/or exposed walls have an SRI of less than 50,
their respective R values (R of roof and R of walls
above grade) in Table 5.1 must be multiplied by
1.15, and the U values (U of roof and U of walls
above grade) in Table 5.1 must be multiplied by
0.875.
Proposed Insulation: Indicate the R- or U-value
of the proposed insulation/construction that is
equal to or better than the criteria value.
Surface Area: Optionally, the surface area of the
building for this construction type may be
entered. Surface areas will be useful for
completing page 3.
Page 3 covers the fenestration of the prescriptive
building envelope and a page 3 (marked 3A, 3B,
etc.) must be completed separately for each
space-conditioning category in the building (i.e.,
conditioned and unconditioned) if more than one
category exists. Multiple pages may also be used
if additional space is required. This table contains
an item for each unique fenestration frame class.
Space Category: Check one of the option buttons
(i.e., conditioned or unconditioned) to indicate
the space-conditioning category for the
fenestration constructions that follow.
Frame Class: For each item in the list, indicate the
frame class of construction.
Proposed Fenestration: For each item in the list,
enter its area, U-Factor, SHGC, and indicate if a
window will have a permanent projection, if the
projection factor of that projection is 0.5 or
greater, and/or if the window will be covered by
SBC 602-CC-18
mashrabiya, and the fraction of open area of the
mashrabiya.
Adjusted SHGC: If a window is covered by
mashrabiya, the SHGC of the window entered in
the third proposed fenestration column is
multiplied by the mashrabiya fractional open area
and entered here. When a permanent overhang is
present (constructed so that they last as long as
the building) with a horizontal projection factor
of 0.5 or greater, the required SHGC is eliminated
and a zero is entered here. The projection factor
is the ratio of the horizontal distance that the
overhang projects from the surface of the window
to the vertical distance from the windowsill to the
bottom of the overhang. The proposed SHGC (or
adjusted SHGC) must be less than or equal to the
Table 5.1 criteria corresponding to the buildings
climate zone.
Source: Indicate if the base SHGC and U-values
are based on NFRC, or equivalent, ratings or
Appendix A values.
Criteria: Enter the appropriate SHGC and U-
value for the subject frame class from Table 5.1
corresponding to the buildings climate zone.
Gross Wall Area (m2): Sum the gross exterior
wall area for the space-conditioning category.
Only include exterior walls in this summation; do
not include semi-exterior walls or interior
partitions. The gross wall area includes windows
and doors. If the exterior walls were grouped
together on page 2 (Opaque Surfaces), and a few
blank rows left at the end of each grouping so that
the area of that group can be summed, then the
data from that page can be a useful aid in
summing the exterior wall area.
Window Area (m2); Sum the fenestration area for
the exterior walls in the selected space-
conditioning category. Fenestration area should
include the frame as well as the glazed area. Note:
fenestration area does not include glass spandrel
area, which is considered opaque wall. If the
windows were grouped together below, and a few
blank rows left at the end of each grouping so that
the area of that group can be summed, then this
data can be a useful aid in summing the window
area.
Window-Wall Ratio: Divide the Window Area by
the Gross Wall Area and enter the result in this
box. The window-wall ratio must be less than
0.25.
178
APPENDIX E LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDING COMPLIANCE FORMS
Gross Roof Area (m2). Sum the gross area of all
exterior roofs for the space-conditioning
category. The gross area should include openings
in the roof such as skylights and roof hatches. If
the roofs were grouped together on page 2
(Opaque Surfaces), and a few blank rows left at
the end of each grouping so that the area of that
group can be summed, then the data from that
page can be a useful aid in summing the roof area.
Skylight Area (m2). Sum the skylight area for the
selected space-conditioning category. The
skylight area should include the area of the frame.
If the skylights were grouped together below, and
a few blank rows left at the end of each grouping
so that the area of that group can be summed, then
this form can be a useful aid in summing the
skylight area.
Skylight Roof Ratio. Calculate the skylight-roof
ratio by dividing the skylight area by the gross
roof area and enter the result in this box. The
skylight-roof ratio must be less than 0.03.
HVAC Systems
The HVAC system compliance form is on page
4.
Page 4 begins with a Mandatory Provisions
checklist which summarizes the mandatory
requirements for the design of the HVAC system,
and concludes with a table of verified equipment
efficiencies. The mandatory measures are
organized on this form in the same order as they
are in the Code: Load Calculations, Controls,
Insulation, Duct Leakage, and Completion
Requirements. Checking a box indicates that the
mandatory requirement applies to the building
and that the building complies with the
requirement. If the requirement is not applicable,
leave the box unchecked.
The table of verified equipment efficiencies
should have the requested data entered for each
piece of mechanical cooling equipment using one
row per system.
System Tag: A unique identification for each
system.
Manufacturer & Model Number: Manufacturer’s
name and equipment model number(s).
SBC 602-CC-18
Equipment Type: A descriptor taken from SASO
minimum efficiency requirements list.
Rated Capacity: System capacity at the specified
SASO test conditions taken from Manufacture’s
literature or certification program.
Design Indoor Airflow: System airflow at the
SASO test conditions taken from Manufacture’s
literature or certification program.
Rated Efficiency: System efficiency at the SASO
test conditions as verified per Section 6.4.1.
Rated efficiency must be equal to or better than
the minimum efficiency.
Minimum Efficiency: Required minimum
efficiency for the specific equipment type taken
from SASO minimum efficiency requirements.
Service Water Heating
The service water heating compliance form is on
page 5.
Page 5 consists of a Mandatory Provisions
checklist of the mandatory requirements for
service water heating systems and swimming
pools, hot tubs, and spas. The mandatory
measures are organized on this form in the same
order as they are in the Code: Minimum
Efficiency, Design, Heat Traps, Insulation,
Temperature Controls, and Swimming Pools, Hot
Tubs, and Spas. Checking a box indicates that the
mandatory requirement applies to the building
and that the building complies with the
requirement. If the requirement is not applicable,
leave the box unchecked.
Indoor Air Quality and Ventilation Systems
The IAQ system compliance form is on page 6.
The form begins with a determination of the
minimum requires ventilation airflow, continues
with a table of descriptions of installed
ventilation fans, and ends with a Mandatory
Provisions checklist which summarizes the
mandatory requirements for the design of IAQ
systems. The mandatory measures are organized
on this form in the same order as they are in the
Code: Whole-Building Ventilation, Local
Ventilation, Other Requirements, and Air-
Moving Equipment. Checking a box indicates
that the mandatory requirement applies to the
179
APPENDIX E LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDING COMPLIANCE FORMS
building and that the building complies with the
requirement. If the requirement is not applicable,
leave the box unchecked.
Dwelling Floor Area: Enter the total floor area of
all floors of occupiable space.
Expected Dwelling Occupancy: Enter the total
number of people expected or ultimately planned
to occupy the dwelling. Erring on the side of more
occupants will prevent having to add more
ventilation at a later date if the number of
occupants increases.
Whole-Building Ventilation Rate: The whole-
building ventilation rate requirement is calculated
from either equation 8.1a or table UM8.1a.
The table of ventilation fans should have the
requested data entered for each supply and
exhaust fan using one row per fan.
Name: A unique identification for each fan.
Fan Airflow: Enter the as installed rated airflow.
Fan Duct Size: Check whether the installed
ducting conforms to Table 8.4 of the Code, or if
testing was performed to verify the previously
entered airflow.
Function: Check whether the fan is supply or
exhaust.
Exhaust Fan: If the fan function is exhaust, check
whether the fan is installed in a kitchen or
bathroom.
Operation: If the fan function is supply, check
whether the fan operation is continuous or
intermittent.
Intermittent Fan Fractional On-Time: If the fan
will operate on an intermittent basis, enter the
design fractional on time.
Intermittent Fan Cycle Time: Enter the fan cycle
time, defined as the time for one on-cycle and one
off-cycle.
Intermittent Fan Ventilation Effectiveness: Using
the previously entered Intermittent Fan Fractional
On-Time and Intermittent Fan Cycle Time, enter
the ventilation effectiveness value from Table
8.1.
Effective Airflow: For intermittently operating
supply fans, the effective airflow is calculated by
multiplying the supply Fan Airflow by the
Intermittent Fan Ventilation Effectiveness. For
all other fans, enter the Design Fan Airflow.
SBC 602-CC-18
Minimum Required Airflow: For kitchen and
bathroom exhaust fans, enter the respective
intermittent local ventilation exhaust airflow rate
from Table 8.2 of the Code. The design airflow
for kitchen and bathroom exhaust fans must be
equal to or greater than the minimum required
airflow.
Total Exhaust Airflow: Sum the design airflows
for all continuously operating exhaust fans.
Total Supply Airflow: Sum the effective airflows
for all supply fans. The total supply airflow must
be equal to or greater than the whole-building
ventilation rate calculated at the top of this form.
Also, the total supply airflow must be equal to or
greater than the total exhaust airflow in order to
maintain an appropriate positive building
pressure.
Lighting Systems
The Lighting system compliance form is on page
7. Multiple pages may be used if additional space
is required.
The form consists of only a table of descriptions
of installed lighting, and a final calculation.
Light ID: A unique identification for each light.
Luminaire Description: A description of each
light.
Type: Check whether the installed light is of the
incandescent, fluorescent, HID, line-voltage
track, low-voltage track, or other type.
Number of Luminaires: Enter the number of
luminaries in the light.
Watts/Luminaire: Enter the watts per luminaire
according to the requirements of Section 9.1.4 of
the Code.
Total Watts: Multiple the number of luminaires
by the watts per luminaire, or enter the total
fixture watts according to the requirements of
Section 9.1.4 of the Code.
Total: Sum the total Watts for each light into a
total for the building.
Total Building Area: Enter the total floor area of
all floors of occupiable space (may be found on
one of the previous forms).
Lighting Power Density: Divide the total Watts
by the total building area to determine the
building area lighting power density. The result
must be equal to or less than 10 Watts/m2.
180
APPENDIX E LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDING COMPLIANCE FORMS

Low-Rise Residential Building Envelope Compliance Documentation Page 1

Project Name: Date:
Project Address: City: Climate Zone:
Designer of Record: Email: Telephone:
Contact Person: Email: Telephone:
Mandatory Provisions Checklist
Insulation (5.3.1)
□ Insulation Materials are installed in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and in such a manner as
to achieve rated R-value of insulation
□ Loose-fill insulation is not used in attic roof spaces when the slope of the ceiling is more than three in twelve.
□ Attic eave vents have baffling to deflect the incoming air above the surface of the insulation.
□ Insulation is installed in a permanent manner in substantial contact with the inside surface.
□ Batt insulation installed in floor cavities is supported in a permanent manner by supports no greater than 24 in.
o.c.
□ Lighting fixtures, HVAC, and other equipment are not recessed in ceilings in such a manner as to affect the
insulation thickness unless.
Exceptions:
O The recessed area is less than 1%.
O The entire roof, wall, or floor is covered with insulation to the full depth required.
O The effects of reduced insulation are included in calculations using an area weighted averages.
□ Roof insulation is not installed over suspended ceiling with removable ceiling panels.
□ Exterior insulation is covered with a protective material to prevent damage. Insulation is protected in attics and
mechanical rooms where access is needed.
□ Foundation vents do not interfere with the insulation.
□ Insulation materials in ground contact have a water absorption rate no greater than 0.3%.
Fenestration and Doors
□ U-factors are determined in accordance with NFRC 100 or equivalent.
Exceptions:
O U-factors are taken from A.8.1 for skylights.
O U-factors are taken from A.8.2 other fenestration products.
O U-factors are taken from A.7 for opaque doors.
O U-factors are derived from DASMA 105, or equivalent, for garage doors.
□ Solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) is determined in accordance with NFRC 200 or equivalent.
Exceptions:
OSHGC is taken from Section A8.1 for skylights.
O SHGC is taken from Section A8.2 for vertical fenestration.
Air Leakage (5.3.3)
□ The building envelope has a continuous air barrier meeting the requirements of 5.3.3.1.
□ Air leakage through fenestration and doors meets the requirements of 5.3.3.2 and 5.3.3.3.

SBC 602-CC-18 181

APPENDIX E LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDING COMPLIANCE FORMS

Low-Rise Residential Building Envelope Compliance Documentation Page 2

Project Name: Date:
Project Address: City: Climate Zone:
Designer of Record: Email: Telephone:
Contact Person: Email: Telephone:
Residential Space Category

□ Conditioned □ Unconditioned
Opaque Surfaces
Pick Pick

Proposed Insulation R-Value, U-Factor, C-

Criteria - Insulation R-Value, U-Factor, C-
Class (Pick one)
one one

Envelope Color - SRI greater than 50

Surface - Area (m² or ft2) (optional)

Above-grade
Roof Floor Door Option Source
Wall

Factor or F-Factor

Factor or F-Factor
Insulation Above Deck

Appendix A Defaults
Below-Grade Wall

U-, C-, or F-factor

Attic and Other

Metal Building

Steel-Framed

Calculations
Steel Joist

Swinging
Descriptio

R-value
Sliding
Other

Other
Mass

Mass

n/

Name
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

Low-Rise Residential Building Envelope Compliance Documentation Page 3

SBC 602-CC-18 182

APPENDIX E LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDING COMPLIANCE FORMS

Project Name: Date:

Project Address: City: Climate Zone:
Designer of Record: Email: Telephone:
Contact Person: Email: Telephone:
Residential Window-Wall Ratio Skylight-Roof Ratio
Space Category Gross Wall Area Gross Roof Area
□ Conditioned Window Area Skylight Area:
□ Unconditioned Window-Wall Ratio: Skylight-Roof Ratio:
Fenestration
Sourc
Frame Class (Pick one) Proposed Fenestration Criteria
e

Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC)

Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC)

Mashrabiya Fractional Open Area

Adjusted Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC)

Metal (curtain/storefront)

Metal (entrance door)

NFRC, or equivalent, Rating

Skylight, Curb, Plastic
Skylight, Curb, Glass

Permanent Projections

Projection Factor > 0.5

Skylight, No Curb

Appendix A Defaults
Metal (all other
Nonmetal (all)

Mashrabiya
U-Factor

U-Factor
Area
Description/
Name

O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O

SBC 602-CC-18 183

APPENDIX E LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDING COMPLIANCE FORMS

Low-Rise Residential Building HVAC Compliance Documentation Page 4

Project Name: Date:
Project Address: City: Climate Zone:
Designer of Record: Email: Telephone:
Contact Person: Email: Telephone:
Mandatory Provisions Checklist
Load Calculations (6.4.2)
□ Load calculations are provided for selection of all equipment.
Controls (6.4.3)
□ All automatic changeover thermostats include an adjustable deadband.
□ Wall-mounted temperature controls are on an inside wall.
Construction (6.4.4)
□ Piping is insulated in accordance with Section 6.4.4.1 and Table 6.1. Insulation exposed to weather is suitable
for outdoor service. Cellular foam insulation is protected from water and solar radiation.
□ Exception: Piping is located within manufactured HVAC units.
□ Ductwork and plenums are insulated in accordance with section 6.4.4.1.2
□ Exception: Ducts are within the conditioned space.
□ Ductwork and plenums are sealed in accordance with section 6.4.4.2
Completion Requirements (6.4.5)
□ Record drawings to be provided
□ Operating and maintenance manuals to be provided
□ Air systems to be balanced in accordance with Section 6.5.2.3.
□ Systems to be commissioned in accordance with Section 6.5.2.4.

Verified Equipment Efficiencies (6.4.1)

Cooling

System Design Indoor Rated Minimum

Mfg. & Model No. Equipment Type Rated Capacity
Tag(s) Airflow Efficiency Efficiency
kW
L/s EER EER

SBC 602-CC-18 184

APPENDIX E LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDING COMPLIANCE FORMS

Low-Rise Residential Building Service Water Heating Compliance Documentation Page 5

Project Name: Date:
Project Address: City: Climate Zone:
Designer of Record: Email: Telephone:
Contact Person: Email: Telephone:
Mandatory Provisions Checklist
Equipment Efficiency (7.3.1.1)
□ All potable water heating equipment meets or exceeds the minimum efficiency requirements of Table 7.1.

Design (7.3.1.3)
□ Piping system is designed to minimize pipe lengths.
Heat Traps (7.3.1.4)
□ Vertical pipe risers serving storage water heaters and storage tanks have heat traps on both the inlet and outlet
piping as close as practical to the storage tank.
Insulation (7.3.1.5)
□ Piping is insulated in accordance with Section 7.3.1.5.

Temperature Controls (7.3.1.6)

□ All water heating systems have temperature controls that are adjustable down to 48.9°C or lower (7.3.1.6.1)
□ Systems designed to maintain usage temperatures in hot-water pipes, such as recirculating hot-water systems,
shall be equipped with automatic time switches or other disabling controls.
Swimming Pool, Hot Tub, and Spa Heaters (7.3.2)
□ Pool heaters have readily accessible controls (7.3.2.1)
□ Heated swimming pools have vapor retardant and insulated covers (7.3.2.2)
□ Pool chillers have readily accessible controls (7.3.2.3)
□ Pool heaters, chillers and circulation pumps have time switches (7.3.2.4)

SBC 602-CC-18 185

 APPENDIX E LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDING COMPLIANCE FORMS

Low-Rise Residential Building IAQ Compliance Documentation Page 6

Project Name: Date:
Project Address: City: Climate Zone:
Designer of Record: Email: Telephone:
Contact Person: Email: Telephone:
2)
Dwelling floor area (m Expected dwelling occupancy (# people)
Whole-building ventilation rate based on equation 8.1a or table UM8.1a.
Ventilation Fans

Effectiveness Table 8.1

Exhaust

Intermittent Fan Cycle

Fan

Effective Airflow (L/s)

Minimum Required
Fan Duct Size Function Operation

Fractional On-Time
Intermittent Fan

Intermittent Fan
Description/ Airflow Fan

Airflow (L/s)
Ventilation
per Table 8.4

Intermittent

Time
Continuous
Bathroom
Exhaust

Kitchen
Supply
Test

Name (L/s)
O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O
Total exhaust airflow (L/s) Total supply airflow (L/s)
Mandatory Provisions Checklist
Whole-Building Ventilation (8.3)
□ Ventilation controls appropriately labeled (8.3.3)
Local Ventilation (8.4)
□ A local mechanical exhaust installed in each kitchen and bathroom (8.4.1)
□ Intermittent local exhausts have appropriate controls (8.4.2.1)
□ Continuous mechanical ventilation operates without occupant intervention (8.4.3 and 8.4.3.1)
□ Continuous mechanical ventilation provides appropriate positive building pressure (8.4.3)
Other Requirements (8.5)
□ Ventilation air is provided directly from outdoors (8.5.1)
□ Ventilation system documentation provided to owner and occupant (8.5.2)
□ Clothes dryers exhaust directly to outdoors (8.5.3)
□ Sealing is provided to prevent migration of contaminants form garages to occupiable spaces (8.5.5.1)
□ Space-conditioning ductwork located outside occupiable spaces is sealed (8.5.5.2)
□ Air supplied from thermal conditioning units include MERV 6 or better filtration (8.5.7)
Air-Moving Equipment (8.6)
□ Continuous ventilation fans sound rated at maximum 1.0 sone (8.6.2.1)
□ Intermittent fans sound rated at maximum 3 sone (8.6.2.2)
Exceptions:
O Airflow exceeds 200 L/s
O Fans are remote mounted.
□ Exhaust fans sharing a common duct are equipped with backdraft dampers (8.6.4)

SBC 602-CC-18 186

 APPENDIX E LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDING COMPLIANCE FORMS

Low-Rise Residential Building Lighting Compliance Documentation Page 7

Project Name: Date:
Project Address: City: Climate Zone:
Designer of Record: Email: Telephone:
Contact Person: Email: Telephone:
Interior Connected Lighting Power
Luminaire Description Type

Watts/Luminaire
Light ID

Total Watts
Luminaires
Number of
Incandescent
and

Line-Voltage

Low-Voltage
Fluorescent
Building Area (including number of lamps per fixture,

Other
Track

Track
HID
watts per lamp, type of ballast, type of
fixture)

O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
O O O O O O
Total
Total Building Area (m2) Lighting Power Density, W/m²

SBC 602-CC-18 187